Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae 0

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New Sou

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longicor?

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like frass:

The species is not considered to be economically significant.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

"-—————MM—HRMMU€SG –

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 7, Part 1 August, 1980

CROP EVERSION IN CHAOBORID LARVAE (DIPTERA)

By D. H. Colless

CSIRO, Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, 2601

Abstract

perh On the available evidence it seems likely that the larva of Chaoborus normally, but

Ed Optionally, voids tne remains of its prey by everting the crop. For other chaoborid

only 4 the evidence is less convincing, and crop eversion, as seen in specimens, may ‘be

ап artefact of preservation.

(th With one known exception, the larvae of Chaoboridae are aquatic predators

1977. “eption is the filter-feeding Australomochlonyx nitidus Freeman; Colless

ined However, the way that they consume their prey seems unique amongst

Seach Mature chaoborid larvae prey mainly on small crustaceans (copepods,

ihe and cladocerans); but larger creatures, such as mosquito larvae or

Tha’ Deonier 1943, James 1957, O'Connor 1959. Swift and l'edorenko 1975).

Y is swallowed whole into a long, distensible, muscular crop that

К erates Posteriorly at a sphincter that may bear spines or plates, forming

т ae Strong contractions of the crop squeeze the prey and expressed body

105 are filtered at the sphincter while being pumped to the midgut. According

ack р adsky (1945) digestion, too, occurs іп the crop, by enzymes pumped

Tom the midgut.

осс So much seems well established, as is, too, the fact that larvae are only

ty seen with prey in the crop. It follows that the pellet of compressed

ans is voided from time to time, and that it must be voided through the

SO MM. Е

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 198!

mouth, since the pellet could not pass the sphincter; but the question remain

precisely how is it ejected? |

The question would be pretty trivial were it not for a striking al!

unusual feature of chaoborid larvae: preserved specimens often have the cro

completely prolapsed through the mouth opening. Edwards (1932) describe!

this as a feature of all genera of Chaoboridae with the possible exception o

Corethrella; and І can now report having observed it іп a specimen of #

undescribed Australian species in that genus. The fact that eversion of the cr

tends to be uniformly present or absent in a given batch of specimens shoW

that the phenomenon, as seen, is an artefact of preservation. No doubt it!

caused by a sudden increase in blood pressure through diffusion of fixati“

or muscular contraction; Deonier (1943) reports eversion following lig!

pressure with a needle. Nonetheless, if the crop is so easily everted, it mig!

perhaps occur naturally as a means of ejecting the remains of the prey. Af

that would add yet another distinctive feature to a most unusual kind of feedin!

behaviour.

Two authors have asserted that in Chaoborus eversion is in fact a norm

feature of behaviour (Herms 1937, for C. astictopus Dyar and Shannon; ай

Montshadsky 1945, for C. crystallinus de Geer). Herms was retailing observa!

ions by a trusted field officer, R. W. Burgess, who had abundant opportuni

to study live material; and Montshadsky leaves no doubt that he actuall

observed prolapse of the crop. In addition James (1957) states that in Mochion)’

velutinus (Кийе) remains of the prey are ‘ejected by the eversible crop’; 0

it is not clear whether he actually observed eversion to occur.

On the other hand Deonier (1943), also studying C. astictopus, found th!

the crop was emptied simply by reverse peristalsis. He saw eversion ‘only Í

injured specimens’. Likewise O’Connor (1959) observed only ‘regurgitation "ў

Mochlonyx cinctipes (Сод.). І сап add to these my own observation of a sin

case of reverse peristalsis (and none of eversion) in larvae of an Australi?

species of Chaoborus (“Ingham species”, undescribed). It is extremely difficu

to catch a larva at the precise moment of clearing its crop; but if eversion W

regularly practised by larvae in the batch that I watched, then retraction m"

have been very rapid.

The simplest interpretation of these conflicting reports would be th!

both forms of behaviour occur. However, most folk would, I think, гета!

suspicious of the: eversion story without additional supporting evidence. Аз!

happens, this can be easily. found in the case of Chaoborus. Measurements 0

two Australian species and on Figure За in Herms (1937) show that the cr

constitutes about one quarter of the total length of the gut. If, then, a larva?

regularly and suddenly to protrude through its mouth such a substantial p?

of its viscera, we might expect to find correlated adaptations that act "

minimise traumatic side effects. And such a feature is plainly evident in th

posterior segment of the oesophagus. This segment is about as long as the cr

but much narrower, with a fine lumen and walls of compact muscle that inclu?

conspicuous longitudinal members. It should therefore serve admirably as ®

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980 3

elastic device to absorb both shock and displacement if the crop were suddenly

everted. Indeed, it is hard to imagine what other function it could serve.

I therefore find it quite credible that Chaoborus larvae have eversion

¢ Crop as a normal, but optional feature of behaviour. The option might

e exercised only when the fully compressed prey still distends the crop past

some limiting volume, through capture of an unusually large creature or several

Smaller ones in quick succession. Such distension could be expected to increase

e larva’s blood pressure so as to assist, if not by itself to meditate, eversion

Of the crop.

On the other hand, there is little to suggest that such behaviour occurs

normally in other chaoborid genera. My own observation of Australomochlonyx,

omochlonyx, Mochlonyx (M. culiformis de Geer), Eucorethra and Corethrella

unnamed species) show that all have the crop connected to the midgut by a

Short and unremarkable segment of oesophagus. It is therefore hard to believe

that in these genera frequent and total eversion of the crop would not be

damaging to the rest of the gut. It might, of course, occur occasionally as an

Unfortunate addicent, of a kind that the highly specialised Chaoborus has turned

to its benefit.

A final question: how is the prolapsed crop retracted? According to

Montshadsky (1945) it is "swallowed with the help of the mouthparts and the

antennae”. In fact, it is a fair conjecture that the protruding crop is perceived

3$ prey and eaten in the normal fashion. So it may be no coincidence that, as

dis noted by Montshadsky, Chaoborus does little physical damage to its prey

ile Swallowing it!

of th

References

Colless, p, H., 1977. A possibly unique feeding mechanism in a dipterous larva (Diptera:

Deonje, Culicidae: Chaoborinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 335-339.

Somers Gi C., 1943. Biology of the immature stages of the Clear Lake Gnat (Diptera,

Culicidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 36: 383-388.

> F. W., 1932, Diptera. Fam. Culicidae. Genera Insect. fasc. 194.

] > №. B., 1937. The Clear Lake Gnat. Bull. Calif. Agric. Exp. Stn. 607: 1-22.

ames, H, G., 1957. Mochlonyx velutinus (Ruthe) (Diptera: Culicidae), an occasional

Predator of mosquito larvae. Can. Ent. 89: 470-480. Г -

Sky, A., 1945. О mechanizme pishchevareniia y lichinok Chaoborus (Diptera,

ос Culicidae). Zool. Zh, 24: 90-97. И н 1 -

Оппог, С. T., 1959. The life history of Mochlonyx cinctipes (Coquillet) (Diptera:

. Culicidae). Алп. ent. Soc. Am. 52: 519-523.

Swift, M. C. and Fedorenko, A. Y., 1975. Some aspects of prey capture by Chaoborus

We larvae. Limnol. Oceanogr. 20: 418-425.

Senberg-Lund, C., 1943. Biologie der Stisswasserinsecten. Gyldendal, Copenhagen.

Montshad

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980

OBSERVATIONS ON THE BIOLOGY OF SEXTIUS VIRESCENS (FAIRMAIRE!

(HOMOPTERA, MEMBRACIDAE) ON ACAC/A IN VICTORIA

By L. Cookson and T. R. New

Department of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria 3083.

Abstract

Sextius virescens is univoltine near Melbourne, Victoria, with eggs being the major

overwintering stage. Adults may live for more than 30 weeks. Host range, reproductive and

defensive behaviour are briefly described, and notes given on insect predators and parasites:

Records of Mymaridae, Trichogrammatidae and Pipunculidae are the first from an Austral

jan membracid.

Introduction |

The green membracid Sextius virescens (Fairmaire) is one of the more

common insects on acacias in south-eastern Australia (Froggatt, 1902), but.

little information has been published on its biology and life history. Kitching

(1974) described and differentiated the early stages of S. virescens, and Kitching |

and Filshie (1974) used S. virescens for their study of the anal apparatus of.

membracid nymphs. Virtually no biological information is available for othe!

Australian Membracidae, although a number of host records were summarised

by Evans (1966).

А one year study of S. virescens near Melbourne, Victoria, augmented by

observations over several years, has enabled some clarification of its life history |

to be made, and has yielded preliminary data on its insect parasites and predators |

in this area.

- Methods

Direct total counts of adults and nymphs were made, and the incidence

of eggs noted at weekly or fortnightly intervals from February 1978 to February

1979 on 93 Acacia trees (all < 3 years old and mostly ca. 1 m in height)

representing 18 species (Appendix 1) on the La Trobe University campus.

Additional larger trees in the same area were used as the source of laboratory |

material and membracids were maintained in the laboratory on potted seedlings:

mainly of A. decurrens. Terminal branch lengths were cut and brought to the.

laboratory for examination for eggs, and possible predators were collected by.

direct searching (small trees) or beating (larger trees). |

Life History |

The months in which eggs, nymphs and adults were found are shown in

Fig. 1, which clearly shows that S. virescens is univoltine. Adults first appeared |

in December, and were abundant from January until March. Thereafter,

there was a progressive decline in adult numbers, although a few persisted |

through the winter until late September and early October. Oviposition |

commenced about one month after appearance of the first adults, and healthy.

unhatched eggs were present until the following November, although many

hatched in October. During most of November and December only nymphs

were present, and a few late instar nymphs occurred until April (on three of

93 trees). Most became adult within about two months of eclosion.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980 5

5 | | i |

mwg аин

Sae aa

Fig. 1. Summary of periods of occurrence of eggs, nymphs. and adults of S. virescens on

Acacia near Melbourne, 1977-78 (width of bar proportional to abundance, months

denoted by initial letter from July to June).

The egg is thus the major overwintering stage, and eggs remain unhatched

for eight to nine months. In 1978 most hatched during the latter half of October.

П а sample taken on October 19 most eggs were unhatched but showed the

SYespots characteristic of advanced embryos and on October 31 large numbers

9f first and second instar nymphs and few unhatched eggs were found. This

relatively short hatching period is suggestive of an egg diapause. Early instar

nymphs were scarce after late November.

Marking, using coloured nail polish, and subsequent release of field-

Collected adults showed that longevity could be as long as 33 weeks or more.

Onitoring of marked adults also showed that an individual may occur on more

ап one host species, and that adults from the same original host may disperse

to several different hosts.

Many adults undergo a progressive colour change with age, changing from

tight green to dull yellow. Yellowing starts in the region of the suprahumeral

Orns, and progresses posteriorly. It does not occur in all individuals, however,

‘nd thus differs from the more general colour change associated with maturity

In Some other membracids (Wood, 1975).

Mating

р S. virescens does not show any elaborate female display such as, for

Xample, that recorded in Umbonia crassicornis Amyot and Serville by Wood

(1974), Before mating, S. virescens males initially either stopped beside, or

Walked behind, a female. The male then sits on the female, usually directly

К Ove her, with his head at or behind the level of her suprahumeral horns for

im 9r two days. Up to three males were seen sitting on one female, even if

on tended females were near. Copulation occurs with the partners facing in

PPosite directions which is the usual membracid position.

6 ; Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980

Oviposition

Eggs are laid in a single row in slits cut through the bark of young Асасй

branches (Froggatt, 1902). The eggs are deposited between the bark and

underlying cortex.

Initially the ovipositor is lowered at right angles to the branch and tht

substrate palpated repeatedly until a site for commencement of cutting has

been selected. The tip of the ovipositor is then forced into the bark, and thé

female moves progressively backwards, opening a narrow vertical slit. After û

short period of rest, during which the ovipositor is sheathed, the abdomen ii

arched forwards and the ovipositor used to cut deeper and push laterally int

part of the slit, broadening the cut from about 0.1 mm to about 0.3 mm wide:

After cutting in this manner for a single arching of the abdomen, an egg Ё

inserted into the slit. The ovipositor is withdrawn, sheathed, and the proces

repeated after several minutes until a row of eggs has been laid. One femal?

observed took an hour to lay eight eggs.

Slit lengths and numbers of eggs per slit found in field-collected samples

from three Acacia species are shown in Table 1. Slits in А. decurrens wer

usually slightly longer than on the other two tree species, and the difference

may reflect structural feartures of the different hosts. In particular, A.verticillati

has whorls of phyllodes separated by only short lengths of stem.

TABLE 1

Oviposition slit lengths of Sextius virescens, and numbers of eggs contained in slits,

on three Acacia species (bulked samples, 1978)

Host No. of slits Slit length Egg number

examined (mm, mean + s.d., range) (mean + s.d., range

A. decurrens 75 9.21 + 2.0 (2.5-16.5) 13.9 + 4.3 (0-25)

A. verticillata 25 7.18 + 1.5 (4.5-10.0) 12.2 + 3.5 (6-19)

A. acinacea 25 7.40 + 1.6 (3.0-11.0) 12.0 + 3.2 (5-16)

In some instances, slits were not completely filled with eggs, and several

empty slits were found. These may reflect females being distracted durin

oviposition. More rarely-the females make individual slits for each of several eggs

Dissection of females throughout their period of occurrence gave al

overall average (n = 160) of 16.2 + 6.3 fully developed (chorionated) eggs; ?

figure slightly higher than the average number contained in a single slit. Th?

greatest number of developed ovarian eggs was 35, strongly suggesting thd!

a single female may sometimes make more than one slit at oviposition. Clos

synchronisation of eclosion of nymphs from adjacent slits may also sugges!

this. Newly adult females had a mean ovarian count of only 0.4 eggs, and

females taken from precopulatory pairs contained a mean of 5.1 eggs (N = 1

in each case).

Females appear to be considerably more abundant than males. Overal

sex ratio for samples examined was 21% males (N = 978), with several sma

populations containing only females. No samples from any individual tree wert

)

. Under

}

| Probab}

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980 7

found with more males than females (maximum 46.4% males, N = 181). In

general, the proportion of males was higher in close aggregations than in more

dispersed 'groups', possibly reflecting a greater tendency for males to disperse.

Natural enemies

i There appear to be no records of natural enemies of Australian Membrac-

idae and, in general, the family has few parasites and predators recorded from

elsewhere in the world (Funkhouser, 1950). Wood (1975) discussed predation

Y lizards on several new world Membracidae, and Hinton (1976) noted the

Possible defensive function of aggregation. Hinton commented that ‘the mere

Presence of the adult above a batch of eggs may ensure their greater survival

Simply by blocking the approach of casual predators and parasites’.

All Stages of S. virescens were examined for the incidence of insect

Parasites and several possible arthropod predators were tested against them

artificial conditions to determine whether they could utilise them as prey.

ttebrate predators of Sextius were observed.

P Arasites

O Ve

One (possibly two) species of Mymaridae and one of Trichogrammatidae

reared from S. virescens eggs, and four adult Sextius were found parasitised

Y a Pipunculid fly. No parasites were found in Sextius nymphs.

The Mymaridae are two of three known species (all undescribed) which

Че apparently referable to а new genus of Anagrini, near Stethynium Enoch,

(New, unpublished). The trichogrammatid is represented only by four somewhat

damaged Specimens. The pipunculid was determined as Pipunculus sp. by Dr D.H.

oll Ss (CSIRO). Specimens of all will ultimately be deposited in the Australian

ational Insect Collection, Canberra. Comments on the individual species follow.

One species of mymarid was common. Fifty egg slits (total 677 eggs)

n overall level of parasitism of 39.4%. Thirty eight of these slits contained

in У Oviposits in S. virescens eggs before winter, and its pupae were found

ang йө Ый eggs in late winter. Parasites emerged mainly during September

E Were found walking on infested branches in the field at that time. They

DUE to attack mainly eggs that were at least partially exposed. Eggs

x closed completely by the slit, or by encrusted dried sap or debris were only

“ely parasitised.

T A Single specimen of a second mymarid species was found in a box

Ontaining S. virescens eggs in the laboratory in August 1978. The association

A Not been confirmed, but there did not appear to be any other possible

St in the container.

Were

Save а

А Тһе trichogrammatid is known from one clear incidence. An egg slit on

ovi “currens examined on October 19 contained an adult wasp in the act of

m eee Wasps subsequently emerged from several other eggs in the same

` “1 contrast to many other egg parasites, which normally attack before

8 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 198

appreciable development of the host embryo has occurred, this species cil

successfully attack well-developed eggs.

The fully developed pipunculid larva broke out of the adult Sextius Y

the junction of the thorax and abdomen. The larvae pupated on the cage flo%

about a day later, and the two adults reared emerged after about three weeks

The parasitised adults were field-collected, but it is likely that the fly attack

later nymphs, a habit common in Pipunculidae reared from other hosts

It thus appears that the greatest parasite mortality is inflicted йшй

the egg stage, predominantly by one species of mymarid.

Predators

Adults and nymphs of the mantis Orthodera ministralis (F) were observé

feeding on adult Sextius in the field. In the laboratory, adult O. ministrall

could eat up to seven adults a day. First instar Orthodera were unable !'

handle S. virescens larger than third instar, but readily fed on young nymphs

Adult earwigs (Forficula auricularia L), and last instar larvae of ChrysoP!

edwardsi Banks also fed readily on nymphs of S. virescens under confine!

conditions, but could not capture adults. Several spiders were seen feeding 0

adult membracids on Acacia trees, and a species of Thomisidae ate up to tw!

adults a day in the laboratory.

Discussion А

S. virescens was by far the most abundant membracid found in Acal

during this study. It is univoltine, with eggs comprising the major ov!

wintering stage, and the level of egg parasitism is high. Balduf (1928) show!

(for parasitism of Ceresa bubalus eggs by Polynema Striaticorne Girault) thi

avoidance of synchronous parasitism of all eggs could be important in епѕшій

the continuity. of the parasite, as growth or shifting of bark could influen?

egg availability. This may possibly occur in S. virescens, as the long period ©

egg incubation and rapid growth of young Acacia branches could combine "

affect egg position. Maternal brooding and such devices as a ‘froth cove!

(Wood and Patton, 1971: Enchenopa binotata Say) are not available f?

protection of S. virescens eggs, and egg insertion into plant tissue is thus th

major ‘protective mechanism’ available. It is not known whether the level ?

parasitism found reflects only one generation or several compounded generatio?

of the parasite over the period: laboratory emergences strongly suggest only!

single parasite generation, as most parasites emerged over a very short perio

In contrast to eggs, the nymphs and adults have only low levels ©

parasitism. The incidence of Pipunculus (although low) is of considerab!

interest in documenting an unusual host record, as these flies are more usual!

associated with other groups of Homoptera. Most of the few host records 0

Australian Pipunculidae are of species from leaf hoppers (Hardy, 1964), and C?

(1966) indicated that each pipunculid genus is usually limited to one ho%

family, e.g. Pipunculus to Cicadellidae. |

No evidence was found of egg predation, but several predators of Jat

stages are recorded. Both mantids and spiders were listed amongst predato

m RENE AMT

| atte

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980

of membracids by Funkhouser (1917), and these were the only field records

of predators during our work. Chrysopa edwardsi is the most abundant chrysopid

Оп Acacia in southern Victoria and, as larvae readily ate membracids when

Confined, this may reflect a regular feeding association.

Kitching and Filshie (1974) suggested that the anal whip of S. virescens

nymphs might act as a defense against natural enemies, believing that the whip

(which is extruded and ‘whipped’ when nymphs are physically disturbed) might

Make it difficult for predators to manouvre to grasp the prey. Against the

above-mentioned predators, however, the whip was used only after the nymph

ha already been gripped or picked up, and its action did not then cause the

Predators to release their prey. We suggest that the anal whip could also be a

useful adaptation to a sedentary existence. Nymphs of both S. virescens and

ebes transiens (Walker) were seen on many occasions with small drops of

Oneydew dispersed on the substrate in a semicircle around the abdomen at a

Stance approximating the length of the extended anal whip. It is well known

that body contamination with honeydew is deleterious to some Homoptera

ау, 1963), and S. virescens nymphs with honeydew on their bodies appeared

d be agitated and often to have their movement substantially impaired.

inton (1976) showed that gregarious Membracidae (which are usually ant-

Nded) often have shorter anal tubes than solitary species. However, some

More Solitary Species (such as C. transiens) and individuals (many Sextius) are

Often only irregularly ant-attended, and removal of honeydew may become

relatively important.

Other membracids found on Acacia during this work were Ceraon vitta

(Walker) (on 4. decurrens, A. pycnantha, A. retinodes), Cebes transiens (Walker)

decurrens) and Acanthucus trispinifer (Fairmaire) (4. decurrens). Host

"cords for the latter two species have apparently not been previously published,

` bitta was recorded from A. decurrens by Goding (1903), who also

recorded Pogonella bispinus (Stal) from this host. Evans (1966) commented

that Several species are known to live on acacias, which he noted as being hosts

S4 very few Australian cicadellids. However, little is known of the hostplant

relations of most Australian Membracidae and speculation that they may

Specialise On acacias is premature. Clearly S. virescens utilises host species

rom severa] sections of the genus Acacia, but is known only from Acacia, and

ere is no evidence of transfer between Acacia and herbaceous plants as Balduf

(1928) found for Ceresa bubalus (F). Although there were marked differences

A numbers of individuals on different Acacia species, there was also considerable

Variation in numbers between plants of the same species. It is, therefore, difficult

О Suggest Whether particular host species are ‘preferred’ by S. virescens as

differences in numbers may merely reflect differences in individual tree condition.

“ndency to form aggregations introduces a further bias into such estimations

ased on numbers alone. Although S. virescens is noted as being ‘subsocial’ by

Tn (1976) [apparently extrapolating from a comment by Kitching (1974)

at "all Stages may be found together on the same plant], this behaviour is

Much legs Pronounced than in some other membracids (Hinton, 1976), and

Secondary’ aggregations are formed by adults becoming grouped.

| ERA A

10 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(1), August, 1980

Acknowledgements

This paper includes data from a thesis submitted for the B.Sc. Honour

degree at La Trobe University by L.C. Additional data were obtained with thé

technical assistance of Mrs J. TenBerge and Miss P. Fischer. We also thank D!

D. H. Colless for his identification of the pipunculid parasite.

Appendix 1

List of Acacia species on which S. virescens were found, 1978.

A. acinacea Lindl. А. mucronata Willd.

A. armata R.Br., A. obliquinervia M. Tindale.

A. botrycephala (Vent.) Desf. A. podalyriifolia A. Cunn.

A. buxifolia A. Cunn. A. pravissima F. Muell.

A. decurrens (J. Wendl.) Willd. A. pycnantha Benth.

A. floribunda (Vent.) Willd. A. retinodes Schlecht.

A. hakeoides A. Cunn. A. stricta (Andr.) Willd.

А. mearnsii Willd. A. suaveolens (Sm.) Willd.

A. melanoxylon R.Br. A. verticillata (L'Herit.) Willd.

References

Balduf, W. V., 1928. Observations on the buffalo tree hopper, Ceresa bubalus Fabr. (Ment

bracidae, Homoptera) and the bionomics of an egg parasite, Polynema striaticorn?

Girault (Mymaridae, Hymenoptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 21: 419-435.

Coe, R. L., 1966. Diptera: Pipunculidae. Handbk. Ident. Br. Insects 10(2c): 1-83.

Evans, J. W., 1966. The leafhoppers and froghoppers of Australia and New Zealand (Hort

optera: Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea). Мет. Aust. Mus. 12: 1-347.

Froggatt, W. W., 1902. Insects of the wattle trees. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 13: 701-720.

Funkhouser, W. D., 1917. Biology of the Membracidae of the Cayuga Lake Basin. Men

Cornell. Univ. agric. Exp. Stn. 11: 177-445.

Funkhouser, W. D., 1950. Homoptera, fam. Membracidae. Genera Insectorum 208: 1-383:

Goding, F. W., 1903. A monograph of the Australian Membracidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

28: 2-41.

Hardy, D. E., 1964. A re-study of the Perkins types of Australian Pipunculidae (Diptera)

and the type of Pipunculus vitiensis Muir from Fiji. Aust. J. Zool. 12: 84-125

Hinton, Н. E., 1976. Subsocial behaviour and biology of some Mexican membracid bugs

Ecol. Entomol. 2: 61-79.

Kitching, R. L., 1974. The immature stages of Sextius virescens (Fairmaire) (Homopter?'

Membracidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13: 55-60.

Kitching, R. L. and Filshie, B. K., 1974. The morphology and mode of action of the anal

apparatus of membracid nymphs with special reference to Sextius virescel

(Fairmaire) (Homoptera). J. Entomol. (A)49: 81-88.

Way, M. J., 1963. Mutualism between ants and honeydew-producing Homoptera. Ал!

Rev. Entomol. 8: 307-344.

Wood, T. K., 1974. Aggregating behaviour of Umbonia crassicornis (Homoptera: Membra”

idae). Can. Ent. 106: 169-173.

Wood, T. K., 1975. Defense іп two pre-social membracids (Homoptera: Membracidae)

Can. Ent. 107: 1227-1231.

Wood, T. К. and Patton, К. L., 1971. Egg froth distribution and deposition by Enchenop!

binotata (Homoptera: Membracidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 64: 1190-1191.

)

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980 11

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON GRAPHIUM FELIXI (JOICEY AND NOAKES)

(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)

By D. L. Hancock

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, 40671

Abstract

The systematic position of Graphium felixi (Joicey & Noakes) is examined. Currently

NUM as a form of С. thule (Wallace), it is here placed as a subspecies of G. deucalion

Oisduval) (stat. nov.).

Introduction

(hi In May and June, 1914, A. C. and F. Pratt collected on the island of Biak

Пап Jaya) a small series of a butterfly subsequently described by Joicey and

P (1915) as Papilio felixi. Although Joicey and Noakes stated that their

a Species was close to, but distinct from, Р. thule Wallace, the taxon is

Fae treated as Graphium thule form felixi. D’Abrera (1971) noted that

X7 is restricted to Biak, whereas the other described forms of thule, f. princeps

DSL f. leuthe Grose-Smith and f. thule, occur throughout the species’

nam Furthermore, the behaviour of felixi differs from that of thule (R.

Taatman, pers, comm.). Examination of the male genitalia also suggests that

Se two taxa are not conspecific.

Systematic relationships

uy The male genitalia of eight of the twelve species in the Graphium macareus

vill [encelades (Boisduval), xenocles (Doubleday), delessertii (Guérin-Méne-

2» 'amaceus (Westwood), macareus (Godart), megarus (Westwood), deucalion

Sisduval) and thule] were dissected and compared with those of felixi (Fig. 1).

ma eight species only two, deucalion (Fig. 2) and thule (Fig. 3), have the

of 5 Spiny process of the valva deeply emarginate and “finger-like”. The valva

hule differs from that of deucalion and felixi in being distally emarginate

tes aving the row of spines on this edge much reduced. In pattern also felixi

embles deucalion, being distinct from thule.

a and clasper of: (1) Graphium deucalion felixi; (2) G. deucalion deucalion;

Figs 1-3. Valv

(3) с. thule.

Pre,

Sent address; Plant Protection Res. Inst., P.O. Box 8100, Causeway, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

EE.

12 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(1), August, 198

Graphium felixi should therefore be removed from the thule complex and

the question now arises as to whether it should be given species status 0

associated with deucalion, which is comprised of two subspecies, typicd

deucalion in Sulawesi and subspecies leucadion in the Northern Moluccas

Evidence of a faunal affinity between Biak, the Moluccas and Sulawesi is seen й

other organisms: the owl Otus manadensis Quoy & Gaimard occurs as separat

subspecies in Sulawesi and the Lesser Sundas, in the Moluccas and on Biak, уй

is absent from the mainland of New Guinea and other associated islands such ®

Waigeu and Mefor (Hekstra, 1973). Similarities in dispersal patterns betwee!

butterflies and birds have been demonstrated by Holloway and Jardine (1968)

and felixi is thus associated with deucalion.

The classification of deucalion and thule should therefore be amended

as follows:—

Graphium deucalion

G. d. deucalion (Boisduval) [Sulawesi]

С. а. leucadion (Staudinger) [N. Moluccas]

С. d. felixi (Joicey and Noakes) stat. nov. [Biak]

Graphium thule

G. thule f. thule (Wallace) [New Guinea]

G. thule f. princeps (Weymer) [New Guinea]

G. thule f. leuthe (Grose-Smith) [New Guinea]

Graphium stratocles (C. & R. Felder), from the Philippines, is probably

most closely allied to these two species, all three having the pale scales of th?

fore wing upperside narrow and hair-like.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr I. F. B. Common (ANIC, Canberra), Mr E. С. Dahm’

(Queensland Museum) and Mr T. L. Fenner (DPI, Port Moresby) for the loaf

of specimens used in this study, Mr Ray Straatman for his comments on th?

behaviour of felixi and Dr T. E. Woodward for his supervision of the projet

of which this paper is a part. I also wish to thank Mr R. I. Vane-Wright and

Mrs R. Arora of the British Museum (Natural History) for providing a detailed

figure of the male genitalia of felixi.

References

D’Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne, Melbourne. 415 pP

[Text relating to G. felixi repeated verbatum in second edition, 1978.]

Hekstra, G. P., 1973. Scops and screech owls (Otus, Lophostrix). Chapter 6 in Burton, J. А

(ed.), Owls of the world—their evolution, structure and ecology. Peter Lowe

Netherlands. 216 pp.

Holloway, J. D. and Jardine, N., 1968. Two approaches to zoogeography: a study based 0!

the distributions of butterflies, birds and bats in the Indo-Australian area. Pro’

Linn. Soc. Lond. 179: 153-188.

Joicey, J. J. and Noakes, A., 1915. New butterflies and a moth from Biak. Trans. ent

Soc. Lond. 1915: 177-197.

, mal

Aust. ent. Mag, 7(1), August, 1980 13

THECLINESTHES MISKINI (T. P. LUCAS) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

FROM NORTH-WESTERN IRIAN JAYA, INDONESIA

By A. Sibatani

30 Owen Street, Lindfield, N.S.W. 2070

Abstract

Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas) is recorded for the first time from the Vogelkop

a of Irian Jaya, Indonesia. Though somewhat different, the population is tentatively

ced as subsp. feminalba Sibatani and Grund.

Introduction

In the Irian Jaya (Indonesia)/Papua New Guinea region Theclinesthes miskini (T. P.

IS represented by three subspecies: arnoldi (Fruhstorfer), 1916, with usually blue

an апа which is widely distributed in the Bismarck Archipelago and southern half of

[om New Guinea; feminalba Sibatani and Grund, 1978, with darker males and whitish

Isl ds found on the eastern end of the north coast of Irian Jaya and on Manam and Karkar

‘nds, Papua New Guinea; and brandti Sibatani and Grund, 1978, with sparsely blue-scaled

Lucas)

Males д

ales and greyish-blue females from the Admiralty Islands, Papua New Guinea.

the Here I record a population of this species from the Vogelkop area of Irian Jaya where

e CIS has so far been unknown. It does not agree with any known subspecies exactly,

cause of the very small number of available specimens I place it tentatively as

a pecies feminalba. Below 1 describe the two sexes following the convention of Sibatani

nd Grund (1978).

Theclinestes miskini feminalba Sibatani and Grund, 1978

Vogelkop population

MATE (Figs 1, 2)

150-6 RIAL EXAMINED: INDONESIA: Irian Jaya, north of Arfak Mountains, Warumare

m, 1 6, 1 9, 28.1.1974 (T. Nishizawa) in collection of A. Sibatani.

ma Male 13 mm (Fig. 1). Above dark brown; blue areas without violet tinge and limited

, Caudal half of proximal part of both wings; subterminal lunules in caudal half of hind

wi y ili 1 t 5 H .

Ê white on fore wing, chequered on hind wing; otherwise similar to feminalba.

pe.

dull Female 13 mm (Fig. 2). Above ground colour somewhat paler than in male; proximally

E: EE blue in caudal half of both wings; blue area distad extending beyond discocellular

(aot fore Wing, limited as in male on hind wing; cilia white, slightly dark at veins on fore

More clearly chequered on hind wing; otherwise as in feminalba.

Wing,

BZ Theclinestes miskini feminalba Sibatani and Grund, Vogelkop population; upper-

Side (left), underside (right). (1) д, (2) 9. Scale: 1 cm.

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980

COMMENTS :

The male differs from any known subspecies of miskini in its very restricted plu

areas above. The dull blue colour of the famale is rather similar to, but less extensive thal

that of the female of subspecies brandti.

Acknowledgements

I thank Mr T. Nishizawa, Tokyo, for his generous gift of the specimens and Mr D. P.

Sands for critical reading of the manuscript.

Reference

Sibatani A. and Grund, R. B., 1978. A revision of the Theclinesthes onycha compl?

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Туб to Ga (Transactions of the Lepidopterologicl

Society of Japan) 29(1): 1-34.

The attention of readers is drawn to the existence of a Register ol

Bibliographies in Progress maintained at La Trobe University Library on beh

of the Australian Advisory Council on Bibliographical Services (AACOBS).

AACOBS is the only organization representing library, information апі

archives resources at the national level. It is therefore interested іп, ато?

other things, the development of bibliographic awareness among scholars i

all fields, and particularly in areas of specific Australian relevance.

AACOBS would be grateful if all who are engaged in bibliographic уой

related to Australia were to write to Mr John Thawley, at La Trobe Universit)

Library, Bundoora, Victoria, 3083, and ask for а copy of the form used ‘®

maintain the Register of Bibliographic Work in Progress.

LIST OF ENTOMOLOGISTS AND RELATED SPECIALISTS

Data are being assembled on the entomologists of the world: authors

collectors, dealers, acarologists, and related specialists. These data will be таё

available for use in data retrieval systems. The purpose is to establish а dat?

bank for working with entomology and related fields (mathematics, biometry:

colour, etc). No attempt has been made to be exclusive; the list is to be inclusive

If you would like your name to be included write to: Dr Kent H. Wilson, P.O.

Box 1097, Edmond, Oklahoma 73034, U.S.A.

RESEARCH WORKERS ON HOMOPTERA: AUCHENORRHYNCHA

The rise of interest on the biological and taxonomic complexities ol

planthoppers and leafhoppers throughout the world makes it increasing!)

important that workers are easily able to contact others with similar interests:

The intention at present is to produce a booklet giving names, addresses:

fields of interest and current research projects (these could perhaps be perio

ically revised). Final copies would be sent to those listed and to Museums:

Universities and Research Establishments. |

Should you be working in this field and wish to be included in th

directory please write to me at the following address: Dr Michael К. Wilso

Dept. of Zoology, University College, P.O. Box 78, Cardiff, CF 1 1XL, Wale

| ' |

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1), August, 1980 15

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ATKINS, Andrew b М

1978. А collecting trip to Western Australia: a list of butterflies captured and some

biological notes. Victorian Ent. June, 1978: 25-29.

ANONYMOUS

1977. The European wasp—a new threat to W.A. W. Aust. J. Agric. 18(3): 106-108, illustr.

1 Hymenoptera: Vespula (Paravespula) germanica, Polistes variabilis

978. Why the wasps wing in. Sci. Aust. 2(6): 39, illustr.

1 Hymenoptera: Sirex noctilio

978. Black cockatoos and fallen trees. Ecos 17: 25-27, illustr.

19 Lepidoptera: Cossidae: Xy/eutes boisduvali

78. лыла war against lucerne aphids. Jn Research news. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(1):

-51, illustr.

1978. Lucerne seed wasp control for researches. Jn Research news. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W.

B 89(1): 49. [Discusses work of E. L. Jones.]

AIN, John

1979. The Australian longhorns Aridaeus thoracicus and Didymocantha obliqua (Col-

B €optera: Cerambycidae) established in New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 7(1): 49-51, 1 fig.

ATEMAN, M. A.

1978. Chemical methods for suppression or eradication of fruit fly populations. Jn:

Drew, R. A. L, Hooper, G. H. S. and Bateman, M. A., Economic fruit flies of the

BRO South Pacific region. Oriental Fruit Fly Worker’s Party, Brisbane. Pp. 112-125.

TANE? Robert S.

979. Some Observations on the behaviour of the red-and-black spider, Nicodamus

BU bicolor (Theriidae). West. Aust. Nat. 14(5): 121-123.

RNS) Gordon

978. Dent neglect the fluorescent light. Victorian Ent. June, 1978: 30.

Oleoptera: 26 species listed from Mornington, Victoria.

CLAUSEN, Philip J.

977. д revision of the Nearctic, neotropical, and Palearctic species of the genus

Ochthera, including one Ethiopian species, and one new species from India. Trans.

Am. ent. Soc. 103: 451-529.

чалу 5 Ochthera pilimana

Cn oan Insecticides can kill bees. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(4): 45, illustr.

1978. A revision of Acrometopia Schiner and closely related genera. Beitr. Ent., Berlin

Co 28(2): 223-250, text-figs 1-67.

LLESS, р. H.

79. Homologies in elements of the larval labrum in Chaoboridae and Culicidae

DALE (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 21-24, text-figs 1 & 2.

1974 B., FORRESTER, №. W., HOLLAND, J. Е. and SUTHERLAND, S. J. M.

9. Success with dryland grain sorghum. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(5): 18-21 illustr.

Dy Diptera: Contarinia sorghicola

CE, A. L.

1979, Culicoides radicitus Delfinado: a synonym of Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer

(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 52.

FORRESTER, NW. ronides) s

КАР: Insects reduce oil quality in sunflowers. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(3): 44-45, illustr.

97 e and DOMROW, Robert

- The family Hypoderidae (Acari) in Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 103(1):

FLET 43-46, text-figs 1-5.

O MER, Brian S.

79. The overwintering survival of adults of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni,

under natural conditions. Aust. J. Zool. 27(3): 403-411, tables 1-3, text-fig. 1.

16 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(1), August, 1980

McEVEY Shane

1979. No title. Jn Exhibits. Victorian Ent. 9(3): 21.

Lepid.: Jalmenus icilius from Laharum, Grampians; Anisynta spp from W. Gipsland.

MAIN, Barbara York

1979. An unusual method of spoil disposal during burrow excavation by the trapdoo!

spider Anidiops villosus (Rainbow). West. Aust. Nat. 14(5): 115-117, text-figs 14

2, pl. 1. [Note: Incorrect spelling of “soil” in title.]

MARKS, Elizabeth N.

1978. Mosquitoes (Culicidae) of Fraser Island—II. Qd Nat. 22(1-4): 12-14.

1978. Some mosquitoes (Culicidae) and other biting flies from Hinchinbrook Island. Q4

Nat. 22(1-4): 51-52.

MONTEITH, G. B.

1978. Some insects from Hinchinbrook Island, Queensland. Qd Nat. 22(1-4): 53-51.

Lists species of Blattodea, Dermaptera, Hemiptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Arachnidé

MORIMOTO, Katsura .

1978. On the genera of Oriental Cryptorhynchinae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Esakil

11: 121-143, text-figs 1-62.

O'FLYNN, M. A. and MOORHOUSE, D. E.

1979. Species of Chrysomya as primary flies in carrion. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 3!

32, 1 table.

PARSONS, P. A.

1979. Larval reactions to possible resources in three species of Drosophila as indicato!

of ecological diversity. Aust. J. Zool. 27(3): 413-419, table 1, text-fig. 1.

PARSONS, Р. A., STANLEY, Suzanne М. and SPENCE, G. E.

1979. Environmental ethanol at low concentrations: longevity and development in th?

sibling species Drosophila melanogaster and D. simulans. Aust. J. Zool. 270)

747-754, table 1, text-figs 1-3.

PERRY, D. A.

1979. Effective flystrike control at minimum cost. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(3): 7-8, illust*

PICKETT, K. A.

1979. Continuous breeding of Persectania ewingii (Westwood) (Lepidoptera—Noctuidad

on artificial diet. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 19-20, 1 text-fig.

RADFORD, B. J., RHODES, J. W. and NEILSEN, R. J. H.

1979. Populations of honeybees pollinating sunflower crops on the Central Darlin?

Downs, Queensland. Aust. J. exp. Agric. anim. Husb. 19: 716-718, tables 1 82

RAVEN, R. J. |

1979. Systematics of the mygalomorph spider genus Masteria (Masteriinae: Diplurida’

Arachnida). Aust. J. Zool. 27(4): 623-636, table 1, text-figs 1-29. |

REEVES, Deniss M.

1978. Dragonflies and butterflies from Hinchinbrook Island. Qd Nat. 22(1-4): 50-51:

RIBI, Willi A.

1978. Ultrastructure and migration of screening pigments in the retina of Pieris rapae L

(Lepidoptera, Pieridae}. Cell Tiss. Res. 191: 57-73, text-figs 1-9.

ROBERTSON, G. A.

1978. Ord River cropping progress. J. Agric. West. Aust. 18(4): 136-140, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Heliothis armigera

Hymenoptera: Trichogramma sp., Trissolcus sp.

Hemiptera: Nezara viridula

ROHLFIEN, Klaus and EWALD, Birgit

1979. Katalog der in den Sammlungen der Abteilung Taxonomie der Insekten dé

Institutes fiir Pflanzenschutzforschung, Bereich Eberswalde (ehemals Deutsch

Entomologisches Institut), aufbewahrten Typen-XVIII. (Diptera: Brachycera)

Beitr. Ent., Berlin 29(1): 201-247.

WILTON-SMITH, P. D. |

1978. Two haematophagous species of Clerada (Heteroptera: Lygaeidae) inhabiting thi

nest of the ringtail possum (Pseudocheirus peregrinus). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17)

1-4, text-figs 1-6.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

Sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Distribution records of Australian stag beetles (Lucanidae). Please

send name of species, locality and date to J. Turnbull, P.O. Box 70,

French’s Forest, N.S.W. 2086.

WANTED, A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. Please advise

Price. Barry Filshie, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., P.O. Box 1700,

Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601. Ph. 062 465341 (office hours)

EXCHANGE. Butterflies and other insects of N.S.W. and Queensland for butterfly

Species and races restricted to other states. G. Wood, 20 June Place,

Gymea Bay, N.S.W. 2227.

TED. Will buy specimens of Ornithoptera priamus macalpinei and О.

richmondia; papered and if possible with full data. Rudolf Korotwitschka,

Freisinger Str. 21, D-8051 Haag/Amper, West Germany.

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

' 239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are listed

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and other

Points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent. Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Мат Submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

Uplicate.

*rsons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

copie €prints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for 50

Certif $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

d they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

Tates. There are no free reprints.

Illustrations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

LEER in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

te а 395 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies although paintings

n SO suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more expensive; thus where a

er of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are best photographed

à single slide.

consi All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

dered unsuitable.

ddress papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

TA UM

WAN

and in

CONTENTS се

COLLESS, О. Н. Crop eversion іп chaoborid larvae (Diptera) A

COOKSON, L. and NEW, T. R. Observations on the biology of Sextius

virescens (Fairmaire) (Homoptera, Membracidae) on Acacia in

Cto N еу CAMA А а Жум ty ЛА. 4

HANCOCK, D. L. Systematic notes on Graphium felixi (Joicey and

Noakes) (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) ..................... 1]

idae) from north-western Irian Jaya, Indonesia

SIBATANI, A. Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas) (Lepidoptera: Lycaen- |

LIST OF ENTOMOLOGISTS and related Specialist ep 14

RESEARCH WORKERS on Homoptera: Auchenorrhyncha.......... 14

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds..................- 15

ENTOMOROGICATANONICES у... inside back covel

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W. of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975

Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones К. T. Carrington 22 Mar. 1975 F. Н. Innes

Р. 5. О. MacDonald К. & М. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd,, 20кт $. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, М. Qld approx. 2759'S, 140°10'Е Karratha, W.A.

ААА NE found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

TS. & LA Stall 29 June, 1975 P. J. & Е. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976

G.A. Hawkinson

Jennifer Montgomery. S.K. & Р.В. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN -

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 7, PART 2

SEPTEMBER, 1980

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae of

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New South

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longicorn

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like frass.

The species is not considered to be economically significant.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

тайап Entomolo gical

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 7, Part 2 September, 1980

THE EARLY STAGES OF ADALUMA URUMELIA TINDALE

AND CANDALIDES GEMINUS EDWARDS AND KERR

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By E. D. Edwards

CSIRO Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601.

Abstract

eid The early stages of Adaluma urumelia and Candalides geminus are briefly described

the generic relationships of the former discussed.

Adaluma urumelia Tindale

(Figs 1, 2,4, 5)

. Egg. Pale green; slightly flatter than hemispherical, with a depressed

Micropylar area; surface a complex pattern of pits and ridges with truncate

Projections where ridges intersect. Diameter 0.6 mm, height 0.3 mm. Two eggs

Preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection, tube No. 2879.

di Final instar larva (Figs 1, 2). Head pale brownish green; thoracic and

a Ominal segments pale green, dorsal line darker green, three subdorsal lines

SOT upper two angled laterally towards rear of each segment, lateral line

d am; spiracles cream. Prothoracic and anal plates pale green, flattened and

ensely covered with short secondary setae. Dorsal and lateral surfaces of thorax

= abdomen covered with short, colourless secondary setae; primary setae

E Ourless, longer. Dorsal gland on abdominal segment 7 well developed, resembl-

8 a transverse line. Abdominal segment 8 with slightly raised projections

Caring eversible organs. Length 14 mm. Two final instar larvae preserved in

* Australian National Insect Collection, tube No. 2879.

18 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(2), September, 1980

Pupa (Figs 4, 5). Head, thorax and abdomen pale green or brown mottled

with dark brown; spiracles pale brown. Head and abdomen flattened, with

prominent lateral flanges; middorsal line raised, two short dorsal projections on

thorax; surface of cuticle roughened and covered with minute raised dots.

Attached to silken pad by anal hooks and central girdle. Length 11 mm, width

6 mm. Three pupae preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection, tube

Nos. 2822 and 2881.

Food plant. Boronia lanceolata F. Muell. (Rutaceae).

COMMENTS

The early stages were collected in broken sandstone country at Nourlangie

Creek, 8 km E of Mt Cahill, Northern Territory (coordinates 12°52'S, 132°47'E)

in November 1972 and May 1973. Adults were collected at many sites within

the catchments of the South and East Alligator Rivers in October, November,

March, May and June and also near McArthur River Homestead, N.T. in October.

Adults were probably present throughout the wet season (October to May).

Eggs were laid singly on the undersides of mature leaves, or on the petioles,

of the food plant. Larvae rested and fed on the undersides of the leaves. Small

black ants of the genus Monomorium attended the larvae but bushes invaded by

green tree-ants [Oecophylla smaragdina (Fabricius)] lacked larvae. In May very

pale empty pupal cases were plentiful, and a few green pupae were found on the

undersides of mature leaves of the food plant. These were not found in the

previous November which suggests that the pupal duration of these green pupae

during the wet season was quite short. Larvae collected in late May and pupating

in plastic bags in semi-darkness produced brown, mottled pupae. The pupal

durations of two of these pupae were 220 and 310 days in the laboratory. It is

possible that some, or all, larvae that become adults during the same wet season |

produce green pupae and pupate beneath living leaves on the food plant, while

at the end of the wet season larvae pupate in sheltered situations off the food

plant and adults do not emerge until the following wet season, from October

onwards.

The larvae are more elongate than those of Candalides xanthospilos (Hübner)

and similar in shape to those of Nesolycaena albosericea (Miskin) although less

brightly coloured. The pupa is also very similar in shape to that of N. albosericea

and both are slightly less flattened dorsoventrally than that of С. xanthospilos.

The larvae of both Adaluma and Nesolycaena also feed on Boronia. The

similarities in larval and pupal shape and in larval food plant support the close

relationship of these two genera suggested by Sands (1971) and the form of the

pupae clearly shows that they belong to the tribe Candalidini. However, it, does

not seem necessary to synonymise Adaluma and Nesolycaena if the division of

Candalides sens. lat. into five genera by Tite (1963) is accepted. If, however,

the genus Candalides is maintained in its broad sense the early stages and the

larval food plant provide evidence that Adaluma should be synonymised with

Nesolycaena. Nevertheless, as Nesolycaena was not studied by Tite (1963), a

thorough evaluation of adult characters should be undertaken before reaching

a decision.

ASA ee C

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 19

4 5mm 5

'98 1-5, (1, 2) dorsolateral and lateral views of final instar larva of Adaluma urumelia

Tindale; (3) final instar larva of Candalides geminus Edwards and Kerr; (4, 5)

dorsal and lateral views of pupa of Adaluma urumelia Tindale.

Candalides geminus Edwards and Kerr

(Fig. 3)

4 Egg. Pale green when laid, soon becoming paler; dull white shortly before

wie Bence. Flatter than hemispherical, with micropylar area depressed; surface

ith Pattern of wide pits and ridges, slightly raised where ridges intersect.

lameter 0.7 mm, height 0.4 mm. One egg preserved in the Australian National

‘sect Collection, tube No. 2937.

th First instar larva. Uniformly pale reddish brown. Head hidden by prothorax;

Oax and abdomen with prominent primary setae.

Final instar larva (Fig. 3). Head green; thorax and abdomen green; dorsal

- dark green; raised dorsal red spots on abdominal segments 1 and 6

У metimes absent on 1); pale yellow subdorsal line on thoracic segments and

nal segments 7 to 10, prominent on abdominal segments 1 to 6, white

abd yellow towards rear of each segment; subdorsal line bordered laterally on

. -ominal segments 1 to 6 by deep purple line (red in preserved larvae); lateral

flat pale yellow or absent; spiracles yellow. Prothoracic and anal plates green,

Seta ened, covered with short secondary setae. Thorax and abdomen with primary

ер Short, brown on dorsal surface, colourless laterally; secondary setae colour-

` Dorsal gland on abdominal segment 7 well developed, oval in shape. Areas

line

20 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

bearing eversible organs on abdominal segment 8 not raised. Length 15 mm. One

larva preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection, tube No. 2938.

Pupa. Pale brownish yellow with scattered brown dots coalescing on

dorsal line and wing margins to form dark markings; spiracles pale brown. Head

and abdomen flattened and with prominent lateral flanges; middorsal line on

head and abdomen raised; two short dorsal projections on thorax; surface of

cuticle roughened and covered with minute raised dots. Attached to silken pad

by anal hooks and central girdle. Length 13 mm, width 6 mm. One pupa

preserved in the Australian National Insect Collection, tube No. 2938.

Food plant. Cassytha paniculata R.Br. (Cassythaceae).

COMMENTS

Larvae were reared from eggs collected 40 km ENE of Coonabarabran,

N.S.W. (coordinates 31%07'S, 149%40'E) in October 1977.

Eggs were laid singly on the flower buds of the food plant. Ants were not

present but may well attend the larvae. The larvae probably feed openly on the

food plant during the day and pupate in sheltered situations nearby as do

closely related species. They change colour to brown or reddish brown prior to

pupation. Several eggs were parasitised by a wasp of the family Scelionidae. In

the laboratory, at about 22°C, eggs hatched after approximately 10 days, the

larval stage lasted 22 days and the pupal stage 13 days. The species probably

has a rapid succession of generations during the spring, summer and autumn in

the southern parts of its range.

The larva is very similar in shape to that of Candalides hyacinthinus

(Semper) and С. erinus (Fabricius) but is more brightly coloured than is usual

in these species. The pupa is very similar in shape to that of С. erinus.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to Mr L. G. Adams and Mrs E. D’Arnay for identifying

the food plants, Miss J. C. Cardale for identifying the parasite, Dr R. W. Taylor

for identifying the ant and Mr J. P. Green for making black and white prints

from colour transparencies and the photographs of the pupa.

References

Sands, D. P., 1971. The life history and taxonomic relationships of Nesolycaena alboser-

icea (Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 10: 290-292.

Tite, С. E., 1963. A revision of the genus Candalides and allied genera (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). Bull. Br. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Ent.) 14(5): 197-259, 4 pls., 119 text-

figs.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 21

REVIEW OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENERA EURYPHANTIA KIRKALDY

AND THANATOCHLAMYS KIRKALDY (HOMOPTERA,

FULGOROIDEA, FLATIDAE)

By M. J. Fletcher

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W., 2116.

Abstract

Thanatochlamys Kirkaldy is synonymized with Euryphantia Kirkaldy on the basis

extreme similarity between their two type species. The species are separable only

дә; Mparison of male genitalia and, apparently, by their allopatric distributions. £.

iito TD Kirk. is widespread in Queensland and Northern Territory but does not extend

€ eastern coast of Cape York Peninsula to which area E. tristis (Kirk.) is restricted.

* male genitalia of both species are described and figured.

Of the

Y co

Introduction

1 Euryphantia Kirkaldy (1906) and Thanatochlamys Kirkaldy (1907) were

ach erected to contain a single species. No further species have been added to

either genus,

The genitalia of 39 males of what was thought to be Furyphantia

d ascens Kirkaldy, were examined and found to exist in two forms. The

Stributionsof these two forms revealed that one form was restricted to the

ans district and eastern coast of Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, whereas

ine and Carnarvon Gorge, all in Queensland, and near Mudginbarry HS

18% | Northern Territory. This second form has not been recorded north of

m latitude in Queensland, although two specimens were collected at 12?31'S

tude in the Northern Territory.

Sn Despite extensive investigation no consistent morphological difference,

Сері in the male genitalia, has been found between the two groups.

ant the females can be identified only by reference to their collection

ity.

Cinerg

The male holotype of Thanatochlamys tristis Kirkaldy from Cairns was

пей and proved to be identical to the form from North Queensland. The

ype of E. cinerascens is a female from Bundaberg, Queensland. This

ty places it well outside the range of the species in north Queensland.

fo Hence the northern Queensland form is 7. tristis and the more widespread

en E. cinerascens. Since the two species are separated reliably only on male

Mtalia they are certainly congeneric. The two genera are here synonymised,

“"Yphantia Kirkaldy having priority.

exami

olot

Ocali

rhe Euryphantia (Kirkaldy) 1906

Т, таа Kirkaldy (1906). Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Ass. Div. Ent. 1(9): 456.

уре $ "amys Kirkaldy (1907). Bull. Haw. Sug. РЇ. Ass. Div. Ent. 3: 101. New synonym.

Pecies by monotypy, Е. cinerascens Kirkaldy.

The genus was adequately characterised in the original description, the

Cters of principal importance being the three sharp frontal carinae meeting

e sharp apex of the frons, the flat vertex with angulate front margin and

AE eee a ee

Chara

att

22 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

median longitudinal carina which continues through the pronotum and meso-

notum. The presence of only one forked longitudinal vein in the basal half

of the tegmen, this being the cubital, was pointed out by Kirkaldy, but

several specimens have other longitudinal veins forking at or slightly distal to

the midlength of the tegmen. The brown colouration would also appear to bé

of generic significance since all species of related genera such as Euphanta

Melichar, are basically green.

Euryphantia cinerascens Kirkaldy 1906

Type: Holotype 9 (seen), Bundaberg, Queensland, June 1904. Type location:

Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.

Known distribution: NORTHERN TERRITORY: 9 km N by E of Mudginbarry HS;

Groote Eylandt. QUEENSLAND: Albert River; Carnarvon Gorge; Mt. Edwards;

Brisbane metropolitan area; Gatton; Bundamba; Dalby; Palm Island; Bundaberg.

Description: See Kirkaldy (1906: 456) and Figs 1-8. Table 1 lists measurements

of females and Table 2 of males.

Male genitalia: Pygofer with broad rounded lateral lobe from posterior

margin. Anal segment short, not reaching as far posteriorly as subgenital plates,

emarginate distally and produced ventrally short distance at base. Subgenita

plates broad, convex, rounded posteriorly and ventrally, truncate posterodorsally

with short broad point at dorsal corner. Aedeagus very broad with four sets

of appendages; one near base on dorsal side, short, curved anteriorly and

pointed, second set at apex of dorsal edge, also curved anteriorly and sharply

pointed, third set midway between these curving dorsally and fourth set large:

Figs 1-3. E. cinerascens, head and pronotum. (1) frontal view; (2) lateral view; (3) dorsal

view. Specimen illustrated: б from Bundaberg, Qld.

ae ee AL ee ae

Aust. ent Мад. 7(2), September, 1980

from lateral part of conjunctiva near apex, curving ventrally and АСУ

recurved towards posteriorly end and clubbed. In addition, a short clubbe

Projection extends posteriorly from near base of this fourth set of SR MEE

Пе lengths and proportions of these various sets of appendages varies slightly |

cality but the basic arrangement remains ће same.

With lo

Fi j . . par)

Bag, E: Cinerascens. (4) tegmen; (5) hind wing. Specimen illustrated: d from Virginia,

near Brisbane, Old.

شآ

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

Euryphantia tristis (Kirkaldy) 1907, new combination

Thanatochlamys tristis Kirkaldy (1907). Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Ass. Div. Ent. 3: 1-186.

Type: Holotype д (seen), Cairns, Queensland, July 1904. Type location: Bernice

P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.

Known distribution: NORTH QUEENSLAND: Rocky River;Kuranda-Mareeba

road; Gordonvale; Meringa.

Description: See Kirkaldy (1907: 101) and Figs 9-11. The morphology of tlie

head is not sufficiently different to that of E. cinerascens to warrant illustration.

Table 1 lists measurements of females and Table 2 of males.

TABLE 1

Measurements (range and mean) of adult females of E. cinerascens and E. tristis

E. cinerascens

Northern Territory

(n= 8)

E. cinerascens

Queensland

(n = 12)

E. cinerascens

All areas

(n = 20)

E. tristis

All areas

(n= 3)

A A Ааа eee nc i i

tegmen length

clávus length

costal cell length

costal area width

costal cell width

vertex length

vertex width

pronotum length

mesonotum length

mesonotum width

frons length

frons width

fore tibia length

mid tibia length

hind tibia length

7.27-8.15 (7.65)

4.65-5.15 (4.89)

4.09-4.80 (4.47)

0.44-0.53 (0.48)

0.53-0.62 (0.59)

0.28-0.32 (0.30)

0.89-0.97 (0.92)

0.50-0.53 (0.52)

1.62-1.78 (1.69)

1.41-1.58 (1.52)

1.25-1.37 (1.31)

1.00-1.10 (1.05)

1.17-1.29 (1.22)

1.21-1.37 (1.29)

1.66-2.02 (1.84)

7.27-8.08 (7.75)

4.75-5.25 (5.03)

4.14-4.80 (4.47)

0.48-0.61 (0.55)

0.53-0.65 (0.60)

0.32-0.44 (0.37)

0.89-0.97 (0.93)

0.44-0.61 (0.53)

1.58-1.78 (1.69)

1.41-1.70 (1.59)

1.29-1.50 (1.41)

1.01-1.16 (1.06)

1.13-1.33 (1.27)

1.21-1.41 (1.30)

1.78-2.22 (1.93)

TABLE 2

7.27-8.15 (7.71)

4.65-5.25 (4.97)

4.09-4.80 (4.47)

0.44-0.61 (0.53)

0.53-0.65 (0.59)

0.28-0.44 (0.34)

0.89-0.97 (0.93)

0.44-0.61 (0.53)

1.58-1.78 (1.69)

1.41-1.70 (1.56)

1.25-1.50 (1.37)

1.00-1.16 (1.06)

1.13-1.33 (1.25)

1.21-1.41 (1.30)

1.66-2.22 (1.90)

Measurements (range and mean) of adult males

of E. cinerascens and E. tristis

Е. cinerascens

(n = 20)

7.58-7.73 (7.66)

4.85-5.05 (4.95)

4.24-4.65 (4.48)

0.48-0.53 (0.51)

0.57-0.63 (0.59)

0.32-0.36 (0.33)

0.87-0.93 (0.90)

0.44-0.53 (0.49)

1.64-1.70 (1.66)

1.45-1.62 (1.52)

1.37-1.39 (1.38)

1.01-1.13 (1.08)

1.21-1.29 (1.25)

1.90-1.94 (1.91)

E. tristis

(n= 5)

6.26-7.27 (6.74)

tegmen length

clavus length

costal cell length

costal area width

costal cell width

vertex length

vertex width

pronotum length

mesonotum length

mesonotum width

frons length

frons width

fore tibia length

mid tibia length

4.14-4.80 (4.42)

4.24-5.00 (4.53)

0.40-0.61 (0.50)

0.46-0.59 (0.54)

0.16-0.32 (0.25)

0.71-0.89 (0.80)

0.40-0.55 (0.48)

1.33-1.68 (1.51)

1.29-1.56 (1.44)

1.21-1.37 (1.29)

0.91-1.05 (0.98)

1.09-1.29 (1.20)

1.17-1.33 (1.24)

5.96-6.57 (6.35)

3.84-4.55 (4.21)

4.04-4.65 (4.32)

0.38-0.53 (0.44)

0.51-0.61 (0.54)

0.24-0.32 (0.30)

0.79-0.85 (0.82)

0.40-0.46 (0.44)

1.41-1.58 (1.48)

1.21-1.33 (1.28)

1.21-1.29 (1.26)

0.91-1.01 (0.96)

1.03-1.21 (1.14)

1.09-1.29 (1.21)

1.58-1.86 (1.66)

hind tibia length

1.62-1.90 (1.74)

Aust. ent. Мад. 7(2), September, 1980 25

igs 6-11. d genitalia. (6-8) Е. cinerascens, д from Bundaberg, Qld.: (6) lateral external view;

(7) aedeagus, lateral view; (8) aedeagus, antero-dorsal view. (9-11) Е. tristis, д from

Junction of Goldmine and Davies Cks, Kuranda-Mareeba rd, N. Qld.: (9) lateral

external view; (10) aedeagus, lateral view; (11) aedeagus, antero-dorsal view.

26 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

Male genitalia: Pygofer, anal segment and subgenital plates similar to those

of E. cinerascens. Aedeagus similar to that of E. cinerascens except for the

following points. Second pair of processes, from apex of dorsal edge, long,

reaching to level of third pair which curve antero-dorsally rather than dorsally.

First pair slightly sinuate towards apex. Fourth pair lacking clubbed posterior

projection from near base.

Discussion

The differences between the various lists in Table 1 imply that the sizes

of the individuals making up the various populations are environmentally

rather than genetically controlled. This is indicated by the fact that the two

forms of E. cinerascens from Northern Territory and Queensland differ as much

from each other in size as they do from E. tristis.

As is the case with many other fulgoroid groups (see Kramer 1976, 1977,

Evans 1966) the two species of Euryphantia are reliably differentiated only by

reference to the male genitalia. Since the two species have allopatric distributions

it is also possible to ally specimens with one or other of the species if the

collection data are known. Females can only be identified by reference to their

collection locality.

Kirkaldy obviously considered the possibility of the synonymy since one

specimen from Gordonvale, North Queensland (E. tristis according to this

locality) in the Bishop Museum collection is labelled, in Kirkaldy's handwriting,

“Euryphantia cinerascens Kirk. = Thanatochlamys tristis Kirk." (J. T. Medler,

pers. comm.). Due to the choice of material Kirkaldy used for the original

description the two species are valid despite the generic synonymy.

Acknowledgements

I thank Dr G. M. Nishida, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, for the

loans of the types of the two species and Dr J. T. Medler of the same Museum

for pointing out Kirkaldy's apparent realization of the synonymy. I also thank

Dr D. К. McAlpine (Australian Museum, Sydney), Mr T. С. Weir (A.N.I.C.,

Canberra), Dr T. E. Woodward (University of Queensland) and Dr G. B. Monteith

(Queensland Museum) for the loan of specimens used in this study.

References

Evans, J. W., 1966. The leafhoppers and froghoppers of Australia and New Zealand (Hom-

optera: Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea). Mem. Aust. Mus. 12: 1-347.

Kirkaldy, С. W., 1906. Leafhoppers and their natural enemies. Part IX, leafhoppers,

Hemiptera. Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Ass. Div. Ent. 1(9): 271-479.

Kirkaldy, С. W., 1907. Leafhoppers — Supplement (Hemiptera). Bull. Haw. Sug. Pl. Ass.

Div. Ent. 3: 1-186.

Kramer, J. P., 1976. Revision of the Neotropical planthoppers of the genus Bladina

(Homoptera, Fulgoroidea, Nogodinidae). Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 102: 1-40.

Kramer, J. P., 1977.. Taxonomic study of the planthopper genus Oecleus in the United

States (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea, Cixiidae). Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 103: 379-449.

Aust. ent Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 27

THE STATUS OF THE GENERA ATROPHANEURA REAKIRT AND

PACHLIOPTA REAKIRT (LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)

By D. L. Hancock

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, St. Lucia 4067*

Abstract

an The Pachliopta polydorus group of swallowtails is shown to be closely related to the

of "t haneura coon group. The relationship between these two groups and other species

resulta o aneura is such that recognition of Pachliopta and Atrophaneura as separate genera

At In a paraphyletic classification. Pachliopta Reakirt is thus reinstated as a synonym of

Tophaneura Reakirt. Atrophaneura is shown to be distinct from Parides Hübner at the

8eneric leve].

Introduction

M Since Munroe (1961) published his classification of the Papilionidae,

eos generic names have been applied to the polydorus group of Indo-

Ustralian, Aristolochia-feeding swallowtails. The oldest of these, Polydorus

Wainson, 1833, is a junior homonym of Polydorus Blainville, 1826, and is

erefore unavailable. Atrophaneura Reakirt, 1865, placed as a subgenus of

TRAC Hübner, 1819 by Munroe, and Pachliopta Reakirt, 1865, separated (as

4chlioptera) by Munroe from his Parides-A trophaneura assemblage, have both

ne Widely used. As currently recognised, Pachliopta is restricted to the

an dorus group, whilst Atrophaneura comprises the antenor, latreillei, nox

Coon groups. The status of these two generic names is discussed below.

Materials

Of the 43 species currently placed in the genera Atrophaneura and Pachliopta, 17

Xamined in the present study. Of these, 12 were dissected for male genitalic characters,

` û. alcinous, A. dasarada, A. polyeuctes, A. priapus, A. horishanus, A. aidoneus, A. nox,

furth on, Р. hector, P. polyphontes, P. aristolochiae and P. polydorus. Male genitalia of a

er 14 species were examined from püblished illustrations (Corbet, 1948; Jordan, 1915,

n addition, 24 species of Parides were examined. Nine of these, encompassing all

€cies groups, were dissected.

Were e

three Sp

Pachliopta Reakirt Discussion

Unroe (1961) separated this genus from Atrophaneura largely on the

f differences in the genitalia. As Munroe noted, in Pachliopta the female

bursae is heavily sclerotized whilst in the male the valve is greatly

= and the socii and tegumen hypertrophied and heavily sclerotized.

a (cree these characteristics merely represent specializations at the group level,

Hn that can be appreciated when the male genitalia of species in the polydorus

D are compared with various species of Atrophaneura (Figs 1-9). The

€Yolu+; š

0 lution of these genitalic characteristics can be traced as follows:—

basis 0

uctus

reduced

Somewn

228

Primitive groups, such as antenor and latreillei (Fig. 1) the valve is entire and

at ovate. In the nox group (Figs 2-4) the valve is dorso-apically emarginate; there

2 tendency towards a dorso-basal reduction. In the coon group (Е ig. 5) the valve is

there js Darginate, both dorsally and, to a lesser extent, distally. Unlike the nox group,

No dorso-basal reduction and the emarginations in these two groups appear to have

nt address: Plant Protection Res. Inst., P.O. Box 8100, Causeway, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

TA AAA

*Prese

28 Aust. ent. Маў. 7(2), September, 198

evolved separately. In the polydorus group (Figs 6-9) the trend seen in coon is taken furth?

with a great reduction of the valve. The extent of this reduction varies; in polyphonté

existance of the dorsal emargination is shown by retention of the dorso-basal part of th

valve, as seen in coon; in aristolochiae and polydorus this dorso-basal portion is absen!

in hector the valve is further reduced to a small basal part only.

clasper

In the antenor, latreillei and nox groups (Figs 1-4) the clasper is broad and eith'

smooth, serrate or toothed. In the coon group (Fig. 5) the clasper is reduced to a narrow

elongate and pointed structure. In the polydorus group (Figs 6-9) the clasper is also паго!

and pointed, although much shorter than in coon; it is longest in hector and short?

in aristolochiae and polydorus.

aedeagus

In antenor the aedeagus is long, slender and straight. In the latreillei and nox grou?

(Figs 1-4) it is short, thick and strongly curved. In the coon group (Fig. 5) it is lot

slender and weakly curved. In the polydorus group (Figs 6-9) the aedeagus is again lot

slender and weakly curved, especially so in hector.

tegumen and socii {

In the antenor, latreillei, nox and coon groups (Figs 1-5) the tegumen and so?

are unmodified. In the polydorus group (Figs 6-9) these structures are greatly enlarg

and heavily sclerotized. This modification becomes progressively greater from hector

polyphontes to aristolochiae and polydarus.

pseuduncus and 8th tergite i

In antenor the pseuduncus is absent. In the latreillei and nox groups (Figs 1-4) |

is separated from a narrow 8th tergite by a complete suture, this suture extending fot

distance down the mid-line of the pseuduncus. In the coon group (Fig. 5) the pseuduno!'

is separated from a relatively broad 8th tergite by an incomplete suture, being fus?

medially. In the polydorus group (Figs 6-9) the pseuduncus is either separated from!

broad (hector) to very broad (polyphontes) 8th tergite by an incomplete suture, реш

fused medially as in coon, or is fused completely to a very broad 8th tergite (aristolochit^

polydorus).

Munroe (1961) also indicated that the immature stages served to diff

erentiate Pachliopta from Atrophaneura. However, this is not the case. Th!

larva is similar in all groups, when mature being dark with rows of dorsal af

lateral tubercles, these often red or red-tipped, or with some of the tuberclé

white. Mature larvae in the latreillei, nox and coon groups have a whit

transverse band on abdominal segments 3-4 (band absent in some nox gro

species, e.g. semperi, kuehni). In the polydorus group this band is reduced. Û

hector it is present as a series of spots on segments 3-4; in most (e.g. jopho!!

polyphontes, mariae, phegeus, aristolochiae) it is present as a band confint

to segment 3; in others (e.g. liris, polydorus) it is absent. The pupa is als

similar in all groups, having well developed lateral carinae and paired, dors’

lobe-like processes on abdominal segments 4 to 7 (Mell, 1938; Talbot, 193)

Straatman and Nieuwenhuis, 1961; Igarashi, 1966; Jumalon, 1968; Ѕігааітай

1968; Munshi and Moiz, 1968, 1969; D'Abrera, 1971; Common and Waterhous

1972).

Thus characters of the male genitalia and immature stages do not ser"!

to distinguish the polydorus group from other species of Atrophaneura at th!

generic level. On characters of the valve, clasper, aedeagus and pseuduncus/8

tergite the affinities of the polydorus group are clearly with the Atrophaneul!

coon group. Specialised characters such as the hypertrophied socii and іерите!

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 29

8 | 9

rào

10 24 12 13

85 1-13, Male and female genitalia. (1-9) male genitalia of Atrophaneura: lateral view

(with left valve removed) and dorsal view of pseuduncus: (1) A. e/cinous; (2) A.

Priapus; (3) A. horishanus; (4) A. nox; (5) A. coon; (6) A. hector; (7) A. poly-

Phontes; (8) A. aristolochiae; (9) A. polydorus. (10) dorsal view of pseuduncus

Of Parides. (11-13) female bursa and signum of: (11) Parides aglaope; (12)

Atrophaneura polydorus; (13) Troides priamus euphorion.

and the

Broup Je

Sclerotised female ductus bursae serve to separate these taxa at the

vel only. The coon and polydorus groups form a pair of sister-groups,

clas the latreillei and nox groups, the latter united by the nature of the

um. aedeagus and pseuduncus/8th tergite. А. antenor stands somewhat

i from the other groups. Thus, recognition of Pachliopta as a genus results

latrein Necessity of recognising separate genera for the coon, antenor and

ч ШЗ groups, to avoid paraphyly. Pachliopta and Atrophaneura should

(Re "es be synonymized. Both generic names appeared in the same publication

t, 1865); Hemming (1964) accorded precedence to Atrophaneura,

30 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

following the arrangement of Corbet (1943). Pachliopta is thus reinstated as ?

synonym of Atrophaneura.

Atrophaneura Reakirt

Munroe (1961) placed Atrophaneura as a subgenus of Parides Hiibnet,

uniting them on characters of male genitalia and immature stages. Fundamentally

the male genitalia of the two genera are similar; however they differ in onê

essential feature. In Atrophaneura, as in Parides, a suture separates the pseuduncus

from the 8th tergite, but in Parides this suture does not extend down thé

mid-line of the pseuduncus (Fig. 10), as it does in all’ species of A trophaneurl

where the suture is medially present. The Parides type of suture is seen also

in Euryades C. & R. Felder and Cressida Swainson; the Atrophaneura type iS

seen also in Troides (Troides) and Troides (Ornithoptera), the suture being

absent in Troides (Trogonoptera). The type of suture present is consistent fot

all species examined in their respective groups and the mid-line extensio!

illustrates a close relationship between Atrophaneura and Troides Hübneh

serving to separate these two genera from the more primitive Euryades, Cressidi

and Parides.

Additionally, Parides and A trophaneura can be distinguished by the female

bursa copulatrix. In Parides the signum is V-shaped (Fig. 11), whereas if

Atrophaneura the signum is ribbon-like (Fig. 12).

Parides and Atrophaneura cannot be regarded as congeneric as this results

in paraphyly, Atrophaneura being more closely related to Troides than t0

Parides. Talbot (1939) had earlier noted the close morphological relationship

between Atrophaneura and Troides and this, coupled with zoogeographi¢

evidence (Atrophaneura and Troides being Indo-Australian, Parides South

American), supports the above arrangement.

Phylogeny

АП three genera of Indo-Australian Troidini—Cressida, Atrophaneura and

Troides—are derivable from the more primitive South American Euryades and

Parides, and represent a dual invasion before the break-up of Gondwanaland:

Present day distribution patterns suggest that the two invading ancestors,

Cressida and Atrophaneura/Troides, followed different dispersal routes. Cressidé

followed the more usual route, to Australia [c.f. Protographium leosthené

(Doubleday) and Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay], whilst the Atrophaneura)

Troides ancestor appears to have dispersed via India (as Atrophaneura) to South:

East Asia (as Troides). This supports the suggestion by Ridd (1971) that Indi?

and South-East Asia were closely associated as part of Gondwanaland. Thé

presence of A. antenor on Madagascar, the only troidine in the Ethiopian region:

supports the suggestion that dispersal was via India. With the post-Gondwana!

unification of India and Asia, Atrophaneura was able to radiate throughout

the Indo-Australian region, the most easterly representatives belonging to th?

specialised polydorus group.

Classification

Five species groups of Atrophaneura are recognizable. The characters of

A. antenor, coupled with its geographical distribution, support the recognition |

to ы Жый. TE eee ыы EA И

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 31

of a subgenus for this species. The genus and subgenera are characterised below;

for group characteristics see Munroe (1961).

Genus Atrophaneura Reakirt 1865

Pe species: Atrophaneura erythrosoma Reakirt, 1865 (= Papilio semperi С. & К. Felder,

1861).

А genus in the Troidini, closest to Parides and Troides s.l.. Differs from

Parides in the better developed sinus of the fifth tarsal segment; in the absence of

anthoxanthins from all species (Ford, 1944); in the pseuduncus/8th tergite

Suture, when present medially, extending down the mid-line of the pseuduncus;

and in the ribbon-shaped, rather than V-shaped, female signum. Differs from

Troides in vein R, of the fore wing arising from a point opposite CuA, rather

ап CuA,; in the absence of any form of yellow, flourescent pigment; in

aving a normally suspended pupa; and in the distinct female signum, reduced

to spicules in Troides (Fig. 13).

Subgenus Pharmacophagus Haase, 1892

harmacophagus Haase, 1892, Bibl. Zool. 8: 15. Type species: Papilio antenor Drury,1773.

йз Fore wing with submarginal white spots; fore wing intercalary folds not

scaled than rest of wing; fore and hind wings with marginal white

Spots; antennae red; antennal club straight; male genitalia with pseuduncus

absent béyond suture.

One species: antenor (Drury).

Subgenus Atrophaneura Reakirt, 1865 г

olydorus Swainson, 1833, Zool. Illust. (2)3: pl. 101, nec Blainville, 1826. Type species

A Polydorus thoas Swainson.

‘rophaneura Reakirt, 1865, Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 3: 446. Type species Atrophaneura

р, . €tythrosoma Reakirt. ‹ «Ж e

achliopta Reakirt, 1865, Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 3: 503. Type species Papilio diphilus Esper.

achlioptera Scudder, 1875, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci., Boston 10: 235. Incorrect spelling

B of Pachliopta, same type species. | Y. К

Yasa Moore, 1882, Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1882: 258. Type species Papilio philoxenus

G. R. Gray.

mia Wood-Mason & de Niceville, 1886, Л Asiat. Soc. Bengal 55: 374. Type species

A Papilio dasarada Moore. " ]

2пвеғапд Moore, 1886. Jl Linn. Soc. Lond. 21: 51. Type species Papilio varuna White.

95 Kirby; 1896, in Allen's Nat. Libr. Hand-book Lepid. 2: 305. Type species Papilio

Ka hector Linnaeus. h se q

ranga Moore, 1902, Lepidoptera Indica 5: 157. Type species Papilio nox Swainson.

oraria Moore, 1902, Lepidoptera Indica 5: 184. Type species Papilio coon Fabricius.

aligning Moore, 1902, Lepidoptera Indica 5: 187. Type species Papilio neptunus Guérin-

€neville.

Panos,

4 Еоге wing without submarginal white spots; fore wing intercalary folds

atker Scaled than rest of wing, paler along veins; fore and hind wings without

chet white spots (fringe hairs white in hector); antennae black; antennal

Curved; male genitalia with pseuduncus present.

Forty-two species in four groups: А

(Ki G) latreillei group (14 species): daemonius (Alpheraky), plutonius (Oberthür), alcinous

9^» latreillei (Donovan), polla (de Niceville), crassipes (Oberthür), adamsoni (Grose-

32 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 1980

Smith), nevilli (Wood-Mason), laos (Riley and Godfrey), mencius (С. & К. Felder), impediens

(Rothschild), hedistus (Jordan), dasarada (Moore), polyeuctes (Doubleday) [= philoxenus

(Стау)].

(ii) nox group (12 species): semperi (С. & К. Felder), kuehni (Honrath), luchti

(Roepke), hageni (Rogenhofer), priapus (Boisduval), sycorax (Grose-Smith), horishanus

(Matsumura) [= sauteri (Heyne)] , aidoneus (Doubleday), varuna (White), zaleucus (Hewitson);

nox (Swainson), dixoni (Grose-Smith).

(iii) coon group (3 species): neptunus (Guérin-Méneville), coon (Fabricius), гло!

(Butler).

(iv) polydorus group (13 species): hector (Linnaeus), jophon (Gray), pandiyana

(Moore), oreon (Doherty), liris (Godart), polyphontes (Boisduval), schadenbergi (Semper):

mariae (Semper), phegeus (Hopffer), phlegon (С. & К. Felder) [= annae (С. & К. Felder);

=strandi (Bryk), =sabinae (Seyer)], atropos (Staudinger), aristolochiae (Fabricius), polydorus

(Linnaeus).

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr E. C. Dahms (Queensland Museum) for the loan of spec

imens, Mr A. Hiller and Mr J. Sedlacek for access to their private collections, and

Dr T. E. Woodward for his supervision of the project of which this paper is a part.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert

son, Sydney, 498 pp.

Corbet, A. S., 1943. Notes on two genera of butterflies. Entomologist 76: 206.

Corbet, A. S., 1948. Observations on the species of Rhopalocera common to Madagascal

and the Oriental region. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 99: 589-607.

D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne, Melbourne. 415 рр:

Ford, E. B., 1944. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera, with reference

to their bearing on systematics. 4. The classification of the Papilionidae. Trans.

R. ent. Soc. Lond. 94: 201-223.

Hemming, F., 1964. Annotations Lepidopterologicae 3: 84-85.

Igarashi, S., 1966. Butterflies of Nepal (immature stages). Spec. Bull. lepid. Soc. Japa"

2: 1-74.

Jordan, K., 1915. On Papilio dixoni Grose-Smith (1900) and P. kuehni Honr. (1886) from

Celebes. Novit. zool. 22: 270-273.

Jordan, K., 1928. On the Jatreillei-group of eastern Papilios. Novit. zool. 34: 159-172:

Jumalon, J.. N., 1968: Life history and other notes on some Aristolochiaceae feeding

papilionids of the Philippines. Philipp. Scient. 5: 17-27.

Mell, R., 1938. Beitrage zur Fauna sinica. ХУШ: inventur und ókologisches material zu

einer biologie der südchinesichen Lepidopteren. Dt. ent. Z. 1938: 197-345.

Munroe, E., 1961. The classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Can. ent., Supp!

17: 1-51.

Munshi, G. H. and Moiz, S. A., 1968. The pupa of Polydorus aristolochiae (Papilionidae):

J. Lepid. Soc. 22: 115-118.

Munshi, G. H. and Moiz, S. A., 1969. Detailed description of larva of Polydorus aristoloch

iae. J. Lepid. Soc. 23: 107-108.

Reakirt, T., 1865. Notes upon exotic Lepidoptera, chiefly from Philippine Islands, with

descriptions of some new species. Proc. ent. Soc. Philad. 3: 443-504.

Ridd, M. F., 1971. South-East Asia as a part of Gondwanaland. Nature, Lond. 234: 531-533:

Straatman, R., 1968. On the biology of some species of papilionidae from the island ©

Celebes (East-Indonesia). Ent. Ber., Amst. 28: 229-233.

Straatman, R. and Nieuwenhuis, E. J., 1961. Biology of certain Sumatran species of

Atrophaneura, Trogonoptera and Troides (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). Т ijdscht

Ent. 104: 31-41.

Talbot, G., 1939. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Second edition

Butterflies 1. Taylor and Francis, London. xxix, 600 pp., 3 pls.

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 33

C. G. L. GOODING, 1896-1980

On 12 January, 1980, Mr Charles George Llewellyn Gooding of Warragul, Victoria,

t the age of 83. One of Australia’s best known amateur entomologists, Llew Gooding

t Orn near Moe, Victoria, on 9 September, 1896, one of a family of ten children, and

lived throughout his long life in Gippsland. In 1926 he married Hilda Nadenbausch and the

couple had one daughter, Mrs Margaret Coulson of Traralgon. He became a very successful

апу farmer in the Moe district and, despite serious setbacks caused by the 1934 drought

and the 1939 bushfires, built up a valuable stud herd of Australian Illawarra Shorthorn

“áttle which he ran on his property “Riversleigh Park”. Upon retirement in 1954 he built

Ome in Warragul.

_ Asa young man Llew Gooding began what was to become a superb collection of

Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, much of which was collected in Gippsland before the region

5 extensively cleared for agriculture or devoted to open-cut mining and associated

Industrial and urban development. His early collecting was done on foot or on horseback

ia it was not until 1928 that he was able to utilise a motorcar for transport. Throughout

55 life he had the unfailing support of his wife, Hilda.

Over the years his collection was greatly amplified by exchanging specimens with

Well known collectors in Australia and overseas. His Australian entomological corres-

Pondence began in 1917 with George Lyell and he continued corresponding with many

uch Collectors throughout his life. His overseas correspondents included some in Britain,

°ппапу, Czechoslovakia, Norway, Sweden, Russia, Spain, Argentina, California and J apan,

and he also had contacts at various missions in India, China, Taiwan and the Pacific islands.

died а

Was b

Many

for Llew Gooding specialized in collecting the Hepialidae, a family of primitive moths

m Which Australia is noted, and worked closely with Dr N. B. Tindale who described

md Species based on specimens collected by Gooding in the Moe district. Tindale's

Sociation with Gooding extended over a period of some 50 years and included several

memorable visits to the Gooding property. Their friendship began on a showery afternoon

ebruary 1929, at the peak of the emergence period of several Gippsland hepialids,

nen Gooding met Tindale at the Moe railway station with his wagon and, during the

rely trip to “Riversleigh Park”, pointed out hundreds of newly emerged hepialid moths

meing from the shrubs and tree trunks. The contribution made by the Goodings to our

spes iege of the Hepialidae was recorded in 1935 and 1956 when Tindale named two

arenes discovered near Moe as Oxycanus goodingi and О. hildae respectively. Tindale

m honoured Gooding in 1965 when he described the lycaenid butterfly Holochila

Wer ingi (now Candalides consimilis goodingi), some of the original specimens of which

e from the Gooding collection.

Prid Not only was Llew Gooding an energetic and devoted collector, but he took a special

терту in mounting and labelling his specimens meticulously; at times he was moved to

ae those who sent him inferior or poorly mounted specimens. He was also an

Collen plished cabinetmaker and constructed all of the 800 store boxes which lined the

е «tion Ioom at his Warragul home. More than 100 store boxes contained his Australian

Hie elidae and another 300 boxes his collection of Australian butterflies and other moths.

tida Oleoptera were contained in about 100 boxes, about one-third of which were Bupres-

eXOti а family in which he took а special interest. The remainder of his collection Was

us Lepidoptera, including examples of many rare species of the Argynnis group of

In January 1979, when he felt he could no longer maintain his valuable collection

18 Satisfaction, Llew Gooding donated it to the Commonwealth, and it is now part of

Ustralian National Insect Collection at Canberra.

Presb Llew Gooding was a respected member of the Masonic Lodge, an office bearer in the

also Yterian Church, and a member of the Country Party for more than 50 years. He was

alit Cen gardener. For many years he was actively involved in the Latrobe Valley Natur-

Valle Club and published nine papers on Gippsland butterflies and moths in the Latrobe

Ек Naturalist between 1968 and 1977, some of which were reprinted in the Victorian

ologist, During the 1930’s he provided assistance to G. F. Hill in his field experiments

Senera,

34 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 19%

for CSIR on the control of the underground grass grub, Oncopera spp., native һер

pests of pastures. He was the first person to recognise in 1937 the presence of the cabb#

white butterfly Pieris rapae in Victoria, two years before its establishment was accept?

officially. He was also responsible for the only observations on the life history of Acrodip!

cuprea, a small lycaenid butterfly with larvae predacious on ants.

In the Queen's New Year Honours List of 1980, shortly before his death, LI

Gooding was awarded the MBE, for his contributions to entomology, a fitting rewê

for a lifetime devoted to the collection and study of insects.

І. Е. B. COMMON and M. S. UPTO!

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia

ATCHLEY, William R.

1978. Biological variability in the parthenogenetic grasshopper Warramaba virgo (Kd)

and its sexual relatives. 1. The eastern Australian populations. Evolution 310

782-799, tables 1-6, text-figs 1 & 2.

ATTIA, Е. I., SHIPP, E. and SHANAHAN, G. J. А

1979. Survey of insecticide resistance іп Plodia interpunctella (Hiibner), Ephesth

cautella (Walker) and E. kuehniella Zeller (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in New Sou!

Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 67-70, 1 table.

BAKER, G. L.

1979. Outbreak of the Australian plague locust. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(4): 2-4, illus“

1979. Ploughing no answer to locust control. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(4): 55.

BEATTIE, G. A. C. |

1979. Oogenesis in Lucilia cuprina (Wied.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). II. The effect °

aziridinyl chemosterilants on oogenesis. Aust. J. Zool. 27(3): 349-362, tables +“

text-figs 1-8.

BEATTIE, G. A. C. and CHENEY, J. d

1979. Oogenesis in Lucilia cuprina (Wied.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). I. Development ?

nurse cell nuclei, the oocyte nucleus and the follicle cells. Aust. J. Zool. 276%

331-347, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-13.

BROADLEY, R. H.

1978. The day-feeding armyworm in north Queensland. Qd agric. J. 104(1): 27-30, illus!

Lepidoptera: Spodoptera exempta

BROWN, K. R. i

1979. Multivariate assessment of phenetic relationships within the tribe Luciliini (Dipte™

Calliphoridae). Aust. J. Zool. 27(3): 465-477, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-10.

CAMPBELL, M. H. and GILMOUR, A. R. d

1979. Reducing losses of surface-sown seed due to harvesting ants. Aust. J. exp. Agri

anim. Husb. 19: 706-711, tables 1-5, text-fig. 1.

DONALDSON, J. F. :

1979. Revision of the genus Notuchus Fennah (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea: Delphacida?)

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 181-185, text-figs 1-16.

DOUBE, В. M. and KEMP, D. Н. )

' 1979. Notes on the tick Haemaphysalis (Ornithophysalis) doenitzi Warburton and NU"

all (Acarina: Ixodidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 169-170.

EVENHUIS, Neal L. [

1979. Studies in Pacific Bombyliidae (Diptera) II. Revision of the genus Geron ©

Australia and the Pacific. Pac. Insects 21(1): 13-55, text-figs 1-46.

FLETCHER, M. J. 4

1979. The external morphology of Scolypopa australis (Walker) (Homoptera: Rican”

dae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 157-168, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-20. |

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(2), September, 1980 35

FRANZMANN, B. A.

1979. Parasitism of banana scab moth, Nacoleia octasema (Meyrick) (Lepidoptera:

HI Pyralidae) in north Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(2): 135-136, 1 table.

CKMAN, v. v.

1979. Some Tasmanian spiders of the families Oonopidae, Anapidae and Mysmenidae.

IR Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 113: 53-79, table 1, text-figs 1-47.

ONSIDE, р. А.

1978. The macadamia flower caterpillar. Qd agric. J. 104(1): centre insert, pp. i-iv, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Homoeosoma vagella

Hymenoptera: Agathis rufithorax, Brachymeria sp., Phaneratoma sp.

KEV Hemiptera: Termatophylum sp., Trichogrammatoidea flav

AN, D. Keith McE.

1977. Ordo Orthoptera s.str. (=Saltatoria-Caelifera). Subordo Acridodea. Infraordo Асг-

idomorpha. Orthopterorum Catalogus Pars 16: 1-656 [plus Appendix, 7 pp.,

KHAN unnumbered.] [‘‘Corrigenda et errata”, loose insert, 7 pp., unnumbered. ]

‚Р. and WOODWARD, Т. E.

979. The spermatheca and associated structures of Lethaeini (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae:

KILE Rhyparochrominae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 39-44, text-figs 1-36.

iE A., HARDY, R. J. and TURNBULL, C. R. A. n

9. The association between Abantiades latipennis (Lepidoptera, family Hepialidae)

and Eucalyptus obliqua and Eucalyptus regnans in Tasmania. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

LAU 18(1): 7-17, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-7.

GHLIN, Roger |

1977. The gum tree thrips /soneurothrips australis Bagnall. Survival at different

temperatures and humidities and its relation to capacity for dispersal. Aust. J.

LEADE Ecol. 2(4): 391-398, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

15701, J. P. and BEDFORD, J. J. Л

: posto by the marine caddis-fly, Philanisus plebeius (Walk.). Search 10(7-8):

LEE, Brian 76, text-figs 1 & 2.

Do Keeping ahead of resistant ticks. Rur. Res. CSIRO 105: 18-20, illustr.

EISE Insects for controlling water weeds. Rur. Res. CSIRO 105: 25-29.

INE: David K.

319; Agonistic behaviour in Achias australis (Diptera, Platystomatidae) and the signif-

icance of eyestalks. In: Sexual selection and reproductive competition. Academic

Маму Press. Pp. 221-230, text-figs 1-3.

797557 В. 5. and CARNE, Р. В.

- Predation of cossid moth larvae by yellow-tailed black cockatoos causing losses in

plantations of Eucalyptus grandis in north coastal New South Wales. Aust. Wildlife

Res. 5(1): 101-121, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-10.

МАТРА ТСО E Xyleutes boisduvali, X. liturata, X. durvillei

1979, Chromosome variation in the males of some Australian Lygaeidae (Hemiptera:

MENKE ee Aust. J. Zool. 27(5): 709-715, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-22.

1979, A review of the genus Larrisson Menke (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Aust. J. Zool.

MI 27(3): 453-463, text-figs 1-19.

LNER, n, J

1978. The self-destructing pasture pest. Rur. Res. CSIRO 99: 22-24, illustr.

1978 Lepidoptera: Hepialidae: Oncopera alboguttata З

Gate Aphids wanted — dead or alive. Rur. Res. CSIRO 99: 23, illustr.

bp sdb Akira and IWATA, Kusuo

- Female terminalia of lower Brachycera — II. (Diptera). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 28(2):

NEWBY EY text-figs 1-38.

1 , . E

979. Growth and feeding in two species of Machaerotidae (Homoptera). Aust. J. Zool.

27(3): 395-401, text-figs 1 & 2.

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2), September, 198%

BOOK REVIEW

Collecting, preserving and classifying insects by E. C. Dahms, Geoff Monteitl

and Sybil Monteith. 1979. Queensland Museum Booklet No. 13. 32 pages:

21 x 15 cm, illustr. Price 75с.

This text is designed primarily for secondary school students, althoug!

it would be useful to anyone wishing to begin their own insect collection.

The first half of the booklet discusses the equipment and proceduré

used in collecting and preserving. These subjects are well covered and provid?

the beginner with an accurate and basic knowledge. The text is easily rea

and the illustrations more than adequate.

The remaining half concerns insect classification. Here the text can 0

divided into three main sections: an introductory section, a description 0

each order occurring in Australia, and a key to the orders of larger insects

This part of the booklet is also well illustrated and I have no doubt thal

students would experience little difficulty in identifying most common insect

to order.

I have no criticism of note. However, I feel some things warrant consid

eration before printing a future edition. I found paragraph three on page 1

confusing; the text recommends (рр. 5, 12) that ethyl alcohol be used for we!

preservation and while this is correct such material cannot be purchased by tlt

general public—no alternative is suggested but students could use methylate

spirits if necessary; and I wonder how many students would scan the Ordé

illustrations searching for a picture of a cicada. |

As an introductory text, especially for secondary school biology course?

I cannot recommend this booklet too strongly. The Preface states that tht

primary aim for writing this booklet was to fulfil such a need and this it do%

admirably. It is very cheap, well written and well illustrated. M. S. МООИ?

BOOKS & EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES

ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST

MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPCRTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All Notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

Sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED, Distribution records of Australian stag beetles (Lucanidae). Please

Send name of species, locality and date to J. Turnbull, P.O. Box 70,

W French’s Forest, N.S.W. 2086. y

ANTED. A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. Please advise

price. Barry Filshie, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., P.O. Box 1700,

E Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601. Ph. 062 465341 (office hours)

XCHANGE, Butterflies and other insects of N.S.W. and Queensland for butterfly

Species and races restricted to other states. С. Wood, 20 June Place,

Gymea Bay, N.S.W. 2227.

TED. Will buy specimens of Ornithoptera priamus macalpinei and 0.

richmondia; papered and if possible with full data. Rudolf Korotwitschka,

Freisinger Str. 21, D-8051 Haag/Amper, West Germany.

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

TEM 239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

his bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

8t appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller worksare listed

WAN

апа bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages arid other

Points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and aer submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

uplicate.

ersons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Copies Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for 50

certify $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

ove they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

tates, There are no free reprints.

0 ap Illustrations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

plato ат in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Plate; ate offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

te also 5 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies although paintings

питье Suitable. Plates using two or more photographs аге more expensive; thus where a

ü 1 Of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are.best photographed

Single slide,

Consi T Papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Ted unsuitable.

ddress papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

: Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

AMC ЕВ. and UPTON, M.S. C.G. L. Gooding, 1896-1980 ..... 3

EDWARDS, E. D. The early stages of Adaluma urumelia Tindale and |

Candalides geminus Edwards and Kerr (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . . |

FLETCHER, М. J. Review of the Australian genera Euryphantia Kirkaldy |

and Thanatochlamys Kirkaldy (Homoptera, Fulgoroidea, Flatidae) . . i

HANCOCK, D. L. The status of the genera Atrophaneura Reakirt and |

Pachliopta Reakirt (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) .............. 7

BOOK REVIEW — Collecting, preserving and classifying insects....... 4

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................... Ш

ENTOMOLOGICATEN ODI CES A inside back cov

ONTENTS

DATA LABELS -— PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington

Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDozald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'5, 140°10'E Karratha, W.A.

Roper River, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

25 Jan. 1977 29 June, 1975

P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

T.S. & 1.А. Stall ‘Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & Р.В. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As’ few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Nowo Laboratories

P.O. BOX 97, ENFIELD N:S.W. 2136

Telephone: STD 02 747-6412

BIOLOGICAL TEACHING SUPPLIES

Live Material Preserved Material

Chemicals & Stains Blood Grouping Agents

Biological Models Skeletons

Equipment 35mm Transparencies

FREE CATALOGUE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

ISSN 0311-1881

———M—

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

: ent. Mag.

Edited by М. 5. Moulds

VOLUME 7, PART 3

NOVEMBER, 1980

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae of

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New South

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longicor!

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like frass-

The species is not considered to be economically significant.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

ў Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Australian Entomo

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 7, Part 3 November, 1980

NOTES ON SOME BUTTERFLIES FROM GLENBROOK,

NEW SOUTH WALES

By T. J. Hawkeswood

Department of Botany, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland 4811

Abstract

Gl Notes on four species of butterfly feeding on sap from Eucalyptus gummifera at

LS New South Wales, during February 1977, are provided. A tachinid fly parasite,

Orista sp., from pupae of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan) is recorded.

Introduction

S The township of Glenbrook is situated about 70 km by road west of

Ydney at an altitude of 163 m. It receives an average annual rainfall of about

cm and temperatures range broadly from 1°C to 40°C.

Much of the natural bushland in the immediate vicinity of Glenbrook has

mde way for residential development but there are still areas where fruitful

sae Mological collecting can be undertaken. The present vegetation is a dry

^ erophyll forest composed of at least five species of Eucalyptus and three

P of Angophora, with species of Acacia (Mimosaceae), Hakea, Banksia

m P ersoonia (Proteaceae) and Bossiaea, Oxylobium and Phyllota (Fabaceae)

Mposing the shrub layers.

Butterflies feeding on eucalypt sap

RE On 8th February 1977 two specimens of Vanessa itea (Fabricius), one male

Б Olyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius), two females of Heteronympha

Ак Оре merope (Fabricius) and one specimen of Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guérin-

ret) were observed feeding simultaneously on the dark red-brown sap

Е ch had exuded from the trunk of a Eucalyptus gummifera (Gaertn.) Нос.

chars 0.3 m from the ground. When disturbed, the specimens of V. itea closely

‘led the tree trunk several times reaching a height of some 2.5 m before

Pidly flying to about 10 m and disappearing amongst the tree-top canopy.

ne V. itea returned to feed about four minutes later. The specimen of

shia Sempronius, when disturbed, rapidly flew at a height of 2-3 m over the

= Vegetation before disappearing and did not return. The specimens of Н. т.

Ope and G. k. klugii, (two species which mainly frequent shady areas near the

SE E cis ii AENA A د‎

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(3), November, 1980

ground) merely circled the tree several times when disturbed, before resting 0!

the ground nearby for a period and afterwards returning to feed. When these

two species were disturbed again they repeated this behaviour.

These observations are noteworthy since there appears to be little infor

mation at present available on adult behaviour exhibited by Australian butterflies

Three syndromes are noted here which may be related to escape behaviour: (2)

rapid and direct flight by Polyura, (b) fast tree-trunk circling followed by rapid

upward flight by Vanessa and (c) slow tree-trunk circling followed by resting ій

a camoflaged state in the shade of bushes by Geitoneura and Heteronympht:

Although responses to natural predators have not been observed, it is likely that

the behaviour exhibited by these butterflies could be effective against predation

by animals such as birds. Further observations are necessary for a bette

understanding of this aspect of butterfly behaviour.

Parasite of Ja/menus evagoras evagoras (Donovan)

The parasitism of butterfly larvae by Diptera is well known and has bee!

recorded many times, but Common and Waterhouse (1972, p. 32) noté

that remarkably little is known about the specific identity of the parasite

involved. |

In the Glenbrook area, larvae of J. e. evagoras feed on Acacia falcall

(north of Glenbrook) and A. decurrens (in the Blue Mountains National Parks

south of Glenbrook). On 17th February 1977, numerous larvae and pupa?

(attended by hundreds of black ants, presumably Iridomyrmex) were observe

on a small bush of A. falcata (1.2 m high). Of thirteen pupae collected, thre?

produced males and, ten days later, seven tachinid flies (Exorista sp.: Tachinidae:

Goniinae: Exoristini) emerged from seven others. The three pupae remaininé

were parasitized but flies failed to emerge from them.

Unfortunately there is no modern treatment of the Australian Exoristin

Crosskey (1973) records the tachinid flies Carcelia cosmophilae (Curran) and

Exorista sorbillans (Wiedemann) as parasites of J. e. evagoras, but Dr D. Н.

Colless (pers. comm.) believes that the name sorbillans was wrongly applied:

Further research should reveal a great deal more information about tachini

parasites of Australian Lepidoptera.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Dr D. Н. Colless, Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O^

Canberra, for examining and identifying the tachinids, and Dr Colless and М

M. S. Moulds for bringing to my attention the paper by Crosskey. I woul

also like to express my thanks to Mr J. D. O’Dea for critically examining th?

manuscript.

References

Common, I. Е. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rober

son, Sydney. 498 pp. f

Crosskey, R. W., 1973. A conspectus of the Tachinidae (Diptera) of Australia, includiné

keys to the supraspecific taxa and taxonomic and host catalogues. Bull. Br. Mu

nat. Hist. (Ent.) Suppl. 21: 1-221.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(3), November, 1980 39

RECENT RECORDS OF ACRODIPSAS ILLIDGEI (WATERHOUSE

AND LYELL) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) FROM

THE BRISBANE AREA, QUEENSLAND

By Chris E. Hagan

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland

St. Lucia, Queensland 4067

Abstract

R Recent captures of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell) in mangroves at

Шапа Вау and Burleigh Heads are recorded. The finding of a pupa at Redland Вау

Onfirms that the species is breeding in this area.

i The distribution of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell) is recorded

“От Brisbane to Burleigh Heads (Common and Waterhouse, 1972) and it

IS considered to be a very rare species. De Baar (1976) recorded one female

taken in the Hay’s Inlet area of Brisbane on the 16th September, 1973.

Оте recently, the species has been rediscovered in a mangrove area at

Urleigh Heads by Stephen Johnson in December 1978, and a number of adults

lave Subsequently been taken at this locality (S. Johnson, pers. com.).

On 25th February, 1979, while examining mangroves at Redland Bay,

3PProximately 35 km SE of Brisbane, an adult female A. illidgei was collected

y the author. It was feeding at flowers of the grey mangrove, Avicennia

Marina (Forsk.) Vierh. (fam. Verbenaceae), along the seaward fringe. Later

* same day a male was taken while settling at the top of another grey

Mangrove, approximately 5 m from the ground. Hypochrysops epicurus Miskin

and Н. apelles (Fabricius) were common in the area and were seen to be

dog fighting near the tops of the mangroves. On 27th February, 1979, another

Male A. illidgei was taken in the same area, again near the top of a dead

Srey mangrove.

In September 1979, an A. illidgei pupa was located at Redland Bay

hollow branch of a grey mangrove. This produced a female on 24th

-“Ptember (S. Johnson, pers. com.) and confirms that A. illidgei is breeding

n the area.

in а

Acknowledgements

D I would like to thank Mr S. J. Johnson for his information, Mr J. Davie,

partment of Botany, University of Queensland, for identification of the

апргоуе and Miss J. Graff for her assistance.

с References

Оттоп, I. Е. В. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-

De ertson, Sydney. 498 pp.

Baar, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from south-eastern

Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124.

AA E ee ee — ee

40 Aust, ent. Mag. 7(3), November, 198)

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

COSTA, Michael and ALLSOPP, P. G.

1979. Gamasine mites associated with Australian scarabaeid beetles. I. The genus Parad

oxiphis Berlese, symbionts of the Bolboceratine. Aust. J. Zool. 27(5): 825-865

text-figs 1-117.

CLIFT, Alan

1978. Some recent developments in pest control in the mushroom industry. Agric. Gal.

N.S.W. 89:3): 39-41, illustr.

COMMON, |. Е. B. |

1979. The larvae and pupae of Imma acosma (Turner) and i. vaticina Meyrick (Lepid

optera: Immidae), and the taxonomic relationships of the family. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 18(1): 33-38, text-figs 1-16.

FERRAR, P.

1979. The immature stages of dung-breeding muscoid flies in Australia, with notes on

the species, and keys to larvae and puparia. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 73: 1-106

text-figs 1-322. ;

1979. Absence of larval fat body in the buffalo fly, Haematobia irritans exigua (Dipte!

Muscidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 25-26.

Diptera: Muscoidea: lists 25 species known to have larval fat body.

FARROW, R. A.

1979. Population dynamics of the Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifell

(Walker), in central western New South Wales. I. Reproduction and migration й

relation to weather. Aust. J. Zool. 27(5): 717-745, 6 tables, 6 text-figs.

GAEDIKE, Hannelore

1978. Katalog der in den Sammlungen der Abteilung Taxonomie der Insekten des

Institutes für Pflanzenschutzforschung, Bereich Eberswalde (ehemals Deutsche

Entomologisches Institut), aufbewahrten Typen — XVII. (Coleoptera: Scyámac"

idae: Orthoperidae, Discolomidae, Ptiliidae, Scaphiidae). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 28(2):

299-328.

ROSE, A. B.

1973. The food of the white-throated nightjar. Aust. Birds 8(2): 31-32.

The insects mentioned are only partially identified and belong to the огде?

Orthoptera, Hemiptera, Coleoptera, Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera.

ROTH, Louis M. А

1979. А taxonomic revision of the Panesthiinae of the world. Ш. The genera Panesthil

Serville and Miopanesthia Serville (Dictyoptera: Blattaria: Blaberidae). Aust. ^

Zool., Suppl. Ser. 74: 1-276, tables 1-16, text-figs 1-123.

RUSSELL, Richard C., DEBENHAM, Margaret L. and LEE, David J.

1979. A natural habitat of the insect pathogenic fungus Culicinomyces in the Sydney

area. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 103(1): 71-73.

Diptera: Anopheles amictus hilli, Aedes australis, Aedes rupestris

CHURCHILL FELLOWSHIPS FOR 1982

The Churchill Trust gives opportunity, by provision of financial support, to enable

Australians from all walks of life to undertake overseas study of a kind not fully available

in Australia. There are no prescribed qualifications; merit is the primary test, whether base

on past achievements or demonstrated ability. Fellowships usually provide return air fal

and living allowances. Advertisements will appear in the National Press during Nov. and реб

but interested persons should write now requesting a copy of the Information Brochure 4"

application form to: Winston Churchill Memorial Trust (М), P.O. Box 478, Canberra СЇЙ

A.C.T. 2601 or G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide 5001 or P.O. Box 6209, Hay St East, Perth 600"

or G.P.O. Box 1260N Hobart 7001 or P.O. Box 2147, Darwin 5794.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS. С. A. Williams, c/- Post Office, Lansdowne, via Taree,

N.S.W. 2435 (“Lorien”, Newby’s Lane, Lansdowne). Previous address:

Louis St., Granville, N.S.W.

EXCHANGE. I will exchange rare Ornithoptera from Irian Jaya for other rare

Ornithoptera species. Please write before sending specimens. Shin-ichi

руш; Shibazono-cho 3-3-511, Kawaguchi-city, Saitama-pref., (332),

арап. y

EXCHANGE. I wish to contact a correspondent in Australia and exchange

butterflies. I offer butterflies from Kenya and Guyana for any Australian

Species. Mrs S. J. Patel, 7 Brockwell Court, Effra-rd., London, S.W.2.

England.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and'a wide selection of entomological -books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

DATA LABELS — IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT

Due to absence of staff during December, January and February we regret we are

Unable to print data labels during these months. Orders received during this period

Will be processed in early March. We apologise for any inconvenience this may cause.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 433972

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

duplicate.

егѕопѕ submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

copie Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for 50

certify $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

ne they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

* rates. There are no free reprints.

of Illustrations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

tpm in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Plates ате offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

ate al $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies aithough paintings

numbas suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more expensive; thus where a

on a Hi Oi set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are best photographed

ingle slide,

Consi All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

dered unsuitable.

ddress papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

and in

C NM

CONTENTS

HAGAN, Chris E. Recent records of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and

Lyell) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from the Brisbane area, Queens-

landers, ts. Se. ces oes lent aren ae ME ret: Dr e 39

HAWKESWOOD, T. J. Notes on some butterflies from Glenbrook, New |

SouthaWales бэ М uz mco slo | ANN AA „Ум 31

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 2, Beetle

biology (part), Classification and nomenclature, Making a collection

(Ed a e a o er ERI ET centre liftou!

CHURCHES ЕШ ОЛУБЕПЕРБ ТОТО SO 40

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds...................

ENTOMOLOGIGATEN Oj GES iain НИЕ arene eae inside back соу

NEW BOOKS

BUTTERFLIES OF AUSTRALIA

I. F. B. Common and D. F. Waterhouse

Revised and enlarged edition

Due for publication November or December Price $39.95 |}

Orders received during 1980 less 10% and post free

BUTTERFLIES OF THE AFRO-TROPICAL REGION

(Volume 2 of Butterflies of the World)

Bernard D'Abrera

This volume will be available by the time this announcement appears. The estimated

price at this stage (August) is $125. If you order before the end of this year a

discount of 10% and free postage applies

BUTTERFLIES OF THE NEOTROPICAL REGION

PART 1. PAPILIONIDAE AND PIERIDAE

(Vol. 3, Part 1 of Butterflies of the World)

Bernard D'Abrera

This volume will be published in 5 parts. Part 1 (208 pp) is nearing completion

(it may even be published when this announcement appears). The estimated price

is $185. Copies reserved now, less 10% and post free.

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

ISSN 0311-1881 PSF |

AUSTRALIAN —

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

aA | Ур А

^ M

IN NI |

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 7, PART 4

DECEMBER, 1980

Do di ccs A А

Australian Entomological Magazine is ап illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

` SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae of

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New South

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longicorn

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like frass.

The species is not considered to be economically significant.

Published by :

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Australian Entomological

—]

—————

Magazine orcs

5 f NA

Aust. ent. Mag. | 2 2 DEC 1980

Volume 7, Part 4

A NEW SPECIES OF MYIANOETUS OUDEMANS (ACARINA: ANOETIDAE)

FROM A CERATOPOGONID FLY IN AUSTRALASIA

By A. Fain and R. Domrow

Prince Leopold Institute of Tropical Medicine, Nationalestraat 155, B-2000 Antwerp, Belgium

and

Queensland Institute of Medical Research, Bramston Tce, Herston, Australia 4006

Abstract

Em Myiano etus dycei sp. n. is figured and described from hypopi phoretic on Culicoides

€vitarsis Kieffer in northern Australia and Fiji. New subjective synonymy: Anoetostoma

Omersley, 1941 = Myianoetus Oudemans, 1929.

Introduction

i The introduced biting midge Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer is well estab-

Ed as a vector of arboviruses in Australia (Doherty, 1972; Doherty et al.,

b ^2), and we now describe a hypopial mite commonly found phoretic on it. It

elongs in Myianoetus Oudemans, a genus of ca 30 species mostly known only

as hypopi phoretic on higher flies, especially Cyclorrhapha. However, the new

Pd (the first from the lower ceratopogonids, Nematocera) is not surprising,

Ince C. brevitarsis breeds in dung (Cannon and Reye, 1966), as do many

i clorrhapha, It is undoubtedly in this biotope that the flies pick up their

рорі.

ne Genus Myianoetus Oudemans

Ylanoetus Oudemans, 1929, Ent. Ber., Amst. 7: 449. Type-species Acarus muscarum

4 Linnaeus.

Octostoma Womersley, 1941, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 6: 485. Type-species Anoestostoma

oudemansi Womersley (sic). Syn. n.

Myianoetus dycei sp. n.

M (Figs 1-3)

Mee al examined. All hypopi, phoretic on C. brevitarsis, mostly on abdomen,

M PIN. QUEENSLAND: Rockhampton, 20.ii.1968, A. L. Dyce (holotype

n Our paratypes); Parkhurst, 24.11.1968, A.L.D. (nine paratypes); Kowanyama

Ormerly Mitchell River Mission), iv.1969, A.L.D. (five paratypes); Kowanyama,

9, Н.А. Standfast and E.T. Bulfin (five paratypes). NORTHERN TERRITORY:

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980

005mm

Figs 1,2. Myianoetus dycei: (1) hypopus in ventral view; (2) tibia-tarsus | in dorsal view:

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 43

Fig. 3. Myianoetus dycei: idiosoma of hypopus in dorsal view.

Beatrice Hill, 25.1.1979, A.L.D. (11 paratypes); Berrimah Experiment Farm (10

ee = 16 km S of Darwin), 27-28.ii.1968, J. Haslam (five paratypes). FIJI:

Ii Levu, 17.viii.1967, С. Е. Bornemissza (four paratypes). Holotype in

ш шаап National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; paratypes in authors’

ections.

HYpopus

1 Holotype 141 um long, 108 um wide (four paratypes 135 х 110, 150х 126,

26 X130,160 x 134). Dorsum: Propodonotum 15 ит deep, with two pairs of setae

3i Very short, sc, longer). Hysteronotal setae short and thin. Venter: Sternum

16 extended posteriorly into weakly sclerotised pregenital sclerite. Coxae П

?mpletely closed, connected to sternum by narrow transverse strip. Setae схі

чаа

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1%

and схүүү represented only by their alveoli. Epimera IV not reaching midlin'

Suctorial plate rather small, with larger (posterior) pair of suckers 7.5-8 иті

diameter, with denticulate rims; with two pairs of elongate conoids posterior)

set in curved line. Palposoma 15 um long, with pair of elongate solenid'

(25 um) apically. Legs: Tarsi 1-ТУ 15, 24, 24, 14 um long, respectively. Tib

I 26-27 um long. Ratio of lengths of tarsus I: tibia I 1: 1.8. Tarsi I-III with bif!

claw apically, IV with strong seta (45 ит). Solenidia on genua LIV lott

Solenidion w, set dorsoapically on tibia I, just beyond solenidion ¢; solenidi?

€ probably represented by small seta set dorsobasally on tarsus I; solenidi?

wg: set middorsally on tarsus I.

Notes

It may now be said that Anoetostoma Womersley, based on hypopi ©

A. oudemansi Womersley from the house fly, Musca domestica L. (Muscidat

in New South Wales, is a synonym of Myianoetus Oudemans* since bo!

show bifid claws on the legs (not mentioned in Womersley's text, but cle!

in his drawings), and a suctorial plate with one (posterior) pair of suck?!

enlarged and two pairs of conoids. The lattermost are not suckers as thoug!

by Womersley, but soft conic projections probably serving as buffers to fac!

itate detachment from the host (Fain, 1973; 1974).

M. dycei is distinct from M. oudemansi in showing tarsus I shorter, rath“

than much longer, than tibia I (ratio of lengths 1 : 1.8 vs 1: 0.5). In oth

species whose hypopi are known, tarsus I may range from longer to a jitt!

shorter than tibia I, but the ratio never exceeds 1 : 1.3 in the latter саў

Other points seen only in M. dycei are the denticulate (posterior) suckers 4

the relatively elongate conoids on the suctorial plate.

The new species is named for Mr A. L. Dyce, McMaster Laboratot)

CSIRO, Glebe, who collected many of the specimens and kindly read ol

draft manuscript.

References А

Cannon, І. К. С. and Reye, Е. Ј., 1966. A larval habitat of the biting midge Culicoidl

brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidac). J. ent. Soc. Qd 5: 7-9.

Doherty, К. L., 1972. Arboviruses of Australia. Aust. vet. J. 48: 172-180. a

Doherty, К. L., Carley, J. G., Stand fast, H. A., Dyce, A. L. and Snowdon, W.A., 1972. vir

strains isolated from arthropods during an epizootic of bovine ephemeral fev

in Queensland. Aust. vet. J. 48: 81-86.

Fain, A., 1968. Notes on two new heteromorphic deutonymphs (hypopi) (Acarina: Sarco!

tiformes). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 92: 246-250. |

Fain, A., 1973. Notes sur les hypopes des Saproglyphidae (Acarina: Sarcoptiformes) l

Le genre Crabrovidia Zachvatkin, 1941. Description de 8 espèces nouvel!

symphorétiques sur les Sphecidae (Hyménoptéres). Bull. Annls Soc. r. ent. B®

109: 153-189. |

Vain, A., 1974. Notes sur quelques hypopes d'Anoetidae (Acarina Sarcoptiformes). Bl

Annls Soc. r. ent. Belg. 110: 58-68.

* Anoetostoma domrowi lain, 1968, based on hypopi from Scoliophthalmus sp. (Chie!

opidae) in New Guinea, is not a Myianoetus as here understood, and should be remo“

to another genus, possibly Anoetus Dujardin itself, to which it seems close.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 45

A LIST OF THE PAPILIONIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) OF THE SOLOMON

ISLANDS, WITH NOTES ON THEIR GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION

By Tommaso Racheli

Yo Istituto di Zoologia, Università de L'Aquila, 1-67100 L'Auuila, Italy

Abstract

ds An account is given of the Papilionidae of the Solomon Islands, with taxonomic and

tibution notes. The status of O. allottei Rothschild, P. ponceleti Le Moult, P. erskinet

TRE and P. ptolychus Godman and Salvin, is discussed. An attempt is made to show

е relationships between this fauna and those of other parts of the Australian region.

Introduction

Several papers on the papilionid butterflies of the Solomon Islands have

“PPeared, but none contain a comprehensive discussion of all the species. It is

°ped that the present list may, to some extent, rectify this situation.

studi The paper is based on extensive studies of the literature, on morphological

165 of specimens in various collections, and on recent field data submitted

y resident collectors. The Solomon islands are inhabited by 15 species of

. pilionidae representing four genera. Papilio oberon, which inhabits S. Cruz

i Е : ч

sland, has been included in the systematic section, but not in the data analysis.

Geography

The Solomon group constitutes a long island arc in the South West

€ consisting of one major and several minor clusters of islands covering an

рн Of some 33900 km? and located east of New Guinea. The arc is oriented

the wy NW-SE and in the NW, submarine mountains connect this group with

ISmarck Islands. Southwards, the Archipelago is continuous with the

Si Hebrides, which are separated from the Solomon group by the Santa

Solo Basin. This group of islands is probably not geologically linked to the

Mons but rather to the New Hebrides (Gressitt, 1961).

Es The Solomon Archipelago comprises two parallel rows of islands (Fig. 1),

Parated by “The Slot" channel. The main islands are Buka, Bougainville,

bee d Santa Isabel, Guadalcanal, Malaita, and Florida. The northernmost

- 1s Вика and the southernmost San Cristobal. The rather isolated New

р € Group with Vella la Vella, Gizo and Kolombangara, occupies a central

ton within the Archipelago.

Parts The topography and vegetation are varied. Tropical rain forest covers large

grou of the islands, except where cleared by man and on geologically younger

Nd, where a savannah-type vegetation often prevails, with lalang-grass

пао) etc. With the exception of the atoll-islands, all are more or less

Near 21105, with densely forested interiors. Mt. Lammas of Guadalcanal is

reachy 2500 m high and several other islands of the group have mountains

and Ing about 1000 m. There are several active volcanoes, e.g. Balbi (3123 m)

Often арапа (2251 m), both in Bougainville. Mountain slopes and hills are

trees eed extensively by dense rain forest, with various palms, hardwood

trees ICUS etc. The low-altitude vegetation consists mainly of ferns, banana

and their like, with epiphytes and lianas. In coastal areas vast grounds

Pacifi

area

46 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(4), December, 198

are cultivated and scattered secondary forests exist inland. Along tidal riê

courses, terminating in the ocean, swamplands and mangroves are ofte

present. In Guadalcanal the grassy plains appear to be the result of relativel)

recent, but nevertheless total, clearing of the virgin forest. The climate?

equatorial, with some seasonal variation in temperature, wind and precipitatio?

During the rainy season a monsoon-type wind prevails from April to Novemb"

in large parts of the Solomons.

Systematic section

The following abbreviations have been used below: FW, fore wing; HW, hind мі?

Ornithoptera victoriae (Gray), 1856

This highly variable species has been discussed by Schmid (1970b, 1973b) wht

placed resplendens Ehrmann as a synonym of regis Rothschild, with which I fully conci

Numerous specimens of most of the described subspecies are difficult to assign to one Ü

the other taxon, thus reflecting the great variability of the species. The populations fro!

New Georgia Group, described as rubianus Rothschild, are characterised by a great

stability of the phenotype and it may be speculated that they have been isolated for!

longer time. М

The following subspecies have been described: —

O. victoriae victoriae (Gray, 1856). Type loc.: not stated [Guadalcanal]

O. victoriae reginae (Salvin, 1888). Type loc.: Malaita: NW Bay

O. victoriae regis (Rothschild, 1895). Type loc.: Bougainville and Alu

O. victoriae isabellae (Rothschild and Jordan, 1901). Type loc.: Isabel

O. victoriae epiphanes Schmid, 1970. Type loc.: San Cristobal: Manowiriwiri

O. victoriae rubianus (Rothschild, 1904). Type loc.: Rendova |

Distribution:— Bougainville; Alu; Shortland Is.; Ruliana; Kolombangara; New Georg!

Munda; Rendova; Ranonga; Guadalcanal: Poha, and Aola; Tulagi; Florida; Nggela; Malai

Auki; Choiseul: Sasamuga and Kia, Nanango; St. Isabel: Mt. Marescot; S. Cristobal: Мап?

wiriwiri, Kira Kira, Wainou, Star Harbour; Bauro.

Ornithoptera allottei (Rothschild), 1914

The status of this taxon has been discussed by McAlpine (1970), Schmid (19708

1973b), D’Abrera (1975) and Haugum and Low (1978). Rousseau-Decelle (1939) was tl!

first to suggest that allottei might be a hybrid of O. victoriae x O. priamus urvillianus, bu

Pere Allotte, the discoverer of the specimen, had earlier suggested this in a letter 1

Rothschild (Rothschild, 1914). Subsequent authors have treated allottei alternatively 4’

good species or as a hybrid in the absence of conclusive proof of one or the othe!

Schmid (1970a) found diagnostic characters to support the distinctiveness of allott®

whilst McAlpine (/.с.) concluded (by what was claimed to be a lack of morphologl

features of its own) that allottei is a hybrid. Both Haugum and Low (/.с.) and Blandi!

(1973) are dubious about considering allottei a good species. In the light of recent findin?

of natural hybridization in other Ornithoptera and in Ornithoptera x Troides (Straatmal

1976; Sands and Sawyer, 1977), which is not as rare as was originally believed, 1%

strength has been added to the hybrid origin theory for allottei, with which I agit?

Moreover, O. allottei has only been recorded from the south of Bougainville and Malai“

(Morgan, pers. comm.), where there are relatively high population densities of both %

victoriae and O. priamus urvillianus (Straatman, 1976 and pers. comm.). In these localiti®

freely interspecific mating has sometimes been observed and the hatched larvae have be?

successfully reared through the initial instars, but unfortunately were eaten later by fro

(Straatman, pers. comm.).

Distribution:— Bougainville: Buin; South of Malaita.

Ornithoptera priamus urvillianus (Guérin-Méneville), 1838

A marked geographic variation is apparent in this widespread subspecies, which!

distributed practically throughout the Solomon Islands. A subspecies burkei Clark, 194%

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 47

Buka

156° 158° 160° 162° 164° 166°

+ + + +

Shortland e 27806 Choiseul

Treasury 9 3

Vella Lavella > Kolombangara Santa Isabel

QUA 1 te

Ganongga $ New Georgia

$29 т

Rendova $ Florida „ jalaita

Russell 2 4 SS

CERN. MATE

* * + + 10°

3 Ugi

s | 2

OLOMON ISLANDS AS Santa Ana

Santa Catalina ^ Santa Cruz

Bellona «>

Rennell =>

+ 12°

Fig. 1. Map of the Solomon ‘Archipelago.

W Е ;

y j Soribed from the southern Solomons but was placed as a synonym of urvillianus

A Owarth (1977), whom I support. McAlpine (1.с.) and D’Abrera (1975) consider this

Оп a valid species different from О, priamus L.

patribution. — Buka; Bougainville: Buin, Kunua; Treasury Is.; New Georgia; Gizo; Rendova:

A Pingo; Isabel: Boala, Tatamba; Choiseul: Nanango; Malaita: Tanabu; Fauro; Tulagi;

- JOrida; Guadalcanal: Honiara; Savo. It probably occurs on the numerous minor islets, but

as never been reported from Ugi and S. Cristobal.

Pachi; :

chliopta polydorus (Linnaeus), 1758

ina This species is the sole representative of the genus in the Solomons and was discussed

etail by Howarth and Racheli (1975).

но are three distinct subspecies:—

pra ID polydaemon (Mathew), 1887. Type loc.: Ugi Is.

er aclu ulawaensis (Joicey and Talbot), 1918. Type loc.: Ulawa Is.

lydorus polypemon (Mathew), 1887. Type loc.: Treasury Is.

Dis ; ;

LLL Bougainville: Buin; Gauro; Alu; Treasury Is.; Shortland Is.; Vella la Vella;

Se Ranongga; Rendova; Choiseul; Isabel: Kia; Malaita; Florida; Guadalcanal: Honiara,

Te; Ulawa; Ugi; S. Cristobal.

Bari

"ilio bridgei Mathew, 1886 (Figs 2-9)

This species shows considerable phenotypic variability along its range, however it

Stant within each insular population. The phenotype of Malaita appears to be hitherto

E and is interesting since it is intermediate between those of New Georgia and

aby ppal The dé specimens from Malaita show the post discal band of FWs rather

Veins cr efined. It is complete on the upperside of FWs, with no black lines along the

A IDE the relatively large band of HWs. It seems probable that there is a formation

" md series in this species, with regard to this character. The 99 are slightly larger

T ose of other populations (length of FW 85 mm). The discal patches of both FWs

arge end a more darkened, the marginal white. spots enlarged, the submarginal spots

collecti illed with orange. Upon examination of the holotype d in the British Museum

On, Papilio erskinei Mathew, 1886, was found to be conspecific with P. bridget.

~ A A A A EE aaa

ls con

Unreg,

48 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 198

A further d recently received from S. Cristobal, is similar to the holotype, except that

it has traces of submarginal spots in S2 and S3 on the underside of HWs. il

No attempt was made in the list by Munroe (1961) to give the status of P. erskiné

and this taxon was presumably overlooked by D'Abrera (1971) who subsequently (1978)

considered it as a local form of P. woodfordi. |

As far as tryoni Mathew 1889 is concerned, I had the opportunity to examine!

colour slide of the holotype d. The specimen, which is very battered, is said to come fro |

Ugi Is., namely the locality where Р. erskinei flies. It might be that different populations

P. bridgei occur in different parts of the island, even though this hypothesis is rath

doubtful. The two other possibilities are either that tryoni is an aberration of erskinei %

that the locality is wrong. This latter possibility is supported by the fact that the holotyP

of tryoni resembles all the other populations of bridgei within the Solomons, except th?

of S. Cristobal. In fact, the apical patch of both FWs is missing, a costal streak is preset

on the upper side of the HWs and the colouration of the submarginal spots on the undersic

of the HWs is light yellow-green. These characteristics are absent in P. erskinei. Moreov®

Jordan (1909) described two females that he referred to as females of P. tryoni, bu!

which are undoubtedly females of P. erskinei. Two females of this taxon, recently receive

from S. Cristobal, correspond to Jordan’s diagnosis yet are females of P. bridgei, frot

which it may be concluded that P. erskinei is conspecific with P. bridgei.

Since we cannot completely depend upon the previously recorded localities, the

type locality of Papilio bridgei erskinei Mathew 1886 Stat. nov., should be restricted '

S. Cristobal. 5

Finally, I have some doubts about the status of tryoni until new material becom®

available.

The geographical distribution of P. bridgei may be summarized as follows:—

P. bridgei bridgei Mathew, 1886. Type loc.: Treasury Is.

Р. bridgei prospero Grose-Smith, 1889. Type loc.: Rubiana

P. bridgei ortegae Rothschild, 1904. Type loc.: Florida

Р. bridgei hecateus Godman & Salvin, 1888. Type loc.: Guadalcanal

P. bridgei erskinei Mathew, 1886. Type loc.: Ugi Is.

Р. bridgei tryoni Mathew, 1889. Type loc.: Ugi Is. ?

Distribution:— Buka; Bougainville; Shortland Is.; Alu; Fauro; Treasury Is.; Choiset!

Masamasa; Isabel: Tatamba, Sepi; Malaita: Auki; Rubiana; Gizo; New Georgia: Munda

Rendova; Vella la Vella; Florida; Gela; Guadalcanal: Koala Ridge, Honiara; Ugi; S. Cristobal

Papilio oberon Grose-Smith, 1897

This species shows a marked stability of the pattern in a long series examined. Jord

(1909) suggested that the affinities of P. oberon are with Papilio aegeus Donovan. TI |

may be so, however it resembles morphologically the Australian subspecies of P. aege

more than any forms which are geographically nearer to it.

Distribution:— S. Cruz: Tevai.

Papilio woodfordi Godman and Salvin, 1888 |

This species is strikingly variable, but stable within each population. Having examine!

large series of specimens, I have come to the conclusion that the taxon known as ptolychió

Godman and Salvin, 1888 is conspecific with this species.

Four geographical subspecies should therefore be considered: —

P. woodfordi woodfordi Godman and Salvin, 1888. Type loc.: Alu and Fauro

P. woodfordi ariel Grose-Smith, 1889. Type loc.: Isabel: Estrella Bay

P. woodfordi laarchus Godman and Salvin, 1888. Type loc.: Rubiana

P. woodfordi ptolychus Godman and Salvin. Type loc.: Guadalcanal: Aola. Stat. nO"

Distribution:— Buka; Bougainville: Buin; Alu; Fauro; Shortland Is.: Tiap; Rubiana; New

Georgia; Gizo; Kolombangara; Isabel: Tatamba, Sepi, Holibara, Hageulu; Malaita; Choiseu! |

Guadalcanal: White River and Mt. Balbi; Florida. |

РРО B

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 49

Figs 2.7, (2-3) P. bridgei erskinei: (2) д upperside, S. Cristobal, 28.viii.1974 (3) 9 upperside,

S. Cristobal, 28.viii.1974; (4-5) Р. bridgei ssp.; (4) д upperside, Malaita, Auki,

11.v.1973, (5) 9 upperside, Malaita, 4.vii.1973; (6-7) P. bridgei ortegae: (5) б

upperside, Florida, 1.1901, Meek leg., syntype, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist), (7) $ upper-

side, data as for. д. Specimens in author's collection unless otherwise stated.

БО Aust. ent. Мад. 7(4), December, 1980.

Papilio fuscus Goeze, 1779 (Figs 10-11)

A widely distributed and highly variable species. The arrangement, traditionally

considered for all populations of central and south Solomons referred to ssp. xenophilus

Mathew 1886, by Rothschild (1895), Jordan (/.c.) and D’Abrera (1971, 1978), appears t? |

be erroneous and the name xenophilus should be restricted to the populations of Ugi an

S. Cristobal. They may be distinguished from populations of other Solomons on account

of the constant pure white bands of both wings and also their smaller size. As pointed ош

by Jordan (/.с.), P. fuscus xenophilus appears to be closely related to Papilio canopus West

wood, 1842; the relationships between these two taxa will be discussed below.

In my opinion only two subspecies should be considered in the Solomon Islands:

P. fuscus hasterti Ribbe, 1907 (Type loc. Bougainville: Gieta or Kieta), distributed on thè

main chain except Ugi and S. Cristobal where P. fuscus xenophilus Mathew, 1886 (Тур

loc. Ugi) occurs. The name epibomius Fruhstorfer, 1907, used to designate the population |

of Florida, should be regarded as a synonym of hasterti Ribbe.

Distribution:— Buka; Bougainville: Kieta; Alu; Shortland Is.; Isabel; New Georgia; Giz0:

Rendova; Malaita: Auki; Florida; Russel Is.: Pavuvu; Guadalcanal; Ugi; S. Cristobal.

Papilio ponceleti Le Moult, 1933

This supposed species has been described by Le Moult (1933), on the basis of ont

male and one female from Bougainville, Kieta. Since then no other author has recorded it

Unfortunately, I have been unable to examine these specimens which were sold in 196

at Rousseau-Decelle's auction in Paris.

Le Moult (Lc), in his description, noted the great similarity of ponceleti with

woodfordi and fuscus, it being intermediate in many characters between these two species:

Straatman (1962) gives illustrations of an experimental hybrid resulting from P

aegeus aegeus Donovan x P. fuscus capaneus Westwood. Even though there are no pattem

relationships between this hybrid and ponceleti, the tail reduced to a stump in this

hybrid is not unlike that of ponceleti. Many other records of crosses between tailed and

untailed papilios show that the tails of resulting off-spring are reduced in length. Тһе

status of ponceleti is questionable and its hybrid origin, P. fuscus x P. woodfordi seem

a likely explanation.

Papilio phestus Guérin-Méneville, 1830

Apparently never recorded from Malaita, Guadalcanal and S. Cristobal. The most |

southern locality known to the author is Russel Is. (1 б, in Reijksmuseum van Natuurlijke

Historie, Leiden). It is possible that the various populations recorded refer to only on?

subspecies, namely minusculus Ribbe, 1898 (Type loc. Shortland Is.), even though some |

populations may be distinguishable. The white discal spots on the underside of HWs аге |

mostly reduced in the northern populations while the same spots are larger and simila! _

to those of nominotypical phestus in specimens from central and southern Solomons. |

Distribution:— Bougainville: Buin; Alu; Treasury Is.; Choiseul; Isabel: Tatamba; Rubiana:

New Georgia; Gizo; Vella la Vella; Kolombangara; Russel Is.

Papilio ulysses Linnaeus, 1758

The subspecies were discussed by Jordan (Lc.) who applied various names to the

female forms occurring in the Solomons. There is one geographical subspecies on the main

Solomon chain, another in the New Georgia Group and a third in the Shortlands and

on Bougainville. Subspecies orsippus Godman and Salvin, 1888 is distributed on Guadalcanal

(Type loc.), Choiseul, Isabel and Florida, and is dimorphic in the female. Subspecies georgius

Rothschild, 1908 occurs on Gizo (type loc.), Kolombangara, Ranongga and Vella la Vella |

of the New Georgia Group, and subspecies nigerrimus Ribbe, 1898 on Bougainville an

the Shortland Islands.

Distribution:— Bougainville: Buin; Shortland Is.; Alu; Isabel: Sepi; Choiseul; Vella la Vella;

Gizo; Kolombangara; Ranongga; Guadalcanal: Honiara, Koala Ridge; New Georgia; Florida

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 51

Figs8-11, (8.9) p. bridgei tryoni: (8) д upperside, Ugi Is., “Type”, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist),

(9) d underside, same specimen; (10-11) P. fuscus xenophilus: (10) д upperside, 5.

Cristobal, 11.1974, (11) 9 upperside, S. Cristobal, 2.11.1974. Specimens in

author's collection unless otherwise stated.

Dying к ?

“Pilio toboroi Ribbe, 1907 (Figs 12-13)

taxo Lie biology and ecology of this species was described by Straatman (1975), the

in Qnomy by Racheli (1979). The species seems to be rather localised and distributed only

Ougainville, Isabel and Malaita.

uS Subspecies are recognised, namely:—

Б Oboroi toboroi Ribbe, 1907. (Type loc. Bougainville: Gieta)

` loboroi straatmani Racheli, 1979. (Type loc. South Isabel: Holibara)

'Stribution:— Bougainville: Gieta, Borabere, Tiop; Isabel: Holibara; Malaita.

Yi “phium codrus (Cramer), 1779 TE

ion Widespread but apparently, uncommon in the Solomons. The taxonomy and distribut-

Were discussed by Yoshida (1972) and Racheli (1979).

Our subspecies can be distinguished:—

` Codrus gabriellae Racheli, 1979 (= solon Godman and Salvin, 1888 nec solon Fabricius,

1793), Type loc.: Guadalcanal: Aola.

G Codrus pisidice (Godman and Salvin), 1888. Type loc.: Malaita: North-west Bay.

: Codrus tenebrionis (Rothschild), 1895. Type loc.: New Georgia.

; Codrus christobalus (Jordan), 1909. Type loc.: S. Cristobal.

К ibution: — Bougainville; Alu; Shortland Is.; Choiseul; Malaita: Auki; Rendova; Ranongga;

lala Vella; Gizo; New Georgia; Florida; Guadalcanal; S. Cristobal.

Graph; x

aphium sarpedon (Linnaeus), 1758

Not recorded from Malaita and S. Cristobal but otherwise widespread in the Solomons

› Or possibly three, subspecies:—

in two

52 Aust. ent. Мад. 7(4), December, 9

С. sarpedon isander (Godman and Salvin), 1888. Type loc.: Guadalcanal: Aola

G. sarpedon impar (Rothschild), 1895. Type loc.: New Georgia 1

And possibly:— G. sarpedon shortlandica (Ribbe), 1900. Type loc.: Shortlands, but s

such a meagre quantity of specimens is known, it is impossible to decide whether ort

it represents a valid subspecies

Distribution:— Bougainville; Shortlands; Fauro; Alu; Isabel; Choiseul; Kolombangara; бї

Vella la Vella; Rendova; Rubiana; New Georgia; Guadalcanal; Florida.

Graphium mendana (Godman and Salvin), 1888 (Figs 14-16) 4

This species seems to be rather rare and is not represented in many collectio

It has been bred by Straatman (pers. comm.) on Malaita, but no description of

preimaginal stages has been published.

There are four subspecies in the Solomons:—

G. mendana acous (Ribbe), 1898. Type loc.: Bougainville: Aco

С. mendana neyra (Rothschild), 1895. Type loc.: New Georgia

G. mendana mendana (Godman and Salvin), 1888. Type loc.: Guadalcanal: Aola

G. mendana aureofasciatum Racheli, 1979. Type loc.: NW Malaita: Dala

Distribution: — Bougainville: Aco; Isabel; Malaita: Dala; Rubiana; Rendova; Vella la үй

Guadalcanal: Aola.

Graphium agamemnon (Linnaeus), 1758 (Figs 17-18) d

A widely distributed species having phenotypically similar populations practi

throughout the Solomons. The only exception being found on Ugi and S. Cristo

inhabited by subspecies ugiensis (Jordan, 1909). This subspecies differs notably from |

more widespread subspecies salomonis (Rothschild, 1895). Subspecies ugiensis was previo

considered endemic to Ugi Is., however the 9 holotype from Ugi matches well with ™

specimens from S. Cristobal I examined and I have no doubt that these specimens DO

to the same subspecies.

I am also of the opinion that the presence or absence of red spots between

median veins of the HWs, as described by Jordan (1909), is an unreliable characte

distinguishing between subspecies of С. agamemnon; whereas this character has been lA

to distinguish subspecies ugiensis, where the red spots are absent. An identical state ?

exists in specimens from other Solomons populations. In 100 specimens examined 4

localities throughout the species range, the red spots were found to vary in number, US,

from three to seven. G. agamemnon ugiensis may be safely identified by the some

produced or falcate shape of the FWs, its smaller size and the more yellowish colour 9

spots on the upper surface.

Distribution:— Bougainville; Shortland Is.; Alu; Choiseul; Isabel: Tatamba; Malaita; Kole

bangara; Gizo; Rendova; Vella la Vella; Florida; Gela; Guadalcanal: Honiara, Koala Rê

Ugi; S. Cristobal.

Graphium meeki (Rothschild), 1901

This species is fairly rare and is confined inland, where it occurs in mountain

areas (Straatman, pers. comm.). It may be locally not uncommon in suitable habitats И

I wonder if D’Abrera (1971) was misled by the apparent lack of recent specimen.

collections when he stated that the species is “probably extinct". The same author (17^.

reports on another specimen to be found in the Australian Museum, Sydney. This spec d

is presumably the same figured by Musgrave (1946) and seems not to have a diffe

pattern from that of the holotype. gil

The species has been found in Bougainville (Rousseau-Decelle, 1946; Musgrave, 1

D’Abrera, 1978); Isabel (type loc.) and Choiseul (Morgan, pers. comm.).

Distribution:— Bougainville: Porubi and Piva Riva, Empress Augusta Bay; Choiseul;

Isabel: Hageulu 650 m.

Graphium hicetaon (Mathew), 1886

Another species endemic to the Solomon Islands. It is widespread but ha

previously been recorded from Isabel, Malaita and S. Cristobal. The geographic variat

jo!

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 53

Fio: 1248. (19

1З) P. toboroi straatmani: (12) d upperside, S. Isabel, Holibara, 750m, 22 viii.

(964, Straatman leg., holotype in coll. Nieuwenhuis (Rijksmuseum van Natuur-

lijke Historie, Leiden), (13) d underside, same specimen: (14) С. mendana mendana,

upperside, Isabel, x.1972; (15) G. mendana neyra, 9 upperside, Vella la Vella,

4.x.1973; (16) С. mendana aureofasciatum, д upperside, NW Malaita, Dala, ex

Pupa, 1.vii.1964, Straatman leg; holotype in coll. Nieuwenhuis (Rijksmuseum van

atuurlijke Historie, Leiden); (17) G. agamemnon salomonis, д upperside, Guadal-

Canal, v.1968; (18) С. agamemnon ugiensis, Y upperside, S. Cristobal, ix. 1974.

Pecimens in author's collection unless otherwise stated.

oo MM

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 198

entirely insignificant, in spite of the isolation within the islands. Therefore, it might Dj

assumed that there is a nigh degree of gene flow. |

Distribution:— Bougainville: Kahili, Kunua, Kieta; Shortland Is.; Choiseul; Isabel; Malai

Rendova; Vella la Vella; Gizo; Florida; Guadalcanal, Ugi; S. Cristobal: Kira Kira.

` Discussion

Distribution of Papilionidae in the Solomon Archipelago |

Fifteen species of Papilionidae (or 16 if we consider Р. oberon whid

inhabits Santa Cruz Island as belonging to this fauna) occur in the Solomo

(Table 1) (O. allottei and P. ponceleti have been excluded because of the!

doubtful specific status—see text). Seven of these are endemic of which 0

victoriae, P. bridgei, P. woodfordi and С. hicetaon are common and widespre#

in all the islands. Only P. woodfordi appears not to have reached San Cristobê

P. toboroi and G. meeki are apparently uncommon and confined to the castell.

Solomons; P. toboroi is also to be found on Choiseul. G. mendana seems ЇЇ

have spread to most of the islands except San Cristobal, and to have develop:

in Malaita a subspecies with a striking colour pattern nearing that of G. сойт

Bougainville is the only island of the Solomons to have all the papilionid speci

known from the Solomons while San Cristobal has the lowest number (46.6

(Table 1).

TABLE 1

Number of species of Papilionidae occurring on each

of the major islands of the Solomon Archipelago

Island No. of spp % of Archipelago total

Bougainville 15 100

Choiseul 13 86.6

Vella la Vella 9 60

New Georgia 13 86.6

Santa Isabel 14 93.3

Florida and Tulagi 11 73.3

Guadalcanal 12 80

Malaita 11 73.3

. San Cristobal 7 46.6

Bellona 0 0

Rennel 0 0

It is interesting to note that there is a decrease in the number of papilioni |

species within the Solomon Archipelago between the islands from north t

south and from east to west (Table 2). |

Tables 3 and 4 show the ratios of papilionid species between the Solomo™

and the south-western Pacific/Australian region. It is worthwhile noting the

high proportion of species endemic to the Solomons (Table 4), suggesting thal

these are relatively long established in these islands. i

Comparison of distribution patterns i

The Papilionidae of New Ireland and New Britain are identical both Y

number of genera and species of which 13% are endemic and 40% of Papua!

origin. Seven species are shared with the Solomon Islands.

New Guinea, like the Solomons, has a high percentage of endemic specie

(40%), practically all confined to the genus Ornithoptera.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 55

TABLE 2

Distribution of Papilionidae occurring in the Solomon Islands

i in- У - : : Santa

шш КУЕ ChoiseulT ата Ges Саба: Malaitat са "Cruz

O. victoriae * * * * * * *

©. allotte; * *

0. Urvillianus * * * * * *

P. Polydorus * * * * * * *

P bridgei * * * * * * *

P. oberon *

E woodfordi * * * * * *

` fuscus * * * * * *

P Phestus * * * *

` Ulysses * * * * *

P toboroi * * *

С. Codrus * * * * * *

G. sarpedon * * * * *

$ Mendana * * * * *

` ag&amemnon * * * * * * *

^ meeki * * *

G. hicetaon * * * * ЖМ * *

Î Islands On the eastern side of the Solomon Archipelago.

The fauna of the Admiralty Islands is not as rich as that of other nearby

“chipelagoes; 50% of the species are west New Guinean and only one is

endemic, namely Papilio weymeri Oberthür which is related to P. bridgei

Of the Solomon Islands. Seven of the eight species known from the Admiralty

09 are shared with New Britain, New Ireland and the Solomons; five with

Stralia.

Australia has a rather small number of Papilionidae, three are endemic,

namely Protographium leosthenes (Doubleday), Graphium macleayanum (Leach)

apilio anactus Macleay, seven are Papuan or West Papuan and six Oriental.

mm On the Oceanic Islands, Santa Cruz, New Caledonia, New Hebrides, Fiji

is Samoa, there are few Papilionidae; all but one are endemic at the species

Nue exception being P. canopus hypsicles Hewitson, confined to the New

rides, н

The close morphological and pattern relationships between the taxa іп-

ng San Cristobal and NW Australia suggests a relationship between hypsicles

is ОЕА Many authors аге of the opinion that P. canopus from NW Australia

eae other than a subspecies of Р. fuscus. Whether P. fuscus and P.

e AE being allopatric, are two biological species is hard to say, nevertheless

regio IS geographic evidence that P. fuscus spreads westward to the Oriental

"E П as far as the Andaman Islands, and eastward to New Guinea, northern

. ~ Castern Australia and through the Solomons to the New Hebrides. P. fuscus

БҮР, reported from the Torres Islands, located between Santa Cruz and the

land ebrides, as ssp. nomus Gabriel 1936. The canopus complex, on the other

> 18 restricted and split into various different populations in the Lesser

u te * .

nda Islands where it has developed tailed, tailless and colour forms probably

Mimetic value.

habiti

Aust. ent. Мад. 7(4), December, 1980

TABLE 3. Summary of the distributions of Papilionidae in the Australian and south-western Pacific regions.

Species

C. cressida

P. polydorus

T. oblongomaculatus

O. goliath

O. chimaera

O. tithonus

O. rothschildi

O. paradisea

О. meridionalis

O. priamus

О. alexandrae

O. victoriae

P. ulysses

P. montrouzieri

P. lorquinianus

P. deiphobus

P. ambrax

P. phestus

P. albinus

Р. fuscus

P. demoleus

Р. euchenor

P. godeffroyi

P. schmeltzi

P. amynthor

P. bridgei

P. woodfordi

P. oberon

P. weymeri

P. aegeus

P. laglaizei

P. toboroi

P. moerneri

P. anactus

G. thule

G. aristeus

G. wallacei

G. browni

G. hicetaon

G. agamemnon

G. meeki

G. macfarlanei

G. eurypylus

G. gelon

G. sarpedon

G. mendana

G. codrus

G. weiskei

G. macleayanus

P. leosthenes

NG AI

* *

NI SOL SC

* *

Abbreviations: NG-New Guinea

Al—Admiralty Islands

NB-New Britain

NI-New Ireland

SOL-Solomon Islands

SC-Santa Cruz Islands

NH-New Hebrides

F-Fiji

S-Samoa

NCL-New Caledonia

& Loyalties

AUS-Australia

Region

NH F S NCL AU LH N D

" р

e р

^ 1

T Е

№

can *, сап

А 0

- Ё

А f

* * E.

z É

T р

i ў

* 0

: 0

5 f

5 0

* * f

LH-Lord Howe Is. CS-Celebes to Solomon

N- Norfolk Is. can—Papilio canopus

E-—Endemic

P—Papuan

Q-Oriental

ВЅ Bismarck to Solomons

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 57

TABLE 4

Total numbers of species and percentages of Papilionidae occurring in the

a Australian/south-western Pacific region showing faunal relationships

New Admiralty New New ; Entire

Guinea Islands Britain Ireland Solomons Australia Region

= No % No % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. %

ts O 2 134 2 134 7 466 . 3 1875 31 62

ome LIO АБО 6 40 6 40 3 201 we CEM RL oy

Beye 20] 1 125 5 4 5 334 з 201 G Suo GP

9 Solomons 0 0 1 125 1 66 1 66 пй GG 0 0 1E

€lebes

toSolomons 3.3 1 1215 1 6.6 1 6.6 i 1 6.6 0 0 12

Table 3 shows that only six species of Papilionidae are shared with

Ustralia, New Guinea, the Bismarcks and the Solomons. They аге O. priamus L.,

Куса: L., P. ulysses L., P. ambrax/phestus, P. fuscus Goeze and С.

Te gor L. The first four are typically Papuan, while the remaining two

rental and are faunal elements derived presumably from west of the

allace line.

ili As suggested by Zeuner (1943), O. priamus has had successive waves of

EE from the central Moluccas eastwards. Holloway (1973) is not in

E ement with Zeuner regarding the origin and dispersal of the genus Troides.

n M case, if Troides had a centre of dispersal in mainland Asia, this is

m zm contrast with the distribution of Ornithoptera priamus, Pachliopta

DA orus, Papilio ulysses and Papilio ambrax/phestus. While it is difficult

os menus trate the exact centre of origin of Ornithoptera, which probably

pa Dated within Wallacea according to Zeuner (i.c.), Pachliopta and Papilio

ашу spread from India and Asia to the Papuan region. It might be

кй that P. ulysses originated from a common ‘ancestor of the

and us/ulysses group which gave origin to P. lorquinianus C. & R. Felder

ulysses within Wallacea. The former remained restricted to the

> and West Irian, while the latter spread eastwards. The ambrax/

ШЕП complex is structurally similar to P. polytes L., and has probably

inked y Separated into species. P. polytes is polymorphic in its females and

phic to Batesian mimicry, while P. ambrax and phestus females are monomor-

E nevertheless dissimilar from males and related to a Batesian-Mullerian

d Cry ring. It has been demonstrated that P. ambrax Boisd. and P. aegeus

hay, are both synchronic and sympatric in some parts of their range, while

ЖУУН no evidence that the ecology of the supposed models, i.e. Cressida

tor 4 F. males and P. polydorus is the same. In the light of recent investigat-

that 9n P. memnon L. carried out in Sumatra (Küppers, 1977) it is probable

A Batesian mimicry, at least in Papilionidae, is not as common as might

expected.

Moluccas

Acknowledgements

ы sincere thanks are due to all those who supported this paper in

ritish ways. Particularly, I wish to express my gratitude to P. R. Ackery,

Museum (Natural History), London, P. M. Brigndi, Institute of Zoology,

эь _

58 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980.

l'Aquila, Italy, C. H. Morgan, Auckland, New Zealand, R. Straatman, Kuranda;

Australia (formerly of Sogeri, Papua) and C. G. Treadaway, Frankfurt, fot

useful information and new data. J. Haugum, Denmark, helped me very mu

in revising the text, especially the geographic section. My appreciation is also

due to S. Forestiero, M. Rampini and V. Sbordoni, Institute of Zoology:

University of Rome for discussion of the manuscript. Finally, M. Shields, Romé

was kind enough to help me with the linguistic style.

References

Blandin, P., 1973. Etudes sur le genre Ornithoptera: remarque preliminaires sur le relation |

phylogénetiques entre O. alexandrae, O. victoriae et O. priamus (Papilionidae:

Alexanor 8: 63-64. |

D’Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne, Melbourne.

D’Abrera, B., 1975. Birdwing butterflies of the world. Lansdowne, Melbourne. |

D’Abrera, B., 1978. Butterflies of the Australian region. 2nd edn. Lansdowne, Melbourn’

Gressitt, J. L., 1961. Problems in the zoogeography of Pacific and Antarctic speci®

Pacif. Insects Monogr. 2: 1-94.

Haugum, J. and Low, A. M., 1978. A monograph of the birdwing butterflies. Introductio"

Ornithoptera (Aetheoptera). Vol. 1, p. 1. Scandinavian Sci. Press, Klampenborg.

Holloway, J. D., 1971. The affinities within four butterfly groups (Lepidoptera: Rhop2!

ocera) in relation to general patterns of butterfly distribution in the Indo

Australian area. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125: 125-176.

Howarth, T. G., 1977. A list of the type-specimens of Ornithoptera (Lepidoptera: Papilio”

idae) in the British Museum (Natural History). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent)? [

153-169.

Howarth, T. С. and Racheli, T., 1975. Some observations on Pachliopta polydorus (Lin"

aeus) (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) from the Solomon Islands. 7rans. Lep. Soe

Jap. 26: 8-13.

Jordan, K., 1909. Papilionidae. Jn Seitz, A. (Ed.), Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde 9:

A. Kernen, Stuttgart.

Küppers, P. V., 1977. Zur Problematik der Bates’ schen mimikry bei Papilio memnon L

und seinen “Vorbildern”. Jn: Roesler, R. U. und Küppers, P. V., Beiträge al

Kenntnis der Insektenfauna Sumatras. Teil 6. Betrachtungen zum Problemkre!

“mimikry” am Beispiel sudóstasiatischer Insekten. Beitr. naturk. Forsch. SudwD!'

36: 134-151. |

Le Moult, E., 1933. Formes nouvelle ou peu соппиеѕ de Papilionidae. Nov. ent. 3: 15-16 |

McAlpine, D. K., 1970. A note on the status of Ornithoptera allottei (Rothschild) (Тері

optera: Papilionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 9: 233-234. |

Munroe, E., 1961. The classification of Papilionidae. Can. Ent. Suppl. 17: 1-51.

Musgrave, A., 1946. Some butterflies of Australia and the Pacific. The Swallowtails. ۷

Aust. Mus. Mag. 9: 104-108.

Racheli, T., 1979. New subspecies of Papilio and Graphium from the Solomon Islands

Zool. Meded., Leiden 54: 237-240. і

Ribbe, С., 1898. Beitráge zur Lepidopteren-Fauna des Bismarck und Salomon-Archipels in

der Süd-see. Dt. ent. Z. Iris 11: 36-133.

Ribbe, C., 1907. Zwei neue Papilioformen von der Salomo-Insel Bougainville. Dt. ent. 2

Iris 20: 59-63. í

Rothschild, W., 1895. A revision of the Papilios of the eastern hemisphere, exclusive 0

Africa. Novit. Zool. 2: 167-463.

Rothschild, W., 1914. Description of a new Troides. Novit. Zool. 21: 275. 1

Rousseau-Decelle, G., 1939. Notes sur un nouvel exemplaire de Troides allottei Rothschil

(Hybride d'Ornithoptera victoriae regis Rothschild et d'Ornithoptera urvilleant

Guérin). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 44: 97-101. 1

Rousseau-Decelle, G., 1946. Contribution a l'étude des Papilio de la fauna Indo-Océanien™ |

(Lep. Papilionidae). Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 51: 128-133. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 1980 59

Sands, D, P. A. and Sawyer, P. F., 1977. An example of natural hybridization between

Troides oblongomaculatus papuensis Wallace and Ornithoptera priamus poeidon

Schm; Doubleday (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 81-82.

mid, F., 1970a. Consideration sur la male d'Ornithoptera allottei Rothschild et sur la

Чун phylogénie des Ornithoptéres. J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 88-105.

mid, F., 1970b. Sur quelques sous-espéces d’Ornithoptera victoriae Gray (Papilionidae).

йүү Naturaliste Сап. 97: 467-475.

mid, F., 1973a. Sur quelques sous-espéces d'Ornithoptera victoriae (Lepidoptera:

Schm; Papilionidae) II. Can. Ent. 105: 701-108.

mid, F., 1973b. A propos d'Hybridism naturel chez les Ornithoptéres (Lepidoptera:

Papilionidae). Tijdschr. Ent. 116: 161-169.

n, R., 1962. A hybrid between Papilio aegeus aegeus and Papilio fuscus capaneus,

Stra with a note on the larval foodplants. J. Lepid. Soc. 16: 161-173.

atman, R., 1969. Notes on the biology and host plant associations of Ornithoptera

Stra; priamus urvilleanus and О. victoriae (Papilionidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 23: 69-76.

айтап, R., 1975. Notes on the biology of Papilio laglaizei and Р. toboroi (Papilionidae).

Straat J. Lepid. Soc. 29: 180-187. | | |

тап, R., 1976. Hybridisation of birdwing butterflies (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) in

Papua New Guinea. Trans. Lepid. Soc. fap. 27: 156-162.

hs 1972. Graphium codrus solon is a good subspecies. Trans. Lepid. Soc. Jap.

: 48-50.

. E., 1943. Studies in the systematics of Troides and its allies. Trans. zool. Soc.

Lond. 25: 107-184.

Straatma

Yoshida,

Zeuner, Е

АМ ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

B Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ARKER, 5.

1980. New species and new synonyms of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Bupres-

CA tidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 104(1): 1-7, text-figs 1-3.

MPBELL, M. H.

978. New hope for a remedy. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 89(3): 47.

CRosgy, y, mnicidae: Pheidole spp.

1979. No title. In Exhibits. Victorian Ent. 9(3): 21.

198 Lepidoptera: several butterfly species

0. А. new locality for Hesperilla crypsargyra lesouefi (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae).

ictori : 2-

De BAAR сонат Ет. 10(1): 2-3.

1 e Е А

979. Some butterflies and other insects on Buckinghamia celsissima F. Muell. in

Brisbane. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 7(3): 36-38.

Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae (5 spp) and Limacodidae (undet. larva)

Hymenoptera: 4 species

GAED IK Coleoptera: Leis conformis

9. Katalog der Epermeniidae der Welt (Lepidoptera). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 29(1):

271-288.

SOODYER, G. y,

e Black-headed pasture cockchafer. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(4): 31-32, illustr.

ТУЗУК R. 5, and GOWANLOCK, D. Н.

‚ Cereal chlorotic mottle virus—purification, serology and electron microscopy in

plant and insect tissues. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 32(3): 399-408, text-figs 1-6.

Hemiptera: Nesoclutha pallida

60 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(4), December, 198

GROSS, G. F., LEE, D. C. and ZEIDLER, W.

1979. Invertebrates. Chapter 11 in M. J. Tyler, C. R. Twidale and J. K. King ев)

Natural history of Kangaroo Island. К. Soc. S. Aust., Adelaide. Pp. 129- 131

text-figs 1-4. |

A brief introduction to the fauna. A few insect and spider species listed.

HEDGE, S. N. and KRISHNAMURTHY, N. B.

1979. Studies on mating behaviour in the Drosophila bipectinata complex. Aust. !

Zool. 27(3): 421-431, tables 1-7, text-fig. 1.

HOLLAND, J. F. and DALE, А.В.

1979. Are mung beans for you? Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(5): 16-17, illustr.

Hemiptera: Nezara viridula, Melanocanthus sp., Riptortus sp.

Lepidoptera: Heliothis spp

HONE, J., SAUNDERS, G. R., ROLANDS, G. E. and GREENING, H. G.

1979. Consider pests when storing grain. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(5): 39-40.

HOOPER, G. H. S.

1978. The sterile insect release method for suppression or eradication of fruit fly. i

Drew, К. A. L, Hooper, С. Н. S. and Bateman, М. A., Economic fruit flies of

South Pacific region. Oriental Fruit Fly Working Party, Brisbane. Pp. 96-110.

HOUSTON, K. J.

1979. Mosaic dominance in the inheritance of the colour patterns of Coetophot

inaequalis (F.) (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 45-51,

table, text-figs 1-15.

HOWDEN, H. F.

1979. A revision of the Australian genus Blackburnium Boucomont (Coleoptera: Sca

aeidae: Geotrupinae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 72: 1-88, text-figs 1-152.

HUGHES, P. B. and SHANAHAN, G. J.

1979. The role of chemicals in flystrike control. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(3): 9-10, illus

1979. Understanding sheep blowflies and insecticides. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(5): 2427

illustr.

HUGHES, R. D. $

1977. Pest management and the aphids infesting lucerne. Abstracts 48th ANZAM

Congress 1: 200. |

HUNTER, D. M.

1979. Swarming, mating and resting behaviour in three species of black fly (Dipte

Simuliidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 1-6, tables 1 & 2. i

1979. Swarming behaviour of the lesser house fly, Fannia canicularis, in Brisbane:

Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 27-30.

MANSKIE, В. С. and MANSKIE, N.

1980. A note on a collecting trip to the Grampians. Victorian Ent. 10(1): 7.

Lepidoptera: seven butterfly species mentioned.

SELMAN, B. J.

1979. A reappraisal of the Australian species of the genus Calomela Hope (Coleoptt?

Chrysomelidae). Aust. J. Zool. 27(4): 561-584, text-figs 1-120.

SHEPHERD, Rosamond C. Н. and EDMONDS, J. W.

1979. The distribution of the stickfast fleas, Echidnophaga myrmecobii Rothschild Y' A

E. perilis Jordan, on the wild rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.). Aust. J. 20

27(2): 261-271, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2.

SMITH, Kenneth G. V.

1979. The genus Stylogaster (Diptera: Conopidae: Stylogasterinae) in the Austral!

region. Aust. J. Zool. 27(2): 303-310, text-figs 1-25.

STIBICK, Jeffrey N. di

1979. Classification of the Elateridae (Coleoptera). Relationships and classification”

the subfamilies and tribes. Pacific Ins. 20(2-3): 145-186, text-fig. 1.

STROHECKER, H. F. Ü

1979. The genus /ndalmus in Asia, New Guinca and Australia, with description yt

new genus, Platindalmus (Coleoptera: Endomychidae). Pacific Ins. 20(2-3): 2

292, text-figs 1-36.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

Al i i . .

nes ices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

sent AE be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

O the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS. G. A. Williams, c/- Post Office, Lansdowne, via Taree,

N.S.W. 2435 (“Lorien”, Newby’s Lane, Lansdowne). Previous address:

OS St., Granville, N.S.W.

ANGE. I will exchange rare Ornithoptera from Irian Jaya for other rare

Ornithoptera species. Please write before sending specimens. Shin-ichi

Ohshima, Shibazono-cho 3-3-511, Kawaguchi-city, Saitama-pref., (332),

apan.

EXCHANGE. I wish to contact a correspondent in Australia and exchange

butterflies. I offer butterflies from Kenya and Guyana for any Australian

Species. Mrs S. J. Patel, 7 Brockwell Court, Effra-rd., London, S.W.2.

WA England.

NTED. Live moth pupae for study of larval colour changes and food

plant adaptations etc. Will buy or exchange for moth pupae or adult

Specimens from Europe. Gerold H. Schmalfuss, Foehrenweg 2-4, 8501,

E Heroldsberg, West Germany

ANGE. I wish to correspond and exchange butterflies with an Australian

Collector. Many North American and other Lepidoptera available for

ies Bob Richardson, 2090 Finkebine Street, Columbus, Ohio,

DATA LABELS — IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT

eds absence of staff during December, January and February we regret we are

e to

Will b print data labels during these months. Orders received during this period

€ processed in early March. We apologise for any inconvenience this may cause. `

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 433972

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and i cea emitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

cate.

*rsons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

У prints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates рег page: $7 for 50

Conse? $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

Ove E ley are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

ates. There are no free reprints.

арро. tations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

Plates ay t in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Plates MGR to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

ше also each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies aithough paintings

ug: кчы Plates using two or more photographs are more expensive; thus where a

р dit: Ae тепз are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are best photographed

Slide.

Consiga! Papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

“red unsuitable.

dress papers to: The Editor,

Australian_Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

— FAIN, A. and DOMROW, В. A new species of Myianoetus Oudemans |

(Acarina: Anoetidae) from a ceratopogonid fly in Australasia ....

RACHELI, Tommaso A list of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera) of thé |

Solomon Islands, with notes on their geographical distribution .. + |

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australia!

entomology. Compiled by M. S. MouldS.................0 3

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

NEW BOOKS

BUTTERFLIES OF AUSTRALIA |

I. F. B. Common and D. F. Waterhouse

Revised and enlarged edition

Publication is now expected April 1981 Price $39: 5]

Orders received prior to publication less 10% and post” |

BUTTERFLIES OF THE AFRO-TROPICAL REGION |

(Volume 2 of Butterflies of the World)

Bernard D’Abrera

THIS VOLUME IS NOW AVAILABLE |

Price $150. Orders received before the end of this year less 10% and post fre? |

BUTTERFLIES OF THE NEOTROPICAL REGION |

PART 1. PAPILIONIDAE AND PIERIDAE

(Vol. 3, Part 1 of Butterflies of the World) |

Bernard D'Abrera A

This volume will be published in 5 parts. Part 1 (208 pp) is nearing completi

` (it may even be published when this announcement appears). The estimated Р

is $200. Copies reserved now, less 10% and post free.

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 46M |

BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3977,

P.O. BOX 97, ENFIELD N.S.W. 2136 |

Telephone: STD 02 747-6412

BIOLOGICAL TEACHING SUPPLIES

Live Material Preserved Material |

Chemicals & Stains Blood Grouping Agent `

Biological Models Skeletons 1

Equipment 35mm Transparencies

FREE CATALOGUE AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

ISSN 0311-1881 EN

AUSTRALIAN ^.

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 7, PART 5

JANUARY, 1981

| — ^^ NEP MENS

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devo

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zed

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professi?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volu

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded j

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

А$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae |

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New 50

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longi?

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like fr

The species is not considered to be economically significant.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

1С

EN \ USSR

A ES

111 FEB 1981

CF VICTORIA

Volume 7, Part 5 January, 1981

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

THE IMMATURE STAGES OF ALOPHORA LEPIDOFERA (MALLOCH)

(DIPTERA: TACHINIDAE), A NATIVE PARASITE OF LYGAEIDAE

(HEMIPTERA) IN AUSTRALIA

Ву В. J. Loudon and Е. I. Attia

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, New South Wales Department

of Agriculture, P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116

Abstract

and fj The immature stages of Alophora (Mormonomyia) lepidofera (Malloch) are described

ot puted for the first time. The caudal spiracles of the third instar larva have structures

des, ously recorded on those of other tachinids. The life cycle of this parasite is

ed in part and discussed along with its significance as a lygaeid parasite in Australia.

Introduction

NS tachinid fly identified as Alophora (Mormonomyia) lepidofera has been

clevel ed as an endoparasite of the Lygaeidae Nysius vinitor Bergroth, Nysius

eandensis Evans (Attia 1973), and has since been reared from another

sane Oxycarenus luctuosus Montrouzier and Signoret. The specimens key

illus lepidofera in Malloch's (1929) key, match Malloch's description and

in rations (1930) and were compared with other specimens of A. lepidofera

Provisi British Museum. However, the species name must be regarded as

With попа іп the absence of a revision of this species group and comparison

ype material (Crosskey pers. comm. 1973). This fly has so far only been

Ported from New South Wales and its full distribution is not yet known.

of Crosskey (1973) treats the cosmopolitan Hyalomya group as a subgenus

nse Ophora and places some Australian species of Alophora within it. In this

record the genus Alophora is large and well represented world-wide with some

Eyles d as parasites of Lygaeidae or other small Heteroptera (Thompson 1951,

Tecord 963, Crosskey 1973 and Arnaud 1978). Fourteen species of Alophora

Tecor ed from Australia are listed by Crosskey. Very few of these have hosts

Stages ed for them and there are, as yet, no other descriptions of immature

Parasit Alophora aurieventris Curran is recorded by Crosskey (loc. cit.) as a

record Of the pyrrhocorid Dysdercus sidae Montrouzier. Malipatil (1979)

S Alophora nigrihirta (Malloch) parasitizing the lygaeid Paraeucosmetus

Wo ч

"аға Malipatil. He also notes for other lygaeids, a similar larva from

i»

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 715), January, 1®

Horridipamera robusta Malipatil, an Alophora sp. reared from Arocatus rustici

(Stal) as well as Alophora ?lepidofera from Nysius vinitor in Queensland.

Nysius species are widely distributed in all States of Australia (Woodwat

1964) and frequently cause serious damage to summer crops (see Attia 1974)

Evans (1936) mentions that in all Nysius pest species, outbreaks appear to w

associated with prolonged dry summers but that in Australia dry summ

are not always accompanied by outbreaks of Nysius. Thus, he concluded thal

other factors, partly biological, must be concerned in population fluctuatio™

Parasitism of Nysius spp. by A. lepidofera in New South Wales was record

at a peak of 62% (Attia 1973) and could therefore be a mitigating influence al

Nysius populations in some seasons. This paper presents known information of

A. lepidofera and gives descriptions of the immature stages to assist furtht

investigations into its potential in the biological control of Nysius species y

Australia. |

Alophora lepidofera (Malloch)

LARVA |

There are three larval instars of A. lepidofera within the host. The fi

instar description is based on three specimens, the second instar on її

specimens and the third instar on seventeen specimens, dissected from Ny

vinitor (with one specimen from Oxycarenus luctuosus) and mounted %

microscope slides. Further material retained in 70% alcohol as well as pupa

from reared adult flies were also examined. All specimens are held in

Biological and Chemical Research Institute collection at Rydalmere.

First instar: Length 0.6-1.0 mm. Body semi-translucent white, cylindric#!

slightly claviform tapering to blunt cylindrical posterior; with head and t

discernible body segments. Caudal spiracles small, separate, single lobed. othe!

spiracles not apparent. Pseudocephalon ringed with three to four loose 1% |

of fine spinules; body segments I-II smooth; segments IV-IX inclusive €?

with six to seven transverse rows of small rounded tubercles anteriorly on th

ventral third of segment’s circumference; segment IX ringed posteriorly with

three to four loose rows of fine spinules; segment X (caudal segment) sparse

covered with fine spinules excepting the bisected circular anal orifice. BuccoP” |

aryngeal armature simple, brown and smooth (Fig. 5).

Second instar: Length 1.5-2.0 mm. Body similar to third instar (Fig. 1)

Segmentation indistinct. Caudal spiracles separate, rugose, bi-lobed, situated ?

apex of slightly raised, broad, unsclerotised posterior process; other spiracl®

absent. Last body segment ringed with five to seven irregular rows of spinul

Triangular spinule patch ventral to the spiracles. Buccopharyngeal armatu

(Fig. 4) brown, rugose, with slender oral hooks fused postero-ventrally to [аг

dental and accessory sclerites. Pharyngeal sclerite long, broad; cornua small.

Third instar: Length 3.5-5.5 mm. Body robust fusiform (Fig. 1), creamy whit

with brown gut contents visible; segmentation indistinct. Integument smoot”

caudal two segments narrower than preceding segments. Anterior spiracl®

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(5), January, 1981

Figs

1-5, Alophora lepidofera (Malloch) larva: (1) third instar; (2) caudal spiracle of third

instar; (3) buccopharyngeal armature of third instar; (4) buccopharyngeal armat-

ure of second instar; (5) buccopharyngeal armature of first instar.

E | ATA

64 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981

absent. Caudal spiracular processes fused, globose-cylindrical, black, smoot!

with double band of small rounded tubercles near base; three raised slight!)

sinous spiracular slits and four slightly raised pores each side with nine w

eleven pale setiform protrusions from each pore. Broad triangular patch © |

six to seven spinule rows ventral. to spiracle; single row of spinules агоши

spiracle. Anal orifice longitudinally slit-like, about one third as long as ba%

spiracular width, located nearly twice its length ventral to the spiracle, border?

each side by two infolded semicircular brown plates. Mildly raised integume!

tubercle each side of anus. Buccopharyngeal armature (Fig. 3) without apparel

dental or accessory sclerites. Hypostomal sclerites fused to pharyngeal sclerit®

dorsal cornua broader and shorter than ventral cornua in lateral view; corni.

dark brown, oral hooks and hypostomal sclerites black. Infra-buccal area W

patch of approximately twenty rows of spinules increasing in size anterior.

ultra-buccal area lined with approximately seven rows of fine spinules; anteri

oesophagus lined with rows of small tubercles.

Puparium: Length 3.2 + 0.2 mm. Elongate-oval, slightly bulbous anterior

dark red-brown. Spiracular process black, occasionally yellow on spiracular sli

produced posteriorly to about 0.3 mm.

LIFE CYCLE |

Alophora lepidofera was cultured in the laboratory, for only oft

generation, with Nysius vinitor and N. clevelandensis as the hosts. Copulati®!

was observed within 24 hours of emergence and mostly took place in

morning. It commences with the male mounting the female, grasping her he

with his fore legs and her thorax with his mid and hind legs. During copulati%

the female pushes her head upwards and the male pushes it downwar®

resulting in rhythmic up and down movement. The flies neither flew nor for

during copulation. Each pair observed copulated two to three times 4 |

copulations lasted between 10 and 46 minutes. |

Emerged flies fed on dilute honey solution placed in the cages and a mat

female fly was dissected daily from one to four days after copulation. 1 |

most mature eggs found at the apices of the ovaries were elongate-oval shaP® |

and translucent white. No hatched larvae were found in fly dissections and th)

lack of progressively developing eggs in the uterus suggests that A. lepidoft! |

is probably oviparous as are its close relatives Hyalomya species (Clausen 1940).

The state of the ovaries was very similar between the different days of dissectio! |

This, and the short adult life (six to eight days at 25 + 2°C), indicates that

A. lepidofera adults mature rapidly after emergence. |

Oviposition was not observed in the laboratory. Larvae were dissect |

from both host species placed with mated female flies but the ovipositi® |

method and fecundity remain unknown. |

First, second and third instar larvae were all found with their posterió!

end just in the metathoracic segment with the anterior end aligned along Y.

abdomen. Third instar larvae are attached to a metathoracic trachea close 10

the spiracle by means of a respiratory funnel. All three instars are metapneust!

Aust, ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 65

and most gas exchange is probably through their posterior spiracles because

Of the chitinous sheath the host forms encasing the larva. The respiratory funnel

55 nearly half the full grown larval length. It usually contains remains of the

Second instar buccopharyngeal armature and also occasionally that of first

Instar. This suggests that all three larval instars have a respiratory funnel.

. . The main host tissue eaten is the fat body in both sexes and the ovaries

in females. Parasitism by A. lepidofera therefore renders female hosts incapable

of reproducing. Adult females are more often hosts to the extent that 95.2%

Ol parasites were from females, 4.8% from males and none was from nymphs

(Attia 1973). Preference for female hosts is not uncommon in Tachinidae and

'S also noted in H 'yalomya aldrichi (Clausen 1940).

Multiple parasitism by А. lepidofera has been observed only once, when

Опе large and two small A. lepidofera larvae were dissected from a female

: vinitor at Tamworth, N.S.W. Mermethid nematode worms have been found

On rare occasions in the same N. vinitor as larvae of A. lepidofera. It is not

nown in these cases of multiple and mixed parasitism whether or not the

Parasites reach maturity.

Larvae emerge from female hosts, through the intersegmental region

between the 7th and 8th sternites in females with the end segments pushed

Upwards perpendicular to the abdomen. In male hosts the larvae emerge through

ther the end of the abdomen or through a fracture between prosternite and

Mesosternite. The hosts die within two hours of parasite emergence: On

“Mergence the larvae are active, move rapidly and form puparia within approx-

ately five hours. The observed larvae did not seem to seek concealment and

Pupated on the surface of light loam soil, partly hidden under the soil surface

Orin the heads or on the leaves of sunflowers in the cages.

Mature larvae left their hosts and pupated ten days after the latter had

rat exposed to mated female flies. The pupal stage occupies ten days for

rims flies and nine days for male flies. The life cycle of A. lepidofera in

ai laboratory at 25 + 2°C therefore took about 21-25 days to complete,

. Wing five days for adult maturity and oviposition. This period as a pupa

consistent with that of five to seven days for H. aldrichi in summer (Clausen

0) and of eight days for Alophora pusilla Meig (Eyles 1963). Nothing is

n of the life cycle duration in the field or whether a quiescent stage

“Ists. All field records of parasitism so far have been in spring and summer

Onths between August and February. Nysius vinitor and N. clevelandensis

VerWinter as adults and it is possible that A. lepidofera has an extended larval

ration inside the host during winter months.

Discussion

The first instar larva (see description) is ‘tachiniform’ (Clausen 1940) and

Cre are some structures which allow speculation as to its entry into the host.

ou ыш, unpigmented skin suggests that the larvae are not long, if at all,

‘side their hosts. However, the patches of small tubercles on the ventral

Hace of body segments are in the form of “creeping welts” which suggest

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981

that the larvae are capable of moving оп a surface. The buccopharyngel

armature does not seem as robust as those found in larvae such as Centelt

cinerea (Clausen et al 1927) which are known to penetrate an adult hos?

integument from the outside. The single smooth hook of A. lepidofera appeal

better suited to tearing a tracheal wall.

The respiratory funnel, arising from the host’s main trachea near thi

metathoracic spiracle, is evidently present (see life cycle) during the first instal |

Therefore, the first instar larva possibly either: enters the host through th!

main trachea, initiating a primary respiratory aperture;/or seeks this positi

to penetrate the trachea initiating a secondary respiratory aperture (Кей!

1944) if it hatches from an egg oviposited within the host. The latter see!

unlikely to the authors because of the lack of sclerotised armament on ЇЇ

caudal end, often found in larvae which form a secondary respiratory арегіш“

(Clausen 1940, Keilin 1944). However, this cannot be dismissed considerit |

that the last abdominal sternite of female adults is modified into a sclerotis?

beak (illustrated by Malloch 1930) which could possibly serve to puncture the

integument during oviposition.

The posterior spiracles of third instar larvae of A. lepidofera are distinct |

from those of other tachinid larvae examined and from those previous!)

described, in having pores with setiform protrusions. These pores are proba Yl

analogous to the tubercles possessing hydrophobic hairs found on the spiracl® |

of other Schizophora larva. However, their function implied by this analogy, |

preserving spiracular access to air at a liquid interface seems anomalo |

considering the ѕрігасшаг encasement within a respiratory funnel. Ехатіпайо!!

of the spiracles at high magnifications with both a scanning electron microscop |

and a light microscope shows the. pores to be quite deep and the setifo™ |

protrusions to arise from a common membranous base within the pore. |

The immature stages described and figured show negligible variation n

morphology amongst the specimens examined. This indicates that morphologi |

variation, if found in similar larvae, can be interpreted as interspecific гаі

than intraspecific. In support of larval differences indicating different speci?

in Tachinidae, Thompson (1922) reported three distinct larval types fro

different hosts corresponding to adult flies identified as conspecific by ‘|

taxonomist working on Tachinidae at that time. The adults were subsequen |

determined to be three distinct species. It is possible that the larvae of othe

Alophora species resemble those of A. lepidofera, yet differ in some of the

characters used to describe A. lepidofera. |

It is not uncommon for species of Alophora to have more than one host

(Crosskey pers. comm. 1973) and Alophora lepidofera may have potent |

hosts other than the three already recorded. The Australian Nysius species ae

likely to have other tachinid parasites and the sampling areas in New Soul! |

Wales (Attia 1973) represent only part of their range, although in Attia

dissections and approximately 26,000 Nysius dissections done from 1975 |

1980 (№. W. Forrester pers. comm.) A. lepidofera was by far the most abunda |

parasite. |

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 67

A tachinid first instar larva in the ‘planidium’ category of Clausen (1940)

has been dissected from Nysius vinitor at Tamworth N.S.W. This type of larva

fers greatly from the ‘tachiniform’ first instar of A. lepidofera, being eight

Segmented with dark pigmented plates covering its entire integument and having

More complex buccopharyngeal armature. Attia (1973) found no ‘planidia’ in

I5 Nysius dissections and only on two subsequent occasions have these larvae

“en found (N. №. Forrester pers. comm.). Considering their rarity and the

lack of mature larvae different from those of A. lepidofera, the authors suspect

wt they are of a species which does not normally invade Nysius vinitor as its

Acknowledgements

_ The authors thank Dr R. W. Crosskey of the British Museum (Natural

History) for identification of the specimens and his personal communications

On the taxonomy of the group, Mr N. Forrester of Tamworth Agricultural

“search Centre for providing useful specimens and Dr М. J. Fletcher, Biological

and Chemical Research Institute for his useful criticism of this manuscript.

References

Attia, F, L, 1973. Alophora lepidofera (Diptera: Tachinidae) a native parasite of the

Rutherglen bug Nysius vinitor and the grey cluster bug, Nysius clevelandensis

Attia , (Hemiptera:Lygaediae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Sot, 12: 353-354.

» Е. L, 1974. Laboratory evaluation of insecticides against Nysius vinitor Bergroth

and Nysius clevelandensis Evans (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13:

161-164.

Arnaud, Paul H. Jnr., 1978. A host-parasite catalog of North American Tachinidae (Diptera).

U.S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Pub. 1319: 860 pp.

C. P., King, J. L. and Teranishi, C., 1927. The parasites of Popillia japonica in

Japan and Chosen (Korea) and their introduction into the United States. U.S.

Chie Dept. Agr. Bull. 1429: 55 pp.

Cros en, C. P., 1940. Entomophagous insects. McGraw Hill, London. 688 pp.

skey, R. W., 1973. A conspectus of the Tachinidae (Diptera) of Australia, including

keys to the supraspecific taxa and taxonomic and host catalogues. Bull. Br. Mus.

nat. Hist. (Ent.) Suppl. 21: 221 pp.

› J. W., 1936. A new species of Nysius (Hem: Lygaeidae) from Tasmania and notes

sape, оп the economics of the genus. Bull. ent. Res. 27: 673-676.

» D., 1944, Respiratory systems and respiratory adaptations in larvae and pupae of

Diptera. Parasitology 36(1): 1-66.

C., 1963. Some notes on the natural enemies of Lygaeidae (Hem.). Entomolo-

Mali, s; &ist's mon. Mag. 98: 226-227.

Patil, М. B., 1970. The biology of some Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) of South

Mall, East Queensland. Aust. J. Zool. 27: 231-249.

ch, DOES 1929. Notes on Australian Diptera. XIX. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 54:

7-117.

А R., 1930. Notes on Australian Diptera. XXIII. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 55:

2-135.

hompson, W. R., 1922. On the taxonomic value of larval characters in tachinid parasites

(Dipt.). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 24(4): 85-93.

п, W. R., 1951. A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect pests. Section

2, part 1. Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control, Ottawa, Canada.

d, T. E., 1964. Preliminary note on the distribution of Nysius vinitor Bergroth and

Nysius clevelandensis Evans (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). J. ent. Soc. Qd 3: 85.

Clausen,

Ey les, A.

Malloch,

Thompso

Woodwar

68 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981)

AUSTROCAECILIUS, A NEW GENUS OF CAECILIIDAE

(PSOCOPTERA) FROM AUSTRALIA

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000

Abstract

A new genus Austrocaecilius, is ‘described from Muogamarra Nature Reserve, nea |

Sydney. It is related to Caecilius Curtis, but has several morphological peculiarities in the

terminal structures of the abdomen of the female. |

Introduction

Material collected during a study of the Psocoptera of Muogamarra маше,

Reserve, near Sydney, New South Wales, included a single female previously |

referred to as “? Caeciliid gen. et sp. п.” (Smithers 1977). As the slid |

preparation of the specimen was not satisfactory the species was not described: |

repeated attempts to obtain more material have failed. Remounting the specim# |

has resulted ina more satisfactory slide and it has been decided to proceed | |

with the description of this specimen which represents an interesting new gen

and species.

Austrocaecilius gen. nov.

Belonging to the Caeciliidae (sensu Mockford 1978) with the following |

combination of features: Antero-lateral setae of labrum a little heavier tha? |

others; mandibles elongate; fore wing setae short, in one row on veins |

wing membrane not setose; anterior labial sensilla absent; female subgenit? |

plate with exceptionally well developed lateral apophyses; clypeal shelf ve |

narrow; labral stylets present; lacinial tip broad; no sclerotized ridges acros |

labrum; no preapical tooth on claws; ventral and dorsal valves of gonapophys® |

long and pointed; external valve well developed, elongate, strongly sclerotize?

without setae; glandular area on spermathecal duct very long, along almost |

whole length of duct. |

Type species: Austrocaecilius alettae sp. n. |

Austrocaecilius alettae sp. п. |

FEMALE |

Coloration (in alcohol). Head brown, shiny. Median epicranial sutuf? |

dark brown. Antennae pale brown. Eyes black. Maxillary palps very pale brow": |

apex of fourth segment a little darker. Thoracic nota brown, shiny, the ate? |

where the lateral lobes of the mesothorax meet a little paler so that the | |

thorax appears to have a small pale patch in the middle when seen from аро" |

Legs pale brown. Fore wings (Fig. 1) hyaline, tinged with brown but slight!) |

paler in middle of cell Rg, at Cu,, and at nodulus. Veins brown. Hind wing |

hyaline, slightly tinged with brown; veins brown. Abdomen pale brown, |

Morphology. Length of body: 2.1 mm. Median epicranial suture еу |

distinct. Head with short but fairly dense d even on genae. PostclypeU |

fairly bulbous. Length of flagellar segments: f,: 0.52 mm; f,: 0.38 mim |

Aust. ent Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 69

551-4. Austrocaecilius gen. nov. et sp. n. (1) 9 fore wing; (2) $ lacinia; (3) 9 subgenital

plate; (4) 9 gonapophyses.

опа Segment relatively short. Antennae shorter than fore wings. Eyes

Surly large, almost reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 1.9; PO: 0.77.

ec of almost equal size but fairly small. Lacinia (Fig. 2): Trochanters and

t Mora with fine long setae. Measurements of hind leg: F: 0.59 mm; T: 1.0 mm;

di 0.31 mm; t,: 0.13 mm; rt: 24 : 1; ct: 19, 0. Hind tibiae a little broadened

el. Fore wing length: 2.8 mm; width: 1.2 mm. Costa broadened in

co. Stigma and towards wing apex. Pterostigma with posterior angle, with

Псауе hind margin. Rs and M strongly sinuous before bifurcation. Areola

Postica fairly tall, reaching more than halfway to M. Cu, slightly sinuous,

Mh Setose. Hind wing length: 2.2 mm; width: 0.8 mm. Venation and setae

Usual in Caecilius Curtis. Epiproct simple, rounded behind, with a few

ttered setae. Paraproct with large field of trichobothria and a few scattered

ENS near hind margin. Marginal cone and seta, apparently absent. Subgenital

ja * (Fig. 3) lightly sclerotized with lobe at each end of the hind margin

oe which the margin is slightly curved outwards; each lobe with a

Valy Small setae on outer margin near end. Gonapophyses (Fig. 4) with three

У èS; ventral and dorsal valves long, ending in a blunt point; external valve

Sclerotized, developed into a curved, distally broadened plate ending in a

80 Pointed extension of the dorsal border; the basal attachment of the

l'abophyses well sclerotized. Glandular tissue along spermathecal duct extends

Most whole length of duct.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. NEW SOUTH WALES: 19 (holotype) Muogamarra Nature

Serve, 23.v.1973 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers) (Australian Museum collection).

(S 5 Specimen previously referred to as “? Caeciliid gen. nov. et sp. n."

Mithers 1977)].

Sca

“<a

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1%

This species is named for my wife in appreciation of her assistance!

the field over many years.

DISCUSSION

Mockford (1976) has discussed the four groups of families traditional)

recognized in the suborder Psocomorpha and summarized their characteristi®

Austrocaecilius clearly belongs to the group Caecilietae established by Pear!

(1936) for a large number of species which show considerable morphologi

similarity. Within the Caecilietae Mockford (loc. cit.) established two sup?

families, the Asiopsocoidea and the Caecilioidea. In the former superfan

he included only Asiopsocus Gunther and Notiospocus Banks (both in th

Asiopsocidae) placing all other genera of the Caecilietae in the Caecilioid®

that is, all genera previously placed in the Caeciliidae, Stenopsocidae, Ampl.

psocidae and Polypsocidae. Later (Mockford 1978) he discussed reasons fo

considerable rearrangement of these genera, set out a classification of!

reconstituted Amphipsocidae and established the characters of that famil)

the Caeciliidae, and an additional family, not yet named, based on his “Сел?

IX”. He did not discuss the fate of those genera of the Caecilioidea whi

he did not include in these three families, but by inference they are pla

in his Caeciliidae. |

Austrocaecilius agrees with several characters of his unnamed family bt

differs in having a well developed, sclerotized external gonapophysis val

It conforms to his characterization of the Caeciliidae but not Amphipsoció?

Only in the female genitalia is there some resemblance to the amphipso?

genera Dasydemella Enderlein and Matsumuraiella Enderlein in that 00

have a fairly well developed external valve but as well as differing in m

features listed by Mockford (1978) they also differ in having the setae Ü

the fore wing veins in two rows (one in Caeciliidae and Austrocaecilil!)

Also, in contrast to Austrocaecilius, Matsumuraiella has setae on the fore W |

membrane as well as оп the veins and wing margin. Austrocaecilius shoul

be placed in the Caeciliidae.

Within that family the extent of the very well developed lateral apophy*

of the subgenital plate, carrying setae, and the well developed external val

of the gonapophyses are seen in no other described genus.

Acknowledgements ;

I would like to thank the Director of the National Parks and wild

Service for permission to work in Muogamarra Nature Reserve and my yif

for assistance in the field.

References

Mockford, E. L., 1976. A new species and notes on the taxonomic position of Asiopsot

Gunther (Psocoptera). Southwestern Nat. 21(3): 335-356, 22 figs.

Pearman, J. V., 1936. The taxonomy of the Psocoptera: preliminary sketch. Proc. R. en

Soc. Lond. (B)5: 58-62.

Smithers, С. N., 1977. The Psocoptera of Muogamarra Nature Reserve. Rec, Aust. mis

31(7): 251-306, 98 figs.

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 71

THE CULTURING OF JALMENUS EVAGORAS EVAGORAS (DONOVAN)

AND ITS ATTENDANT ANT, /R/DOMYRMEX ANCEPS (ROGER)

By R. L. Kitching and M. F. J. Taylor

School of Australian Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan, Old. 4111

Abstract

Techniques for maintaining an on-going laboratory colony, of the myrmecophilous

1 :

‘see Jalmenus evagoras, and its attendant ant, Iridomyrmex anceps, are presented and

sed.

Introduction

the In recent years there has been something of a renaissance in the study of

cong tionships between lycaenid larvae and pupae and ants. This is, in part, a

at *quence of the somewhat provocative paper of Malicky (1970) on the

ad аве and disadvantages of the association to both ant and butterfly. In

initiate the new theoretical directions in the study of mutualism sketched,

icr Y, by May (1976) have turned the attention of the population ecologist

ell as the lepidopterist to these fascinating interactions.

with For the size of our lycaenid fauna, Australia is particularly well-endowed

э а сор Шоп or presumed myrmecophilous species (Common and

Ў y Ouse, 1972; Kitching, in press). With all of these considerations in mind,

An in 1978, a detailed study of the morphology, behaviour and population

weeds of the common wattle-feeding lycaenid, Jalmenus evagoras evagoras

Ovan) and its attendant ant, Iridomyrmex anceps (Roger) basing our field

IK on colonies of butterfly and ant occurring at Mt. Nebo near Brisbane,

Veensland. |

In order to make a detailed investigation of the biology of any species of

It is almost essential to be able to maintain cultures of the species in the

Fa tory So that all stages are accessible and of known history when required

à pen решпеп{а[ work, Although, as most lepidopterists are aware, J. evagoras

ed to rear from larvae to adult, to complete the cycle and produce

fom, ation after generation in the presence of the ant, is far less straight

пеат. We have developed techniques for culturing the pair of species and

culture them here in the hope that this may lead others to establish such

both es. The two species involved are sufficiently common to have potential

‚ 3$ teaching and research material, illustrating as they do a most dramatic

Interesting natural interaction. .

insect

adora

The insectary

sha mae maintain our ants, butterflies and foodplants ina 4mx4mx2m

с Ouse constructed of steel piping with a translucent fibreglass roof and

; "ent floor, The walls are of 30% shade cloth stapled to the inside of a

a Substructure tied to the metal frame. A shade cloth curtain also screens

culture door. We subdivided the shade-house into a inner 1.5 mx 4mx2m

inner тоот and an adjacent service area and our butterflies fly free within this

bene area (see below). The shade-house is provided with low (0.5 m high) plant

es of angle iron and stout weldmesh construction and, of those on which

72 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1

ants are maintained, the bench legs sit in pots containing oil or detergent

prevent egress of the ants. Fig. 1 is a view of the culture room inside ?

insectary.

Food plants

Larvae of Jalmenus evagoras feed on the foliage of a variety of species!

Acacia appearing to prefer the compound-leaved varieties, although they aret

no means restricted to them. In the Brisbane region the principal food pli

is A. irrorata Sieb. ex Spreng. and it is this species and A. decurrens Willd. tr

we have used in our cultures. Plants of A. irrorata were collected during |

winter when 5-10 cm tall and kept in the shade-house for use in the епш

summer season. We note in the field that butterfly larvae are absent from Ыш

greater than 2 т in height, and, in fact, have discarded plants in our cultul

when they exceed 1.5 m. On occasion, we have used nursery-bred A. десш

as substitutes for field-collected A. irrorata and the larvae and ants have thri®

equally well on this species.

To restrict ants to particular plants we place plant pots on rubber stoppt

in trays of oil as shown in Fig. 2, making sure the base of the pot is abo!

the level of the oil. We have found that ants will infest the soil of a pot

allowed contact with it, abandoning the plastic formicaria provided (see below

This can be prevented by stretching plastic sheeting or nylon mesh over ^

top of the pot and stapling, tying or sticking it in position, although the 0

of nylon is, at best, а temporary expedient as the ants will gnaw their wi

through it within a week.

The ants |

The primary attendant of Jalmenus evagoras is Iridomyrmex anceps. Tl

ant is highly polydomous and the main brood chamber is usually more ШЇ

20 cm below the soil surface. We attempted to remove nests whole, by di

them out and transferring them in large plastic bags. It proved difficult

obtain queens; only one excavation out of about ten was successful, this #

being in loose soil on a steep slope. The species is apparently polygynous as%

most successful excavation gave us an entire nest in which there were t

queens.

The collected nest can be kept for at least several days in its bag in a co

room. We tried manual sorting of cooled ants but this method is unnecessall

tedious and inefficient. As an alternative, we spread the cooled nest out Б

a large table: covered in plastic and surrounded by a plastic strip coated V

Tanglefoot®. Several formicaria (see below) are moistened liberally, covel

with aluminium foil with one entrance left open and left at various locati?

on the table. The ants, when they warmed up, regroup themselves and collé

their scattered brood into the moist, dark formicaria. After one day,

formicaria could be closed up and the sub-colonies so obtained, removed.

Our standard culture uses formicaria of a design provided by Dr R- ї

Taylor. These comprise a perspex dish constructed with a central hole in i

base which is filled with plaster of Paris. The sides of the dish are pierced fo

three (or more) exit tubes which can be stoppered or connected with 0

St ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 73

Tanna

Дере to the stem. Pupal debris and branches stripped by feeding larvae can

seen.

A eee уен те

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 198!

units. A tight-fitting lid completes the unit. The formicaria are maintained o

a moistened pad (filter paper will suffice) so that the plaster of Paris remain

moist. They are covered with metal foil and kept in an open plastic lunch bok

the sides of which are coated with the anti-friction lacquer Fluon®. Т

formicaria are equipped with about a tablespoon of soil to allow the ants to ha

some control over nest humidity. Originally the colonies were fed on hone)

solution and dead spiders, however, we now use a totally liquid diet of 5:

honey: water (effectively 50% sugars) mixed 2 : 1 with egg yolk (50% protei:

20% fat). A small colony (50 workers and 20 larvae) will go through аро)

0.1 ml/day during alate production. The feeder solution is administered Y!

small 10 mm lengths of 5 mm plastic tube, which are filled from a syring’

Clear tubing allows inspection of amounts of food remaining. The tubes att

discarded after use.

‘Adult ants will last the winter without feeding. One small queenless colo!

in fact persisted with 47 adults, 12 pupae and 19 larvae from April to Septemb.

unfed—they may however have eaten away at a larger initial brood or derive

nutrition from small organisms in the soil which was included in the

formicarium. |

Handling, transferring and mixing the colonies is best achieved 0

anaesthetizing them with CO». This keeps the adults inactive for up to a minut

These ants are prone to nest shifting, and brood will be transported by workeb

on the slightest disturbance. As already mentioned, given the choice of soil o

formicarium, the colony will choose soil. To avoid this, the soil surface in ро

must be covered to prevent invasion unless having the colony in the pot presen

no disadvantage.

Ants were allowed access to the food plants by placing a formicariU/

with its only exit adpressed against the base of the shrub (Fig. 2).

The butterflies

The laboratory colony was established by bringing in from the fil

cut-stems of the food plant together with attached clusters of larvae and pup”

These stems were tied against branches of the potted wattles in the cult

room and the attached larvae transferred themselves to the living foliage with?

twelve hours. These immature stages, tended by the ants which had access û

the trees, produced the first generation of adults. In addition, overwinter

egg batches have been brought in on occasion, incubated, and the hatchling

transferred to host trees.

Adults will mate shortly after emergence even in restricted spac

(initially we had them in 0.5 x 0.5 x 1.0 m gauze cages) but we obtained m

oviposition in such confinement. Only when we established our cultures, free

flying, in the much larger culture room did oviposition follow mating. In

field, on the more weathered wild host shrubs the egg-laying females usu

seek out crevices in the bark in which to lay their batches of up to 20-30 ego |

In the case of our cultured shrubs, which had smooth, undamaged bark for E

most part, we found that suitable crevices for oviposition could be manufactur?

either by making slits in the bark with a scalpel or, more conveniently, '

binding small sections of the stem with a rough, fibrous string. The butterfli?

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 75

accepted this latter expedient readily as an alternative site for oviposition. It has

ееп Our impression also that oviposition was more likely on those shrubs

Which still had either living immature stages on them or the debris from such

Stages in the form of larval exuviae or pupal skins. We are currently carrying

out сһоісе-ехрегітепіѕ to determine the relative attractiveness of trees with

and without pupal debris and/or ants and the results of these will be reported

due course.

Adult feeders were provided in the culture room and were made from

Tanks of four 5 mm glass tubes mounted vertically in wooden blocks, each

surmounted by a plastic corolla (culled from commercially available plastic

OWers) and a small cube of sponge. The tubes are maintained full of 50%

aqueous hoeny solution which is absorbed by the sponge and from which the

Utterflies feed readily. Butterflies will feed from petri dishes containing cotton

Wool pads soaked in honey solution but the feeders described seem to provide

More accessible and reliable food source for them.

General comments Б

We maintained the culture of J. evagoras and its attendant ants in the

Manner described above throughout the summer of 1978-79 during which

Period it provided ample material for experimental and morphological work. At

eee of the summer season the adults laid diapausing eggs and, in this

and 10п, the colony survived over the winter, the overwintering eggs hatching

Seeding the following summer’s colony. The culture is still in good health

We feel confident it can be so maintained. Periodically we have brought in

"ther material from the field to obviate any problems of low vigour in the

Oratory arising from inbreeding.

as The Species involved present many opportunities for work on various

Pects of the butterfly, the ant and the interaction between the two. We

"mend them both as research and teaching tools.

Acknowledgements ]

The work described here is part of a project supported by a Griffith

tsity Research Grant and we are most grateful for this support. The School

Ustralian Environmental Studies, Griffith University, provided essential

mical support and the Queensland Department of Forestry issued permits

Ollect material in State Forests. We thank both these organisations for their

Stance. Dr R. W. Taylor, C.S.LR.O., Canberra, kindly identified the ant for

‘nd provided advice on ant maintenance.

Unive

tech;

to c

assi

Cor References

"топ, I. Е, В, and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

Кие Son, Sydney, 498 pp. : — - 1

ing, R. L. (In press). The geography of the Australian Papilionoidea. In:. Biogeographical

ecology in Australia edited by A. Keast. W. Junk, The Hague.

H. 1970. New aspects of the association between lycaenid larvae (Lycaenidae) and

May R ants (Formicidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 190-202.

> A-M., 1976. Models for two interacting populations. In: Theoretical ecology, principles

and applications, edited by R. M. May. Blackwells, Oxford. Pp. 47-70.

Malicky,

76 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 198!

AN UNDESCRIBED AND POSSIBLY EXOTIC BEETLE (SCARABAEIDAE

DYNASTINAE) OCCURRING ON THE SOUTH COAST OF

NEW SOUTH WALES

By P. B. Carne

CSIRO Division of Entomology, P.O. box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

The presence of a possibly exotic dynastine scarab is reported from the Мош)?

Tuross and Bega districts of New South Wales. It belongs to an undescribed genus mo 1

closely related to the monospecific Calicnemis which is endemic to the western Medite

anean region and the French Atlantic coast. Collectors visiting the south coast of

South Wales are encouraged to seek additional specimens, the species presently being know

only from three females.

Introduction

While checking accessions to the Australian National Insect Collection, tW

female specimens of a remarkable dynastine scarab were noted. These posse

characters which readily distinguish them from any known indigenous speci®

and they were presumed to be of exotic origin. One specimen was sent to

К. D. Pope of the British Museum (Natural History) who subsequently refer

it to Dr Roger-Paul Dechambre of Paris. Dr Dechambre expressed the view (ре

сотт., 1978) that the species represents а genus closely similar to Calicnen'

Castelnau which occurs in the western Mediterranean region. A third fem

specimen, collected seventy five years ago, was subsequently located in |

collections of the New South Wales Department of Agriculture, Biological 4 |

Chemical Research Institute.

Material examined

NEW SOUTH WALES: Moruya Heads, coastal sand dunes, walking on surfa

towards dusk, 24.111.1968 (K. Pullen), 1 9; Tuross Beach, 16 km S of Mor}:

26,1.1979 (S. Misko), 1 9 (both in ANIC); Вера, 9.iii.1905 (Edwards), 1 9 (N.S

Dept. of Agriculture).

Morphological characters А

The beetles (Figs 1-3) are 12-14 mm in length, and a medium reddis!

brown in colour. The combination of characters which distinguish this speci

from all known indigenous Dynastinae is: clypeofrontal suture obliterate’

the whole head with coarse concentric sculpturing (Fig. 1); antenna very sho! j {

9-segmented; pronotum impunctate; foretibia with apical and single late

tooth smoothly rounded; hind leg remarkably broad, strongly compressed (Fe

2), and the tibia (Fig. 3) with sculpturing similar to that of head; all ta

unusually short. 1|

Dr Dechambre reported that the species is undescribed. Although it "|

very similar to Calicnemis latreillei Castelnau, the only known species in thi

genus, characters of antennal segmentation and the structure of the дур

and maxilla indicate that the Australian species is generically distinct. Y.

latreillei inhabits beaches around the Mediterranean and on the southern Frend!

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 1981 77

Figs 1

"3. Specimen from Tuross Beach, N.S.W.: (1) dorsal view of head and pronotum;

(2) lateral view of whole insect; (3) ventral view of whole insect.

78 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 198!

Atlantic coast. Sexual dimorphism in C. /atreillei (as in a great many Dynastina) |

is quite marked, the pronotum of the male bearing an anteromedian tuberck

preceded by a depression of the pronotal disc.

Discussion

Caussanel and Dajoz (1967) gave an account of the biology and behaviol!

of C. latréilléi. The beetle breeds in decaying timber submerged in beach sands

Prior to their studies adults had been collected only rarely as they emerge fo

flight 10-15 minutes after sunset, flights persist for.no more than 20-25 minut®

and occur only on evenings when the air temperature and relative humidil)

exceed 15°C and 70 percent respectively; moreover, the insects are not attract?

to lights. These workers succeeded in capturing a large number of specimt!

(over 500, with males predominating) by erecting a fine-mesh fishing net, 307

long and 2 m high, across a beach, and (presumably) by picking up beetles whi

fell to the sand after colliding with the net. |

The close similarity between the Australian species and С. Jatreill^.

including the highly modified hind leg, suggests that their habits might be

similar. If this is so, it could account for the fact that only three specimens 4%

known, although the insect occurs in a well-collected area. It may, in realit)

be quite abundant on the south coast of New South Wales, but have habits thal

make its capture by conventional collecting methods unlikely. The insect is sl

markedly different from any known Australian dynastine that the writer suspect

that it may not be.indigenous to this country. A littoral beetle, such as

species appears to be, could easily have been transported to Australia from

overseas in ship’s ballast of beach sand.

It is hoped that entomologists who visit the area during warm, humi |

weather in the January-March period will feel challenged to seek this interesti"

insect. It is highly desirable that males should be available for study before the

new genus and species are described.

Acknowledgements |

І am grateful to Dr E. Schicha of the N.S.W. Department of AgricultU*

for the loan of the specimen from Bega, and to Mr Pope and Dr Dechamb! |

for comments on the insect. |

Reference ;|

Caussanel, C. and Dajoz, E., 1967. Morphologie et biologie d'un coleoptere des phe

sableuses: Callicnemis latreillei Cast. (Scarabaeidae, Dynastinae). Cahiers d |

Naturalistes (n.s.) 23: 25-37. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 715), January, 1981 ` 79

АМ ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY ОЕ

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

BISHOP, A. L. Compiled by M. S. Moulds

1980. The potential of Campulomma livicola Reuter and Megacoelum modestum Distant

(Hemiptera: Miridae) to damage cotton in Queensland. Aust. J. exp. anim. Husb.

BU 20: 229-233, text-fig. 1, tables 1-5.

RNS, Alex. N.

сдц979. Notes on Gold Coast butterflies. Victorian Nat. 9602): 62-63, text-fig. 1.

WARDINE, Peter

1979. No title. [n Exhibits. Victorian Ent. 9(3): 21.

19 Lepidoptera: Anthela cannexa, life history

80. Report on Labertouche excursion, December 2nd 1979. Victorian Ent. 10(1): 10.

Coleoptera: 11 genera and 4 species listed.

Lepidoptera: 6 butterfly species and 1 moth genus listed.

‚ Greg

A catalogue of the type specimens of Diptera in the Australian Museum. Rec.

Aust. Mus. 31(11): 411-471.

- A new species of Dakinomyia from Queensland (Diptera: Asilidae). Proc. Linn.

Оев Soc. N.S.W. 103(4): 275-281, text-figs 1-7.

AAR, Murdoch

: Iu Lycaenidae feeding together on Acacia leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley. News

ull. Ent. Soc. Qd 7(8): 110-111, text-figs 1-3.

POMRow, Robert ОШ т

979, Some Dermanyssid mites (Acari), mostly from Australian rodents. Proc. Linn.

DR Soc. N.S.W. 103(4): 189-208, text-figs 1-23.

EW, R. A.I

DANIELS

1978.

1979

1978. Taxonomy. Jn: Drew, R. A. I., Hooper, G. H. S. and Bateman, M. A., Economic

foit flies of the South Pacific region. Oriental Fruit Fly Working Party, Brisbane.

p. 2-94.

1978. Fruit fly collecting. In: Drew, R. A. I., Hooper, С. Н. S. and Bateman, М. A.,

Economic fruit flies of the South Pacific region. Oriental Fruit Fly Working Party,

Brisbane. Pp. 126-137.

The genus Dacus Fabricius (Diptera: Tephritidae)—two new species from northern

Australia and a discussion on some subgenera. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(1): 71-80,

text-figs 1-9.

. A. I., HOOPER, G. H. S. and BATEMAN, М. A.

Economic fruit flies of the South Pacific region. Oriental Fruit Fly Working Party,

Brisbane. 8vo. Pp. i-vi, 1-137, text-figs 1-58.

DUNN See also name of each author for title of section(s) contributed by that author.

1979,

DREW, R

1978.

1979. A collecting trip to north Queensland. Victorian Ent. 9(3): 28-29.

Lepidoptera: a number of butterfly species mentioned.

198 Corrigenda: Victorian Ent. 10(1): 11-12.

0. A Northern Territory - Western Australia safari. Victorian Ent. 10(1): 4-6.

FRENC Lepidoptera: a number of butterfly species mentioned.

1979" J. R. J., ROBINSON, Р. J., et al.

- Effects of hydroprene on the feeding activity of Mastotermes darwiniensis Frogg-

Gotos att (Isoptera). Zeit. für angewandte Entomologie 87: 239-246.

197 ACK, Gael and GOLDSACK, Robert J.

- Rosellas feed on “stinginghair” caterpillars. An observation on a feeding habit of

the Eastern Rosella, Playtcercus eximius (Shaw). Victorian Nat. 94(2): 60-61.

Kemp Lepidoptera: Doratifera sp.

197 D. H. and WILSON, Nixon

9. The occurrence of Amblyomma cyprium cyprium (Acari: Ixodidae) in Australia,

with additional records from the southwest Pacific. Pacif. Insects 21(2-3): 224-226.

—

80 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(5), January, 198!

MANSKIE, Nola

1980. Report on the excursion to Buxton. Victoriun Ent. 10(1): 7.

Lepidoptera: five butterfly species mentioned.

MARKS, Elizabeth N.

1976. Camp Mountain commentary—an avid anopheline. Q.N.C. News 85 & 86:

Diptera: Anopheles bancroftii (popular style note)

Note: Q.N.C. News is the newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club.

1979. Marine insects collected at Tryon Island. Od Nat. 22(5-6): 140-141. jb

1979. Mosquitoes (Culicidae) on Queensland coral cays—II. Qd Nat. 22(5*6): 1464

MONTEITH, G. B.

1979. The search for the “Cooloola Monster”. Moonbi 42: 8-9, illustr. m

Orthoptera: popular account of the search for specimens of the “Monster ' |

species representing a new family. Т

1980. Relationships of the genera of Chinamyersiinae, with description of a relict spe i

19 |

from mountains of north Queensland (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Aracidae). Pa

Insects 21(4): 275-285, text-figs 1-15.

PARKER, T. J. and WALLIS, R. L. |

1977. Limnology of a farm dam in Gippsland, Victoria. Victorian Nat. 94(6): 247-254 |

Hemiptera: Anisops thienemanni

SHORT, J. В. T. ‚|

1979. The final larval instar of Phaenocarpa (Asobara) peraimilis Papp (Нутепорі і

Braconidae, Alysiinae) from Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 103(3): 17141 |

text-figs 1-4. |

SUTER, P. J.

1979. A revised key to the Australian genera of mature mayfly (EphemeroP

nymphs. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 103(3): 79-83, text-figs 1-21. (|

SUTHERST. R.W., WHARTON, R.H., COOK, I.M., SUTHERLAND, I.D. and BOURNE, А", |

1979. Long-term population studies on the cattle tick (Boophilus microplus) on unte.

cattle selected for different levels of tick resistance. Aust. J. agric. Res. 300"

353-368, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-6. |

THORNTON, I. W. B. and NEW, T. R. Л

1977. The Philotarsidae (Insecta: Psocoptera) of Australia. Aust. J. Zool., suppl. 5 |

54: 1-62, text-figs 1-147. ; 1

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has acce® ||

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or on? |||

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is available at both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with othe

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guine:

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

АШ Notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

= iot be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

W 9 the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ANTED. Live moth pupae for study of larval colour changes and food

Plant adaptations etc. Will buy or exchange for moth pupae or adult

Specimens from Europe. Gerold H. Schmalfuss, Foehrenweg 2-4, 8501,

E Heroldsberg, West Germany

NGE. I wish to correspond and exchange butterflies with an Australian

Collector. Many North American and other Lepidoptera available for

anes Bob Richardson, 2090 Finkebine Street, Columbus, Ohio,

S.A.

EXCHANGE OR PURCHASE. French collector will exchange (or buy) Australian

butterfly and moth livestock against European or exotic living material.

Ј.С. Acquier, Zac du Jas de Bouffan, Batiment Procyon No. 3, 13100 Aix,

тапсе.

W TED. Specimens of the larger wood moths (Cossidae) especially Xyleutes

boisduvali, Will buy or exchange for Tasmanian insects. S. Fearn, 37

PUR, entworth St, Launceston, Tasmania 7250. i.

CHASE, Coleoptera and Lepidoptera from Indonesia, New Guinea (Papua

and Irian Jaya), especially Papilionidae, Nymphalidae (Charaxes), Ceton-

idae, Cerambycidae and Passalidae. A. Chaminade, Chemin de la Baou, M.

83110 Sanary sur Mer, France. |

DATA LABELS — IMPORTANT ANNOUNCEMENT

medio absence of staff during December, January and February we regret we are

able to print data labels during these months. Orders received during this period

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm St., Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 433972

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

and in cna ees for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

icate. .

*rsons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Copies Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for 50

Certify $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

aboy they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

to Illustrations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

DET in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Plates $5. Offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

ate als 5 еасһ. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies aithough paintings

nu © suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more expensive; thus where a

М Cr Of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are best photographed

Single slide,

Consig All Papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

red unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

Will b

CONTENTS

CARNE, P.B. An undescribed and possibly exotic beetle (Scarabaeidae:

Dynastinae) occurring on the South Coast of New SouthWales .... . 1

KITCHING, R. L. and TAYLOR, M. F. J. The culturing of Jalmenus

evagoras evagoras (Donovan) and its attendant ant, Iridomyrmex

ancepts:(ROSeL) irr, Ae EEAS OSPE a a OA

LOUDON, B. J. and ATTIA, F. I. The immature stages of Alophora

lepidofera (Malloch) (Diptera: Tachinidae), a native parasite of

Lygaeidae (Hemiptera) in Australia......................

SMITHERS, C.N. Austrocaecilius, a new genus of Caeciliidae (Psocoptera) dl

fromPAustraliae Алы A ee E m Уа |

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian 4

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds..................- Й

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ..................... inside back co

Skipper Butterflies

of the World

A magnificent volume by Andrew Atkins fully illustrated with colour pls depicting |

many of the 4,000-plus species of skippers for the first time. The text covers th |)

distribution and life histories, habits, habitats and classification of the world's skipper: |! |

This book matches the format of the Butterflies of the World by Bernard D?Abre!4 |

(which does not include the Hesperiidae) and thus completes the comprehensiV? |!

illustration of the world’s butterflies. j

Each species and subspecies is described in taxonomic order and is accompanied ОЛ |j

the facing page by an illustration collated with the text. Each genus description is

illustrated with superb line drawings of wing venation, antennal clubs and genitalia.

Life histories where known are described. This section also contains photographs of

skippers in the field for which the author has travelled widely. |

Andrew Atkins has the dual advantage of being a naturalist and an artist. His phot |)

graphy and illustrations effectively compliment details of his text. Skipper Butterflies ||

will be a culmination of many years of observation and study both in his adopte

country Australia, and in the Natural History Museum in London.

Due for publication 1981. Anticipated price approximately $190.

544 pages, 340x243 mm, including 250 pages of colour f acing text, 300,000 words.

Copies may be reserved now, less 10% prepublication reservations, postage at cost.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS

by Densey Clyne

Now out of print.

Author has a limited number of signed copies at $12 (post free)

Write to D. Clyne, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turramurra, N.S.W. 2074 |

ISSN 0311-1881

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 7, PART 6

FEBRUARY, 1981

Australian Entomological Magazine is ап illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded 0

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.50 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$11.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Alan E. Westcott.

Depicts the citrus longicorn, Skeletodes tetrops Newman, the larvae of

which are commonly found in decaying citrus wood in eastern New Sou

Wales. Eggs are laid in dead bark, usually after damage by other longicor?

species, and the larvae make shallow tunnels packed with flour-like fras: |

The species is not considered to be economically significant. |

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Y € > N

€ ES

7 SMAR 198] $

Australian Entomologiceal,.

TOR 2

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

> KONAL АУ

el 2

Volume 7, Part 6 February, 1981

FURTHER RECORDS OF MACROSIAGON (COLEOPTERA:

RHIPIPHORIDAE) REARED FROM EUMENID AND

SPHECID WASPS IN AUSTRALIA

By E. McC. Callan

13 Gellibrand Street, Campbell, Canberra, A.C.T. 2601

Abstract

ав par Macrosiagon capito (Blackburn) and М. novaehollandiae (Gerstaecker) are reported

gg Sites of the éumenid wasps Eumenes latreillei Saussure and Odynerus sp. respectively,

(Е, Smit E eue (Lea) as a parasite of the sphecid wasp Sceliphron formosum

Introduction

Parasitic beetles of the family Rhipiphoridae are well represented .in

alia, where the genus Macrosiagon Hentz parasitizes wasps of the families

dae, Tiphiidae, Eumenidae and Sphecidae (Callan, 1977). Hosts are known

ustralia for six species of Macrosiagon. Four species reared from eumenid

Sphecid wasps, which build mud nests, are discussed below. í

Austr

Scolii

E Macrosiagon capito (Blackburn)

йын Species was described in the genus Emenadia Laporte from Victoria

entire} urn, 1899). It was characterized as entirely ferruginous red above and

тей, Y black beneath, with the front half of the head black and the hind half

dae male reared from the mud nest of the eumenid Abispa sp., but without

two f ocality, was recorded in an earlier note (Callan, 1977). I now report

The urther Specimens, a female and a male, both reared from eumenid wasps.

bar SUD was reared from Eumenes latreillei Saussure, Darwin, Northern

North TY, 30.iv.1976 (A. Smith). E. latreillei is a potter wasp, common in

buil ibo ONERE. about 22 mm long, with a distinctly petiolate gaster, and

racteristic, globular, mud nests often on the walls of buildings.

nest aon male was reared from the eumenid Odynerus sp., occupying an old

12 Paralastor sp., Darwin, N.T., xii.1976 (A. Smith). The Odynerus sp. is

th in length. Dr I. D. Naumann kindly examined a specimen and confirmed

8eneric identification on wing venational characters. Mr Andrew P. Smith

2 ——

82 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 198!

informed me (1980, in litt.) that this species is a ‘renter’ in old mud nests;

including those of Eumenes and Paralastor.

Individuals of the same species of Macrosiagon often vary considerably "

size. In this case the female was distinctly larger than the male, the |

difference being correlated no doubt with the different sizes of the eumen" |

hosts. It is probably significant that M. capito has so far only been fou

parasitizing Eumenidae. |

Macrosiagon novaehollandiae (Gerstaecker) |

This species was described originally in the genus Rhipiphorus from New

Holland (Gerstaecker, 1855). Lea (1917) commented on some of its structult |

features and variable markings, and recorded specimens ranging in length from |

4 to 9 mm from South Australia and Western Australia. I have seen Gerstaecke!” |

description of the female, which occupies 10 lines of Latin. The specimé? |

reported below agrees tolerably well with this description and keys out to thi |

species in Blackburn (1899). |

An individual (headless) of unknown sex, which appears to be M|

novaehollandiae, was reared from the eumenid Eumenes bicinctus Saussul% |

Clive Downs, Tibooburra, N.S.W., xii.1973 (A. Smith). The specimen is mount? |

with the reddish brown subspherical mud nest (diameter 13 mm) from whi

it emerged. E. bicinctus is a potter wasp, widespread in Australia, rather small:

than but similarly marked to E. latreillei and, like this species, building globuli |

mud nests on walls and in other sheltered situations. |

Macrosiagon semipunctatum (Lea) Al

This species was described in the genus Emenadia from NW Australi |

(Lea, 1904). It is black with red abdomen, antennae, palps, spurs and cla |

The elytra are pale, each with three conspicuous black maculae. There are

specimens in the Australian National Insect Collection, C.S.I.R.O., Canber

from Western Australia, Northern Territory and New South Wales. |

I now report а male of М. semipunctatum reared from the specid wat

Sceliphron formosum (Е. Smith), Tipaminka, Brooks Road, Binnaway, N.S. |

iii.1975 (A. Smith). M. diversiceps was reported as a parasite of a sphecid wast |

(Callan, 1977), and this is the second instance of a rhipiphorid parasitiziW

Sphecidae in Australia. |

S. formosum is a mud-dauber wasp belonging to the sphecid subfamil) |

Sphecinae, tribe Sceliphrini, and is known from Australia, Papua New Guin” |

and Indonesia (Moluccas to Ceram and Ternate). It builds a mud nest of sever? |

cells in protected situations, each cell being provisioned by the female w! |

spiders as food for the developing larva. |

As old Sceliphron mud nests are often occupied by eumenid wasps, |

thought there was a possibility that the Macrosiagon might have attacked *

eumenid rather than Sceliphron. Mr Andrew P. Smith informed me (1980, i |

litt.) that the Sceliphron nest from which he reared the Macrosiagon was fre j

being recently constructed, and the parasite had pupated within the act?

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 83

Completed cocoon of its Sceliphron host. So there can be no doubt that the

ost was S. formosum and not a later eumenid occupant of the nest.

Discussion

Six species of Rhipiphoridae of the genus Macrosiagon have been reared

aculeate wasps in Australia. M. cucullatum (Macleay) and M. punctulaticeps

lackburn) parasitize ground-nesting Scoliidae and Tiphiidae respectively. The

other four species have been reared from wasps which build mud nests; М. capito

and M, novaehollandiae from Eumenidae, and M. diversiceps and М. semipunct-

atum from Sphecidae.

Macrosiagon is well known as a ubiquitous parasite of Eumenidae, but

tecords of Sphecidae as hosts are comparatively rare (Callan,1977). In Australia

€ sphecid genera Pison and Sceliphron and elsewhere Stizus, Bembix,

lon and Trigonopsis are known to be parasitized. Stizus and Bembix

EN ground-nesting wasps and the other genera build mud nests: Most records

em to be of builders of mud nests (Eumenidae and Sphecidae), but this

Probably only reflects the fact that these wasps are more often reared, and in

Steater numbers, than fossorial wasps. >

Я The host associations of relatively few Macrosiagon are known with

ny. Krombein (1967) presented an account of the North American M.

entum (Germar), which he reared from several species of eumenid wasps.

as regarded eumenids as the preferred, and perhaps the only, hosts. Snelling

963) reared the same species from a eumenid nest in an old nest of the mud-

кр er Sceliphron caementarium (Drury). However, he suggested that the latter

MER regularly serve as the host, and that parasitism of the eumenid was

CCidental. It is of particular interest, therefore, that in the record of the

Ustralian М. semipunctatum, the host from which it was reared was definitely

: formosum.

ftom

Acknowledgements

of Lam grateful to Mr Andrew Р. Smith for sending me the reared specimens

Macrosiagon, which have been deposited in the Australian National Insect

; lection, C.S.LR.O., Canberra, and to Dr E. В. Britton for help їп the

entification of the species.

Bl References

ackburn, T., 1899. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

genera and species. XXV. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 23: 22-101.

McC., 1977. Macrosiagon diversiceps (Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae) reared from a

sphecid wasp, with notes on other species. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: 45-47.

er, С. E. A., 1855. Rhipiphoridum Coleopterorum familiae disposito systematica.

Callan, E,

Gerstaeck

kren Berlin. 36 pp.

ein, K. V., 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: life histories, nests, and associates.

Tes 7 Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. 570 pp.

» A. M., 1904. Descriptions of new species of Australian Coleoptera. Proc. Linn. Soc.

len ^ N.S.W. 29: 60-107.

› А. M., 1917. Notes on some miscellaneous Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

Snelli species. III. Trans. R. Soc. Aust. 41: 121-322.

ing, R. R., 1963. A host of Macrosiagon cruentum (Genmar) in Georgia. [sic] Pan-Pacif.

Ent. 39: 87-88.

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981

FOOD PLANT RECORD FOR CRURIA DONOWANI (BOISDUVAL)

(LEPIDOPTERA: AGARISTIDAE)

By David К. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College St, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000

Abstract |

Larvae of Cruria donowani (Boisduval) are recorded damaging cultivated plat |

of Alocasia macrorrhizos.

Introduction

Cruria donowani (Boisduval, 1832) is widely distributed in eastern Aust

ralia and occurs also in Northern Territory and Timor. The species was fi

described by Boisduval as “A. (-gariste, Agarista) се Donowan, Donowan' |

Subsequent authors except Jordan (1912) have generally used the emend? |

spelling donovani for the specific epithet.

Food plants |

The larvae were found in numbers through December 1979 eating leave |

and petioles of Alocasia macrorrhizos (family Araceae, “Cunjevoi” or “500

lily”) cultivated in an open glass-house at Willoughby, a suburb of Sydney: al

few larvae placed in a jar pupated in cells in loose soil. Adults emerged, two of |

2 January and one on 4 January 1980. The larvae were very destructive P

the plants and continual hand-picking was necessary to prevent serious damage |

Agaristid larvae, probably of this species, were largely responsible for the de? i |

of young Alocasia plants at Willoughby several years earlier. They tunnel.

in the petioles and growing points and the plants subsequently rotted. Numbe? |

of adults of С. donowani have been seen recently flying near plants of Alocas™ |

at rain forest margins at Mount Warning and Terania Creek in north-east |

New South Wales but no larvae were found. I have previously (McAlpine, 1978).

mentioned some other insects associated with А. macrorrhizos.

Other recorded food plants for C. donowani are Cissus antarctica, famil |

Vitaceae (Scott, 1891, given as Vitis antarctica), Boerhavia diffusa (tah-vine): |

family Nyctaginaceae (Nicholas, 1935), and Hibbertia, family Dilleniace% |

(Common, 1970: 866). It is interesting that the four recorded food plants, ^' |

of which are native to Australia, belong to different families which are wide)

separated systematically.

Scott (1.c.) has given an illustration and brief description of the larva.

References ]

Boisduval, J. A., 1832. Faune entomologique de l'océan Pacifique. 1. Lépidoptéres. I" ^

Dumont d'Urville, Voyage de découvertes de l'Astrolabe. 267 pp. n

Common, I. F. B., 1970. Lepidoptera. Chapter 36 in The insects of Australia. Melbou?

University Press, Melb. Pp. 765-866. id

Jordan, K., 1912. 1. Family: Agaristidae. In A. Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of the WO"

11: 1-30, pls I-IV. й

McAlpine, D. K., 1978. Description and biology of a new genus of flies related to Anthoclus |

and representing a new family (Diptera, Schizophora, Neurochaetidae). Ann. Nai?

Mus. 23:, 273-295.

Nicholas, H. S., 1935. Entomological notes. Aust. Nat. 9: 141-142. j

Scott, A. W., 1891. Australian Lepidoptera and their transformations. 2(2): 11-18, pls 1313

А Я

"st. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 85

SYNOPSIS OF LOCALITIES AND KEY TO THE PSOCOPTERA

OF NORFOLK ISLAND

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, 2000

Abstract

Island This paper provides a key to the sixteen species of Psocoptera known from Norfolk

m a list of island localities from which each has been taken and notes on habitat

""erences, The list is based on published records and recently collected material.

Introduction

its ners and Thornton (1974) recorded fifteen species of Psocoptera from

(1980 k Island based on material collected between 1968 and 1972; Smithers

1 ) added another. A recent collection by Dr G. Monteith has provided about

Em Кшз (in the Queensland Museum) including all but three of the

an ed species. Smithers and Thornton (loc. cit.) did not provide a key to the

appr es but with the liklihood of increased research on the island it would seem

Opriate to present such a key here and at the same time take the opportunity

Providing a synopsis of island localities from which each species has been

en and provide what information is available on habitat preferences.

coll The synopsis includes published records and localities of the recently

ected material.

tak

| Key to adults of Norfolk Island Psocoptera

Е Marsil Segmented INT ea ел 2,

7 ario comente A Turca be 7

` Fully winged, wings membranous with obvious venation, without

scales e O ISE E E I T RE ER ied ri 3

Wings reduced, sometimes very short, elytriform, with indistinct venation

3 Бса!е$ургевеп! Е а 4

' Areola postica fused with M, i.e. Cu;4 fused with M. Fore wing with

M densemottledlpatten Е Phlotodes australis

Areola postica free, ie. Cu,4 not fused with M. Fore wing mostly

hyaline Haplophallus emmus

Frons without distinctive pattern, mostly of one соїоиг.......... 5

Frons with distinctive pattern... 6

Fore wings elongate, anterior and. posterior margins parallel for most of

Шеш елпрш s e ЕР СЕКСТЕ? Lepolepis graemei

Fore wings not elongate, strongly reduced, anterior and posterior margins

notfparallel ООЛ КЕККЕ КТЕР Pteroxanium ralstonae

Frons with a median pale line and one transverse pale bar ..........

о а аА ud о Gand о поа онро Pteroxanium evansi

Frons with a median pale line and two transverse pale bars..........

y ОША 65 Pteroxanium insularum

Brachypterous A aon tet A ra a) eee у: 8

Macropterousi as. ИЛК e oc vec Ls ESPERE EY 9

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 198

8. Head dark brown іп strong contrast to pale body. . . Ectopsocus richard |

— Head and thorax both dark brown.............. Peripsocus ТШЕ)

OMe eAteolasposticastusediwithg МИИ A ner ААЙ Blaste lignicolt

— Areola postica free or absent, і.е. Cu;4 not fused with M or Cu, no

branchedl? EE SUR AA ЧЕЙ Жы O A Uu

10. Си, branched, і.е. areola postica present, free................:: П |

— Guy notibranchedesnojareolalpostica mens erent TAE

11. Setae on veins of fore wing in two rows; areola postica long ani |

shallow rren и Ey ГУ Ар РЕР ES Heterocaecilius variabil |

— Setae on veins of fore wing in single row; areola postica deep. ...... .

12. Cell IA darker than distal parts of wing membrane; fore wing lengt |

3:0123:2 Tm ЖУУЛУУ eer d Pr CR АС e Caecilius pacific! |

— Cell IA not appreciably darker than distal parts of wing membran?!

fore wing length 1.8-2.0mm................. Caecilius insulat |

13. Claws with preapical tooth; hind wing with Rs and M fused ral

Length Yn NP о OE AN ERE AA |

— Claws without preapical tooth; hind wing with Rs and M joined oyal

CLOSSVEIN WE. fey, AR EA LUN E NI | |

14. Fore wings hyaline with a small dark spot at nodulus and stigmapophyS? | ;|

and with К; at end of pterostigma dark........ Peripsocus norfolken |

— Fore wings with broad, pale brown band from basad of pterostigma ul

basad of nodulus; pale brown patch between Rs and M after separatio |

К, at end of pterostigma not darker than rest of vein. .........- |

быч A а E Е Күз Тад. IRL e Perispocus mille | |

15. Male ninth tergite with two transverse rows of teeth. Female subgenitl |

plate with two incurving posterior lobes........... Ectopsocus brig |

— Мае ninth tergite with at most one row of teeth. Female subgenital pla |

with short, broadly triangular posterior lobes ................: 16 | |

16. Pterostigma narrowest towards distal end, i.e. Rs curves gently towards | |

COSLA r ER атаа ATIS ON Du Ectopsocus тотай |

— Pterostigma widest at distal end, Rs curves abruptly to meet costa ? |

right angleso igt уйе PTE жр К EK Ectopsocus insular

Synopsis of locality records for Norfolk Island

LEPIDOPSOCIDAE A

Pteroxanium ralstonae Smithers and Thornton. On three trunks and leaf litter Y |

rainforest. Loc.: Collin’s Head, Burnt Pine, Mount Pitt Reserve. |

Pteroxanium evansi Smithers and Thornton. On tree trunks and leaf litter Y |

rainforest. Loc.: Bumbora, Rocky Point Reserve, Collin’s Head, Selwyn Reserv? |

Point Blackbourne, Stockyard Creek, Mount Pitt Reserve. |

Pteroxanium insularum Smithers and Thornton. On trees in rainforest. 10

Point Ross, Mount Pitt Reserve, Captain Cook Monument, Collin’s reall

Jonneniggabunnit, Melanesian Mission, Burnt Pine, Palm Glen, Selwyn Pine ү

Aust. ent. Мад. 7(6), February, 1981 87

Point Blackbourne, Mission Rd., Cascade-Red Rd., Stockyard Creek, Rocky

ont Reserve, Philip Island.

“Polepis graemei Smithers and Thornton. Only found in leaf litter from a

arlety of plant associations. Loc.: Rocky Point Reserve, Palm Glen, Duncombe

ay, Burnt Pine, Mount Pitt Reserve, King Fern Gully, Steel’s Point.

Cr CAECILIIDAE

ecilius insulatus Smithers and Thornton. On leaves from a variety of plant

associations, Loc.: Captain Cook Monument, Selwyn Reserve, Rocky Point

serve, Cascade-Red Rd., Bumbora, Point Blackbourne, Mission Rd.

Caecilius pacificus Smithers and Thornton. From broad leaved plants. Loc.:

elwyn Pine Rd., Captain Cook Monument, Rocky Point Reserve, Burnt Pine,

A Reserve, Stockyard Creek, Collin’s Head, Mount Bates, Ball Bay, Mount

itt Reserve, Palm Glen, Bumbora, Point Ross, Melanesian Mission.

у ECTOPSOCIDAE

Psocus briggsi McLachlan. Beaten from dead leaves. Loc.: Ross Point,

ску Point Reserve, Burnt Pine, Palm Glen, Melanesian Mission, Anson Bay,

Ount Pitt Reserve, Captain Cook Monument, Mount Bates.

“fopsocus richardsi (Pearman). From gut of gecko but known from stored

toducts in several parts of the world.

С10рѕосиѕ insularis Smithers and Thornton. From dead leaves. Loc.: Burnt

Ше, Melanesian Mission, Bumbora, Anson Bay, Rocky Point Reserve.

ptopsocus inornatus Smithers and Thornton. From dead leaves. Loc.: Mount

t Reserve, Palm Glen, Captain Cook Monument.

Per; PERIPSOCIDAE

В "рѕосиѕ milleri (Tillyard). On twigs and stems. Loc.: Mount Pitt Reserve,

Urnt Pine.

“ripsocus norfolkensis Smithers and Thornton. On twigs and stems from several

ant associations. Loc.: Stockyard Creek, Point Ross, Burnt Pine; Melanesian

sion, Mount Pitt Reserve, Jonneniggabunnit, Collin’s Head, Selwyn Pine Rd.,

Drs Y Point Reserve, Captain Cook Monument, Mission Rd., Anson Bay Rd.,

alm Glen.

liis; PSEUDOCAECILIIDAE

erocaecilius variabilis Smithers and Thornton. Beaten from variety of plant

Sociations, Loc.: Captain Cook Monument, Bumbora, Palm Glen, Burnt Pine,

Ount Pitt Reserve, Rocky Point Reserve, Selwyn Pine Rd.

Ha PHILOTARSIDAE

Le Phallus emmus Smithers and Thornton. Beaten from shrubs and trees.

9: Captain Cook Monument, Mount Pitt Reserve, Ross Point, Rocky Point

serve,

m o PSOCIDAE

Mi ste lignicola (Enderlein). From twigs and stems. Loc.: Ross Point, Melanesian

үш Mount Pitt Reserve, Bumbora, Rocky Point Reserve, Palm Glen,

dlegate, Selwyn Pine Rd., Burnt Pine.

™

88 Aust. ent. Mag. 7\6), February, 198 |

MYOPSOCIDAE

Phlotodes australis (Brauer). On bark. Loc.: Point Blackbourne, Cascade, Burl

Pine.

Notes on habitat preferences d

Lepidopsocidae. The four species appear to be endemic to the island,

inhabiting the original rain forest plant association. Pteroxanium ralstonae, #4

Pt. evansi occur on tree trunks and in leaf litter; Pt. insularum has be?

taken only from the aerial parts of the plants whereas Lepolepis graeme

appears to be mainly a leaf litter species.

{

Caeciliidae. Most species of Caecilius occur on the leaves of broad-leaved plants |

the Norfolk Island species have been taken only from the aerial parts of

plants.

Ectopsocidae. Members of this family are mainly inhabitants of dried lea

The Norfolk Island species have been taken from dead leaves and flower heads

except for Ectopsocus richardsi of which the only Norfolk Island specimen V^ |

found in the stomach of a gecko. This same species has a very wide distributio" |

and has been taken from various stored products in several countries. Its пай!

habitat is not known but it is probably an inhabitant of dried seed heads. T 1

gecko is known to feed at flowers. Ectopsocus briggsi is known from ma |

parts of the world but E. insularis and E. inornatus have so far been found onl) | |

on Norfolk Island. |

Peripsocidae. Most species are associated with twigs and stems of woody plant |

the Norfolk Island species, of which only Peripsocus norfolkensis appears t0 |

endemic, occur in similar habitats. | |

Pseudocaeciliidae. Heterocaecilius variabilis has been taken from aerial parts P

plants in a variety of plant associations. It is probably a leaf dweller. |

Philotarsidae. Haplophallus emmus is probably endemic, inhabiting twigs ani |

stems of woody plants. |

Psocidae. Blaste lignicola is found on twigs and branches; it is not endemi’

occurring also in Australia. |

Myopsocidae. Phlotodes australis is mainly an inhabitant of tree trunks A

branches; it occurs in New Zealand and is widespread in Australia where it?

common on weathered paling fences.

Acknowledgement j |

I would like to thank Dr G. Monteith for the opportunity of studying ЇЇ i

Norfolk Island Psocoptera collections. |

References

Smithers, C. N., 1980. A redescription of Ectopsocus richardsi (Pearman) (Psocopttf^ |

Ectopsocidae) based on Australian material. Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 13-15, 5 fif 4

Smithers, С. N. and Thornton, I. №. B., 1974. The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Norfolk Isla"

Rec. Aust. Mus. 29(8): 209-234, 67 figs. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 89

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF CETHQSIA PENTHESILEA

PAKSHA FRUHSTORFER (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By M. C. Hall

33 Graham Street, Stuart Park, Darwin, N.T. 5790

Abstract

storm The author briefly describes the life history of Cethosia penthesilea paksha Fruh-

CI including the first report of an Australian food plant.

Introduction

The orange lacewing Cethosia penthesilea paksha Fruhstorfer is confined to patches

Ct monsoon rain forest distributed throughout the northern part of the Northern

Ory over an area north of latitude 15° S. Adults can be found throughout the year

Te usually more common during the first half of the dry season (April to July).

Of reli

errit

Uta

Food Life history

Robe AE The food plant, Adenia heterophylla Blume (Koord) subspecies australis

DNE Brown ex deCondolle) deWilld. (Passifloraceae) is a rampant climber to 30 m in

lon Teaching high into the tops of trees, and bearing bright green entire leaves up to 15 cm

re em wide. The plant bears conspicuous ovoid fruit, about 4 cm long, green at first

Tipening to a rich crimson, which split to reveal passionfruit-like seeds.

Plant Kon 30 May 1976, three first instar larvae were collected together with their food

lack Tom an area of moderately timbered monsoon rain forest, situated adjacent to open

Soil plains, 5 km east of the Adelaide River along the Arnhem highway.

horis, ig, 1).— The first instar larvae were bright reddish brown in colour, with a white

ri та band on abdominal segment 4, and a black head. All segments were clothed with

abdo $. Later instar and mature larvae were orange with brown intersegmental bands,

linge ene! Segment 4 chalk white, and thoracic and abdominal segments 2, 6 and 8 with

oM alk white lateral areas. The anterior half of the prothorax was also white above. The

km апа abdominal segments each had six long tapering spines, black except on

With t Inal segment 4, where they were chalk white, tipped with black. The head was black

Wo long black cylindrical spines.

Fig. 1. Last instar larvae of Cethosia penthesilea paksha.

90 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981

i E {

The larvae were gregarious, feeding, moulting and pupating together. In captivity they |

preferred to eat the stems and fruit of the food plant rather than the leaves; indeed, w00% |

stems up to 1 cm in diameter were completely devoured. Two larvae pupated on 24 Juw |

1976.

Pupa (Fig. 2).— The pupae were bluish black in colour, mottled with white. They had? |

pair of knobbed anterior processes and а pair of short white dorsal spines on the head, thre |

shiny gold dorsal spots on the thorax, six white spines up to 7.5 mm in length on abdomil |

seginent 3, and paired flattened dorsal processes with sharp tips on abdominal segments

and 4 to 6, the largest on 2. The pupae were suspended by the cremaster.

— M سم‎

Fig. 2. Pupa of Cethosia penthesilea paksha. |

Discussion

The spines on both head and body of C. penthesilea paksha are not branched. H |

other species of Cethosia, including C. cydippe L., the larvae are said to have branche

spines (Common and Waterhouse, 1972; Corbet. and Pendlebury, 1978), but at least E

C. cydippe the branches are reduced to small,spicules (Common, pers. comm.) and us

could be true of exotic species also. The pupa is grotesquely shaped and, bears sop |

resemblance to that of C.: cydippe (Common and Waterhouse, 1972, figs 17L, 17M), bu

there are prominent white spines in C. penthesilea and flattened, centrally expanded dorsi!

processes of the abdomen, with sharp points.

Acknowledgements ,

I would like to thank Madelaine Rankin, Government Botanist, Berrimah Experime™

tal Farm for identifying the food plant.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 498 pp. Angus and

Robertson, Sydney.

Corbet, A. S. and Pendlebury, H. M., 1978. The Butterflies of the Malay Peninsula. 3rd

edition, revised by J. №. Eliot, 578 pp. Malayan Nature Society, Kuala Lump

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 91

A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE PAPILIONOIDEA (LEPIDOPTERA)

OF TUGLO WILDLIFE REFUGE, NEW SOUTH WALES

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, 2000

Abstract

A total of 35 species of Papilionoidea (butterflies) is recorded from Tuglo Wildlife

oe А Situated about 10 km south-west of Mount Royal, New South Wales. Data on

eee ШЕШ periods based on three year’s observation are given and the local status of each

O b 15 tentatively indicated. Lycaenids are very poorly represented and satyrine species

€en found to have very regular seasonal appearances.

Ref ире

Introduction

dt Tuglo Wildlife Refuge is a privately owned property of 214 hectares,

» ated about 10 km south-west of Mount Royal and about 49 km north of

Beton, New South Wales (32°14S 151°16 E). It is located on a ridge

s Ming an outlier of the Mount Royal Range with altitudes ranging from 760 m

320 m. The Refuge is of some interest because of its intermediate position

b ^

d Barrington Tops to the north and the low lying Hunter Valley to the

oit This paper is based on observations made on the butterflies (Papilionoidea)

he Refuge; the skippers (Hesperioidea) have not been included as observations

them are continuing.

The environment

4 һ Apart from a relatively flat, higher altitude north-eastern area of about

léctares, most of the property consists of an irregular, steep-sided ridge

nning more or less east-west, descending in a series of ledges or platforms to

si Western boundary formed by Falbrook, a tributary of Glennie’s Creek

SE in turn, drains into the Hunter River. Steep-sided gullies run to the

"West and south from the ridge.

а. Little meteorological data is available for the area; the rainfall was in

$$ Of 1300 mm in 1977 and 1840 mm were recorded in 1978. Winds are

ашу from the north-west and the south-east, the former being responsible for

E dryer conditions on the northern slopes in summer and the harsh

Itions in winter; the south-east winds provide a cooler influence in summer.

Be effects of these winds is clearly seen in the varied vegetation pattern; the

Su tthern slopes support dry sclerophyll and the sheltered southern slopes

aw rain forest and wet sclerophyll. Summer temperatures are high,

ы *ptionally as high as 40°C; frost is frequent in winter and light snowfalls

“asionally occur.

" The major plant communities include rain forest, wet sclerophyll,

Calyptus woodland, dry sclerophyll and grassland; there is a small cultivated

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 |

horticultural area. The boundaries between the main vegetation types 2” |

remarkably sharp in most cases. |

Methods |

Between 28th August, 1976 and 16th April, 1979, 105 visits were made |

to the area; most visits were of two days (weekends) but several were of mud! |

longer duration (up to a fortnight). On each visit a record was kept of the |

butterflies in flight. A small reference collection is housed at the Refuge and W |

eventually be incorporated into the Australian Museum collections. |

For this paper the data has been summarized on a seven day basis by |

dividing the year into seven day periods and combining the records for е0 |

equivalent period each year. For example, species observed between the 2#

and 8th December inclusive are recorded for that period irrespective of the yal |

or number of observations. The first period is arbitrarily taken as 1st-7th July. |

In this system leap years are ignored so that the period 24th February to n |

March has an extra day in leap years. The single day remaining (365th) айй |

dividing a year into seven day periods is always included in the period 2314-30 i

June. By summarizing records in this way those for one year reinforce those for}

another to provide broad seasonal patterns. This gives a more refined pictuf |

than records presented on a monthly basis. Although possible, it is less practi? |

to refine the system to daily records and doing so would confer little advanta |

here over summary by seven day periods. Data are, however, originally recorde |

оп a daily basis and are available at that level if required. In the present serie |

of 105 visits there is only one seven day period during which observations were |

not made, i.e. 12-18th May. |

Results

Thirty five species of Papilionoidea have been recorded from the Refug”

The number recorded in flight in each seven day period is given in Fig. 1. Th |

highest number for any one period is 23 (early January) and there is virtual) |

no flight activity through most of June and July. Prior to the end of Septemb” |

few species are flying and the number drops during the latter part of April 4% |

during May. Activity increases during October and November to reach its ре |

from late November to early January, with an indication of a lesser peak © |

activity in late March and early April apparently due to adult emergence ш |

those species which have two distinct generations annually. |

Observations made so far are insufficient to establish the status of вай |

species for the area; tentative conclusions are indicated as follows:— reside |

species (К) with some stage present at all times of year; vagrant species (V). |

which an occasional specimen enters the area; migratory species (M) of wh |

populations enter the area оп a regular seasonal basis but do not breed E. |

intinerant species (I) of which specimens arrive on a regular seasonal basis 2" |

breed, but the species is not present at all times of the year; this implies tht |

the populations leave after breeding. The tentative nature of this sta |

determination must be stressed as little observation other than on adult |

occurrences has so far been made.

sniobena snuawyer y

ѕпәцәод sepidwe7 i

SHO EUIZIZ y

S///WIsqe sep!jepueo i

ey9euo/pue B3LIIY i

IMEys19y ESSaUEA |Ң

Рә} essaue/

ерл SI284d

snysiAd einA[od

203948 eunadA

5//ебәг euoaqe auoudis! [

snisnauw e1sA20dAH

adojauad euduiAuo48]8H

2914/4141 еуашАиолә1ән

adosaw euduiAuo4818H

//6n|y esnauoyay

eyuece ejnauojyay

8402 e8o[dn3

snddixajd sneueg

snjewey sneueg WN

snddisAsyo sneueg |

Sedes 51191] |

xejnus ewang WN

enibıq ewang i

esnped euipo[3 i

гиби seljeg U

eddiuebe seljag A

әшиелЛа eiisdoje2 W

ешпеа seiddy Ww

enel siaeydeuy W

ѕләјошәр oljided W

snjoeue oljideg |

sna6ae oljided |

uopades winiydes5 A

winueheajew winiydely y

DCCC с с CC OC CC no OC OC

Aust. ent, Mag. 7(6), February, 1981

‘porad Аер иәләѕ yoea ui BuldAjy saizadg “1 “Biz

94 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 |

The species recorded in flight in each period are given in Fig. 2. AM

except three species (91% of the total recorded) had made their appearan |

by the first week in January. Of these, two were probably vagrants (Euplod |

core and Eurema brigitta); only the third (Heteronympha penelope), which |

appears in mid February, can be considered a resident of the area.

25 |

Graphium macleayanum (Leach) flies from October to May and P

probably present throughout the year whereas С. sarpedon (L.) is a cas |

visitor (only one sighting). Papilio aegeus Don. and Р. anactus Macl. are no

common and their relatively late appearance, in December, suggests that the) |

move into the area from elsewhere; if pupae are overwintering in the area

earlier appearance would be expected. P. demoleus (L.) has been seen only as |

occasional individuals, usually flying very fast to Ше N or NE; а NE migratio" |

was noted оп 13-14th November, 1976 involving many specimens. |

}

PAPILIONIDAE |

PIERIDAE d

Anaphaeis java (Spar.) appears at two distinct periods: it is a migrant а?“ |

is usually clearly moving through the area; only occasionally have specim®

been seen to remain in a restricted area for any length of time. Appias pauli

Cram., Catopsilia pyranthe (L.) and Delias aganippe (Don.) have each been see

on only two occasions. Delias nigrina (F.), on the other hand, is clearly reside?

and one of the earliest species in flight. Elodina padusa (Hew.) is not commo?

and has not been seen later than the end of December; its status is uncert2!l |

Eurema brigitta Cram. has been seen only once, in February, but E. smilax (DO |

appears to have two distinct periods of occurrence, one early in the season 4%

the second as late as April. Pieris rapae (L.), likewise, is commonly present from

November to December but after that has not been recorded until April. |

only certain all year round resident pierid is D. nigrina. ӯ

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 95

NYMPHALIDAE — DANAINAE

- Both Danaus plexippus (L.) and D. chrysippus (L.) are absent during

Inter, neither being common until November although occasional specimens

E ûy occur earlier. Incoming adults establish breeding populations on Gompho-

“pus fruticosus L. but there is little evidence of either species after mid June.

E amatus (Macl.) is an occasional visitor and Euploea core (Cram.) has been

een only once.

NYMPHALIDAE — SATYRINAE

the Most species of this subfamily occur at fairly high population levels and

Te is a distinct and remarkably regular sequence of appearance of species

me Qus Tisiphone abeona regalis Wat. occurs in low numbers over very

ERE areas. Heteronympha merope (F.) is the first to appear in October

IS present until late April. The females are much less evident than the males

m Y in the season but can be found in large numbers sheltering under banks,

clin logs or in other shady situations until after the number of males has de-

. ed in mid January. Female flight activity is especially conspicuous from mid

Tuary until late March with a few specimens seen as late as mid to late April.

In early and mid January females are frequently seen settling briefly on

К, such as dams and deep pools іп rivers, and taking off again. This habit

Dpears mainly to coincide with the break up of the groups which have been

ооруп Sheltered positions during the hotter periods of summer. Small

NECS of H. mirifica (But.) are in flight from November but this species has

ed by early January. Hypocysta metirius But., Tisiphone abeona regalis

the Pthima arctoa (F.) all appear at about the same time in mid November,

‚ © two last-mentioned disappearing by mid December but reappearing again

early March. Т. abeona, however, appears to be in flight for a very short

104 whereas Y. arctoa may continue into Мау. Geitoneura acantha (Don.)

Pears in early December and is obvious for only a short period, until the end

anuary at the latest; shortly after its appearance, i.e. in mid December,

Fi gi (Guer.-Men.) appears and remains in flight until the end of April.

ear] Y, H. penelope Wat., the latest satyrine species, does not appear until

" Y February and is in flight until the end of April. The Satyrinae are

Markable for the regularity of their appearance, each species appeared within

e ау or two of the same date in each of the three years covered by the present

Servations,

Water

Per

NYMPHALIDAE — CHARAXINAE

їй a few specimens of Polyura pyrrhus (L.) have been seen, mostly in

NYMPHALIDAE — NYMPHALINAE

Precis villida (God.), Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) and V. itea (F.) are

animes very common, especially the two Vanessa species. They are the

lest species to appear in numbers and can be seen in flight until the end of

me Only D. plexippus and D. chrysippus occur in any numbers later than the

essa species.

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 7\6), February, 198! |

NYMPHALIDAE — ACRAEINAE |

Acraea andromacha (F.) has been seen on only a few occasions.

LYCAENIDAE Н

The low number of lycaenid species recorded so far is remarkable. The |

only common species is Zizina otis (F.) which appears in numbers in Novemb

and has been seen as late as June although the major part of the populatio?

has disappeared by mid to late April. At times vast populations occu!

pastures and open eucalypt forests, wherever clover is abundant. Candalidé

absimilis (Feld.), Lampides boeticus (L.) and Jalmenus evagoras (Don.) have

been uncommon during the years of observations.

Discussion N

It is interesting to compare the results of the observations at Tuglo wi

the records for the Australian Capital Territory accumulated by Kitching €f й

(1978). Considering the great differences in area involved the faunas а |

surprisingly similar, except for the lycaenids.

The papilionid faunas are identical in both localities. |

The pierids are very similar except that Tuglo has Appias pauli!

(occasionally) and E. brigitta (occasionally) whereas A.C.T. has Delias harpaly |

(Don.) and D. argenthona (F.) (occasionally). Anaphaeis java appears а Jit

earlier in A.C.T.; there is a second, short April appearance, as at Tuglo.

The nymphalines are similar in the two areas but the danaines, D. plexipp'

and D. chrysippus, fly until much later at Tuglo and D. plexippus does 10

appear until much later than D. chrysippus in A.C.T. The satyrines diffe

considerably with many more species in A.C.T. This is due to the presence v

the higher altitude species (above about 1200 т) and the “local” spec

Heteronympha paradelpha. The altitudinal differences are emphasized by th

presence on Tuglo of a few “lower altitude” species, such as Ypthima arcto

and Hypocysta metirius which are not recorded by Kitching et al. (197

H. merope seems to appear earlier and H. penelope later at Tuglo than in АСТ

so that the two species coincide in flight for a greater period there but with

‘|

Н. merope being in evidence for a shorter period than at Tuglo. The remain

nymphalids are similar in the two areas but in general show a slightly long" |

flight period at Tuglo. К.

The outstanding difference in the faunas is seen in the lycaenids in wht

there is an abundance of species (25) in A.C.T. but only four so far record

at Tuglo, of which only one is common. This can be seen as a direct outcoM

of lack of host plants at Tuglo (even Acacia species being uncommon) and th

lack of high altitudes.

Acknowledgements Я

I would like to thank my wife Aletta and sons, Graeme and Hartley, fol}

assistance in accumulating records on which this note is based.

Reference

Kitching, В. L.,-Edwards, E. D., Ferguson, D., Fletcher, M. B., and Walker, J. M. 197, |

The butterflies of the Australian Capital Territory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 125-1 |

Aust ent. Mag, 7(6), February, 1981 97

REDESCRIPTION OF HEMEROBIUS AUSTRALIS WALKER

(NEUROPTERA, HEMEROBIIDAE)

By T. R. New

Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083.

Abstract

Hem Both sexes of Hemerobius australis Walker are redescribed and figured. The genus

хори: is confirmed from Australia, and H. australis belongs to a southern hemisphere

es group of this genus.

Introduction

Wal The genus Hemerobius L. has not been confirmed from Australia since

Кег (1853) described Hemerobius australis, and later workers have doubted

sn Obius in his key to Australian hemerobiid genera and, to judge from a

ote in his paper (1916: 307), considered that ‘H. australis’ could be an

m Папі specimen of the abundant Micromus tasmaniae (Walker), although

oting the fore wing venational differences implied in the original descriptions.

Kewise, Tjeder (1961) commented that Hemerobius is absent from Australia. A

"ther source of doubt has been the data included in the original description,

mely ‘New Holland: presented by the Entomological Club’. The insects

Presented at that time are from various parts of the world, including North

serica, and there are places named ‘New Holland’ in both Illinois and

y Sylvania. There is thus the possibility of an error in label interpretation,

(M Occurred with a similarly-labelled species of Chauliodes (Megaloptera)

CLachlan 1867).

The type of Н. australis, however, is clearly labelled ‘Australia’, and does

Onvincingly resemble any described North American Hemerobius species.

Wing poor condition and lacks antennae, legs except the fore femora, hind

mu 88 and abdomen; much of the remaining body is dirty and covered with

Qu During a recent visit to the British Museum (Natural History) four

ueensland specimens of a Hemerobius were found in unsorted material from

e Tillyard collection, and these are clearly referable to H. australis. The

in wing augmented description, which confirms the presence of Hemerobius

Ustralia, is based on these examples.

Hemerobius australis Walker 1853: 289

(Figs 1-11)

Coloration (dry). Pale buff. Eyes dark grey. Genae dark brown. Sides of

tum dark brown. Legs pale, except extremities of all tibiae slightly

ned. Fore wing pale, pterostigma not darkened; all branches of Rs and

a Posterior longitudinal veins with alternating dark and pale lengths (relative

а Sths about 1: 2), each dark length with traces of pale greyish brown

the geste shading on adjacent membrane. Gradates dark brown or grey, slightly

Ve ed; membrane greyed behind Cu,. Hind wing slightly fumose, unmarked,

Nation pale greyish brown. Abdomen buff.

Morphology. Fore wing length ca 7 mm, venation as in Fig. 1. Hind wing

lon as in Fig. 2. All tibiae swollen, the hind tibiae markedly so.

Not c

Prong

ar ke

Ore

Venat

[

98 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 198! |

FEMALE: Abdominal apex as in Fig. 3; ectoproct with field of 9 smal |

trichobothria; gonapophyses laterales broadly rounded. Subgenitale (Fig.

arcuate, transverse and well-developed; margin of sternite VII transverse |

Spermatheca (Fig. 5) small, membranous but with duct well-sclerotised. |

ja 8 9 JF

Figs 1-11. Hemerobius australis Walker. (1, 2) wing venation: (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing

(3-5) 2 genitalia: (3) apex of abdomen, lateral aspect; (4) apex of abdome™

ventral aspect to show subgenitale (shaded); (5) spermatheca; (6-11) d genitali?

(6) apex of abdomen, lateral aspect with insert of apex of anoprocessus;

gonarcus and arcessus, posterior aspect; (8) genitalia, lateral aspect; (9) parame

posterior, aspect; (10, 11) hypandrium internum, lateral and ventral asp

(Trichosors omitted from venation figures.)

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981 99

MALE: Abdominal apex as in Fig. 6; ectoproct elongate, cataprocessus absent,

anoprocessus small and tapered dorsally; a field of 10 small trichobothria; a

8toup of about 8 thickened setae on inner margin near apex. Gonarcus (Figs 7, 8)

With strongly reflexed lateral arms; arcessus (Figs 7, 8) relatively short,

lepresented by two ventrally directed sinuous tapered rods. Parameres (Figs 8,

Slender, sinuous and not strongly divergent, with slight hook at ventral edge.

Ypandrium internum (Figs 10,11) short, with ventral median keel, apex

‘lightly emarginate.

Material examined. Holotype, sex indeterminate, ‘Australia, Ent. Club.

4-12; 1 8, Queensland, Ingham, 13.vi.30; 2 99, 1 sex indet., Queensland, Mt.

Gibbs, 20.iv.30; all in British Museum (Natural History), London.

Comments

. H. australis belongs to a small southern hemisphere group of Hemerobius

Which lack a cataprocessus on the male ectoproct. It is thus similar to several

Species from southern Africa (Tjeder 1961), mainland Chile and Argentina

Nakahara 1960, 1965) and Robinson Crusoe Island (Handschin 1955). This

Species group is now known from the major regions of the southern hemisphere

and appears very distinct from the numerous northern species of Hemerobius.

H. australis is most similar to H. rudebecki Tjeder, H. abditus Tjeder and

H. chilensis Nakahara, but differs from all on details of genitalia. The anoproc-

LS of australis is more pronounced than in any of these species, which all

ick the group of thickened setae on the male ectoproct. This condition is

'eminiscent of some species of Wesmaelius [represented in Australia by W.

‘ubnebulosus (Stephens)] by lacking a fore wing crossvein between M and the

ase of the first branch of Rs. It is separable from Micromus Rambur (the genus

Containing the most abundant and widely-distributed Australian hemerobiids)

У the form of the fore wing radial sector and the presence of a recurrent

Umeral vein. In Micromus, the fore wing Rs has four to six branches from its

à em. In Hemerobius there are only three branches, with the distal dividing into

тее as in Fig. 1.

Acknowledgements

с І ат very grateful to Dr P. Freeman (Keeper of Entomology) and to Dr P.

Barnard for allowing me to study Neuroptera in the British Museum (Natural

story).

Н References

andschin, E., 1955. Los insectos de las islas Juan Fernandez. Neuroptera. Rev. Chil. Ent.

4: 3-20.

n, R., 1867. New genera and species, etc. of neuropterous insects; and a revision

of Mr F. Walker’s British Museum Catalogue of Neuroptera Part II (1853) as far as

N the end of the genus Myrmeleon. J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9: 230-281.

akahara, W., 1960. Systematic studies on the Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera). Mushi 34:

N 1-69, pls 1-16.

akahara, W., 1965. Neotropical Hemerobiidae in the United States National Museum.

T Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 117: 107-122.

Jeder, B., 1961. Neuroptera—Planipennia. The lacewings of southern Africa. 4. Family

Hemerobiidae. S. Afr. anim. Life 8: 296-408.

„ 1853. Catalogue of specimens of Neuropterous insects in the collections of the

British Museum. Part 2. Pp. 193-476.

Мег асма

Walker, F

100 Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6), February, 1981)

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF |

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds |

ALLSOPP, Р. G. and ADAMS, С. D.

1980. Difficulties in separating larval instars of Pterohelaeus darlingensis Carter (Cole |

tera: Tenebrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 373-375, text-figs 1 & 2. I

BAKER, F. H. Uther and THOMPSON, R. T. Eus

1980. A further new genus of the tribe Acantholophine (Coleoptera: Curculionida®

Amycterinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 63-67, text-figs 1-10.

BANYER, R. J., CUTHBERTSON, E. G. and JONES, Е. L. . ixi

1980. Crop protection. In Pratley, J. E. (ed.), Principles of field crop product" |

Sydney University Press. Pp. 326-411, illustr.

BEATTIE, G. A. C. and McDONALD, F. J. D. anol

1980. The effect of aziridinyl chemosterilants of the longevity and mating capacity Al

the Australian sheep blowfly Lucilia cuprina (Wiedemann) (Diptera: Callipho

idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19 (2): 151-156, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

BEGG, C., McHUGH, T. and BLACK, C. 2)

1980. Australian plague locust: memoirs of a campaign. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 910)

22-28, illustr. Д

BELL, Andrew

1980. Praying mantis preys on birds and frogs. Ecos 23: 32, illustr.

BHATTI, J. S. j

1980. Revision of the genus Caprithrips (Thysanoptera: Thripidae), with descriptions"

two new species from India and Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 28(1): 161-171, t€

figs 1-20.

BOCK, lan R. ©

1980. A new species of the Coracina group, genus Drosophila Fallen (Diptera: Dros |

philidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 69-71, text-figs 1 & 2. d.

1980. Drosophilidae of Australia IV. Mycodrosophila (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J. Z0% |

28(2): 261-299, text-figs 1-95.

KEAST, D. and WALSH, L. G. pe

1979. Passage and survival of chlamydospores of Phytophthora cinnamoni Rands, ! b

causal agent of forest dieback disease, through the gastrointestinal tract$ e

termites and wild birds. Appl. Envir. Microbiol. 37: 661-664.

Isoptera: Nasutitermes exitiosus

McCRUM, Eric

1979. Dryandra - October 6-8, 1979. Nat. News Nov. 1979: 3-6.

Aracnida: Storena sp., Nicodamus bicolor

Lepidoptera: Heteronympha merope, Vanessa kershawi, Delias aganippe

RUYOOKA, D. B. A. ;

1979. Associations of Nasutitermes exitiosus (Hill) (Termitidae) and woodrotting fun?

in Eucalyptus regnans F. Muell. and Eucalyptus grandis W. Hill ex Maid?

choice-feeding, laboratory study. Zeit. für angewandte Entomologie 87: 371-388

Isoptera: Nasutitermes exitiosus

SMITH, Brian J., MALCOLM, Helen E. and MORISON, Penelope В. |

1977. Aquatic invertebrate fauna of the Mitta Mitta Valley, Victoria. Victorian №"

94(6): 228-238, text-figs 1-4. |

Species listed from several insect orders.

SMITHERS, C. N.

1977. Additions to knowledge of the Australian Elipsocidae (Psocoptera). Ent. mol

Mag. 112: 123-126, text-figs 1-3.

SORENSEN, Audrey

1979. October outing to Flagstone Creek 7-10-79. Newsl. Toowoomba Fld nat. cub

31123 |

Lepidoptera: 10 butterfly species listed by common name.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All Notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

NS not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

TED. Live moth pupae for study of larval colour changes and food

Plant adaptations etc. Will buy or exchange for moth pupae or adult

Specimens from Europe. Gerold H. Schmalfuss, Foehrenweg 2-4, 8501,

Bx Heroldsberg, West Germany "

CHANGE. I wish to correspond and exchange butterflies with an Australian

collector. Many North American and other Lepidoptera available for

ES Bob Richardson, 2090 Finkebine Street, Columbus, Ohio,

S.A.

EXCHANGE OR PURCHASE. French collector will exchange (or buy) Australian

butterfly and moth livestock against European or exotic living material.

C. Acquier, Zac du Jas de Bouffan, Batiment Procyon No. 3, 13100 Aix,

rance.

WANTED. Specimens of the larger wood moths (Cossidae) especially Xyleutes

boisduvali. Will buy or exchange for Tasmanian insects. S. Fearn, 37

PUR Wentworth St, Launceston, Tasmania 7250.

CHASE. Coleoptera and Lepidoptera from Indonesia, New Guinea (Papua

and Irian Jaya), especially Papilionidae, Nymphalidae (Charaxes), Ceton-

idae, Cerambycidae and Passalidae. A. Chaminade, Chemin de 1а Baou, M.

WA 83110 Sanary sur Mer, France.

TED. Will buy beetles and butterflies of Australia. R. H. Moore, 66 Totara

Park Road, Upper Hutt, New Zealand.

Tradewí ng ` ^ Worldwide Lepidoptera &

Coleoptera

8 Bala, 2

clava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870 1

| Phone: (070) 54 3643 Write for Catalogue

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

ang ; Мет submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

Plicate. ;

*rsons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Opies €prints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for 50

Certify $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

Dove they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

Tates, There are no free reprints.

0 ۾‎ Illustrations: Black and white photographs should be submitted at the size they are

Plat dear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size. Colour

Pate are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120; additional

te а * 5 еасһ. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies aithough paintings

Mm 0 suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more expensive; thus where a

On, Of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such specimens are best photographed

Single slide,

d Consi T papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

Ted unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

/ CONTENTS

CALLAN, E. McC. Further records of Macrosiagon (Coleoptera: Rhipiph-

oridae) reared from eumenid and sphecid wasps in Australia ......

HALL, М. С. Notes on the life history of Cethosia penthesilea paksha

Fruhstorfer (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) .................-

McALPINE, David К. Food plant record for Cruria donowani (Boisduval)

(Lepidoptera: Agaristidae) Жем tors A O REL teen. M

NEW, T. К. Redescription of Hemerobius australis Walker (Neuroptera,

Hemerobiidae) iaa e ers ЛЕ RI eae A cee AIME ICONE

SMITHERS, C. N. Synopsis of localities and key to the Psocoptera of

Моо Тапа ж е ЕИ A pa pon atte

SMITHERS, C.N. A preliminary note on the Papilionoidea (Lepidoptera)

of Tuglo Wildlife Refuge, New South Wales................-

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds..................:

1004

ENTOMOLOGICGALNOMOES,, inside back сой

BOOKS & EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES

ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST

MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.

Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

by Densey Clyne

Now out of print.

| Author has a limited number of signed copies at $12 (post free) [|

Write to D. Clyne, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turramurra, N.S.W. 2074 |

ISSN 0311-1881

A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS —

BEETLE BIOLOGY 21

Produce strong smelling or corrosive chemicals and a few of the former family,

Notably the bombardier beetles, discharge a hot, explosive mixture when

disturbed. These are the pinnacle of evolution in beetle chemical defence.

Natural enemies and hazards

Beetles like all small, rapidly reproducing forms of life, are subject to

агре losses at all stages of their development. The eggs are parasitised by

Small chalcid wasps, or eaten by mites and other scavengers, and the larvae

and pupae are preyed upon by centipedes, wasps and other beetles (sometimes

Y adults of their own species), as well as vertebrates of various groups. Birds

Such as magpies destroy large numbers of ground-dwelling curl grubs and

the larger cockatoos rip cerambycid and other timber borers from their

burrows, Many larvae are parasitised by wasps or two-winged flies before

Completing their metamorphosis; others succumb to specific fungi or to

acterial or viral diseases.

Adult beetles form an important element in the diet of most insectiv-

9rous amphibians*, reptiles, birds and mammals and aquatic beetles are also

Preyed upon by fish. Centipedes and spiders (especially the notorious Redback)

take their toll of the ground dwellers and the large huntsman spiders are

deadly enemies of those living under bark. Flycatchers and other birds catch

the day-fliers and bats consume many of the nocturnal forms.

ў Huge losses are frequently incurred through climatic disasters which,

Australia, include drought, fires, floods and sudden drops in temperature

associated with southerly wind changes. The last mentioned hazard, which

IS highly characteristic of the local climate, leads to frequent stranding of

Myriads of flying beetles and other insects in unfavourable surroundings,

Sometimes far out to sea.

Probably the greatest single threat to our more fastidious native beetles

Comes, however, from destruction of their preferred habitats through the

activities of man. Many of the more attractive species in south-eastern

Ustralia are now evidently much scarcer and more restricted than in the

days of pre-war coleopterists, as described by H. J. Carter in his still

Informative “Gulliver in the Bush” (1933). The justly famous Sydney

Sandstone formerly one of the richest areas for blossom insects in the whole

Country, has now receded drastically in face of the accelerating urban sprawl

nd many other one-time interesting tracts of native bush, well removed

from the big cities, have become depauperate through the effects of clearing

and intensive grazing. Mountain forests are fortunately more secure and

though more frequently burnt over than in the early days, they remain

Опе of the chief reservoirs of our diminishing fauna.

* The introduced Cane Toad causes huge losses in Queensland. It now also occurs in

North-eastern New South Wales.

Fascicle 2, рр. 21-36, November, 1980. ISBN 0 909451 09 5.

чаа

CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE

Although we may gain a great deal of pleasure from observing animals

in the field, without ever putting a name to them, the matter of identificatio?

becomes important as soon as we wish to communicate our findings ОГ to

draw from the fund of information accumulated by others. Early mal

quickly discovered this need and he soon coined terms for bears, wolves;

snakes and other familiar groups that were important in his environment.

But the system of common names inevitably showed its limitations late!

when something of the real diversity of nature became apparent: the

realisation that there were several kinds of bear, for instance, requite

binomial expressions such as ‘brown bear’, ‘grizzly bear’, ‘polar bear’, etc

Then with further increase in knowledge, it would have been necessary t°

distinguish the ‘European brown bear’ from its American counterpart, 4

so on. Here, already, were the beginnings of a classification. Howeveb

common names were becoming cumbersome and were quite unable to сор“

with the increasingly large numbers of species being discovered, particularly

in such diverse groups as beetles, which concern us here. Moreover, SUC

names had the additional drawback that they often varied (and in fact st

do) in usage from place to place. Early pioneers of far-away places tende

to name the local animals after those they knew at home, often w!

unfortunate results. Thus the term ‘badger’ now denotes different though

related animals in Europe and America, and the Australian ‘magpie’ does nol

belong even to the same family as its European namesake. On a more loc!

note, our common term ‘Christmas beetle’ denotes something different 1

every State. One could quote many similar examples.

Fortunately indeed, the eminent Swedish, eighteenth-century biologist

Carl von Linné (whose name is usually rendered in its latinised form Carolus

Linnaeus) foresaw the chaos that would result from the continued 21

undisciplined expansion of the numerous naming systems then in use, and he

proposed an alternative and potentially international scheme, based up?

Latin names of standardised form. Linnaeus published his Systema Naturae 9t

a time when only a small fraction of the world's plant and animal species

were known and when all forms of life were believed to be immutable. Yê

his work was able to weather the complete upheaval in biology caused bY

Darwin’s epoch-making theory of evolution and has continued to accomI"

odate the vast numbers of new organisms that have been discovered in the

intervening two hundred years. Today, the tenth edition of the System

Naturae, published in 1758, is still regarded as the official starting-point 0

zoological nomenclature.

Linnaeus divided the world of nature into three kingdoms, the animal

the vegetable and the mineral, but only the first of these concerns us ће

Within the animal kingdom, he recognised and defined by means of commo?

characters, six major groups, termed ‘classes’, namely, Mammalia (mammals);

CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE 23

Aves (birds), Amphibia (frogs, toads, etc.), Pisces (fish), Insecta (insects, etc)

and Vermes (worms). These Classes are still accepted today, althoguh the

Scope of some has needed to be restricted. Linnaeus divided his Classes into

rders which, in the Class Insecta, comprised: Coleoptera (beetles), Hemiptera

(Sucking bugs), Lepidoptera (butterflies and moths), Neuroptera (lace-wings,

ete.), Hymenoptera (ants, wasps and bees), Diptera (two-winged flies) and

Aptera (fleas, spiders, crabs, scorpions, etc.). The Aptera was something of

2 dumping ground for various jointed animals, most of which we no longer

8SSOCiate with insects but the other Orders are still retained as valid today.

Ithin his Orders, Linnaeus recognised groups of related species which he

Called ‘genera’ (singular: genus) and he gave each of them an unique Latin

Substantive name. Species within a genus were given a distinctive (usually

escriptive) Latin name also, so that the combination genus species names

not only provided a unique citation for each organism but also included an

Indication of relationship as well. Thus in the Mammalia, Felis catus denoted

* domestic cat, Felis leo the lion, Felis tigris the tiger, and so on. The

Smestic dog (Canis familiaris) shared a genus with the wolf (C. lupus), the

fox (C. vulpes), the hyaena (C. hyaena), etc., which we still regard as being

iM or less closely related, although not all are retained in the one genus

0 ay.

Although Linnaeus dealt with only a few thousand species, these already

formed too large and diverse a group for one man to understand fully, so it

I5 hardly surprising that he made a few mistakes. For example, he included

t € cockroaches, as a genus Blatta, in the Coleoptera and although the layman

Might still make the same mistake today, biologists are agreed that

Cockroaches are not beetles but belong to a much more primitive group that

Merits the status of a separate Order, the Blattodea. Likewise, the tremendous

Increase in species known to science has required great expansion of the

innean system, both at the lower levels of genus, species, etc., and in the

Tange of higher categories employed. Since we are concerned here only with’

е Order Coleoptera, some of the new higher categories need not be set ‘out

Ut the following example, showing the systematic position of the South

ast Tiger Beetle, will demonstrate the method:— a

CLASS: INSECTA

ORDER: COLEOPTERA (beetles)

SUBORDER: ADEPHAGA (predacious beetles)

Superfamily: Caraboidea

Family: Carabidae (Ground beetles)

Subfamily: Cicindelinae (Tiger beetles)

Tribe: Cicindelini

Genus: Cicindela

Species: ypsilon

24 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

It should be noted that the names of the four higher categories above

the genus are formed by adding standard Latin endings to the grammatical

‘stem’ of an included genus name: Tribe = stem + INI; Subfamily = stem +

INAE; Family = stem + IDAE; Superfamily = stem + OIDEA. The existence

of these standard endings enables one to recognise the status of any new 0

unfamiliar name at sight. Generic names are spelled with an initial capital

letter but specific names should always be rendered entirely in lower case*,

even when derived from a person's name; in print, both generic and specific

names are set in italic script (e.g. Notonomus carteri Sloane). When citing ап

individual genus in isolation, it is sometimes necessary to give the original

author's (describers) name in full, e.g. Cicindela Linnaeus, but ОП

subsequent mention in the same context, the latter may be abbreviated ОГ

omitted altogether. Likewise, the first full citation of a species should include

the specific author's (but not the generic author's) name: Cicindela ypsilon

Dejean, which may subsequently be abbreviated to C. ypsilon Dej. (Dejean

was a nineteenth-century French coleopterist). Reference to more than one

species within a genus would normally be given in the form: Cicindela

ypsilon Dejean and C. mastersi Macleay, which implies that only one genus

is involved. However, abbreviations are to be avoided when the possibility of

ambiguity exists: Cicindela ypsilon Dejean and Calosoma schayeri Erichson

(not C. schayeri). In formal nomenclatorial works and checklists, it is

customary to place the author's name in parentheses if his species is nO

longer placed in the genus in which he described it.

The niceties of Latin grammat and other complexities of modern zoolog-

ical nomenclature form a expertise in themselves and need not be considered

in detail here. Suffice it is to mention that an international body? has draw?

up a long list of rules governing the application of old names and the coining

of new ones and these are generally accepted as binding by all those involved

in this activity, the aim being of course to achieve complete international stab-

ility in the naming of all animals. Unfortunately however, we have by no means

reached this utopian state of affairs; there is still a large backlogue of old,

incorrectly formed names that were bestowed bdfore the rules became univers

ally accepted and authors still discover (and sometimes create) synonyms that

result from redescription, in ignorance, of animals already known in existing

literature. Scientific names certainly do still change as any keen gardener, for

example, will be fully aware, but they are nevertheless more reliable and

meaningful than a host of common names could ever be. And they are

generally not difficult to remember, when one makes the effort, although

some beginners tend to be deterred by them. After all, many such as

Eucalyptus, Banksia and Rhododendron have already passed into everyday

language. Anyone with a knowledge of the classics will not be troubled in the

slightest but will soon observe that many biological names are not genuine

* Notwithstanding the practice of some Continental authors.

T The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.

CLASSIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE 25

Latin words but are merely given Latin form. Many generic (and some

Specific) names are derived from ancient Greek roots, e.g. Phoracantha (a

genus of Longhorn beetles, Cerambycidae), from Phorein plus acanthos,

Meaning’ ‘carrying a spine’; others may be merely anagrams (e.g. my carabid

8enera Trephisa, Theprisa and Raphetis, anagrams of the earlier Teraphis

Castelnau) or even arbitrary combinations of letters. However, such names are

always treated as if they were Latin substantives. Specific names are usually

atin adjectives, e.g. albus (white), albomaculatus (white-marked), grandis

large), that should agree in gender with the generic name. However modern

Specific names are often based upon other modern names and merely given

a Latin-like form, e.g. carteri, named after H. J. Carter, a pre-war Australian

Coleopterist or sydneyensis, implying ‘occurring in the Sydney region’. Some

Specific names are Latin (or Latin-like) nouns in apposition which unlike

adjectival names, do not change their gender to suit a change of genus. Thus the

Small carabid Stenolophus smaragdulus Fabricius is now known as Egadroma

Smaragdula but Stenolophus dingo Castelnau becomes Egadroma dingo

Named after the Australian dingo).

The various steps involved in classifying organisms, the description of

New species, the coining of new names, the erection of new categories, the

rearrangement of existing groups and so on, are collectively referred to as

taxonomy’ (after the Greek tassos, to arrange); the entities themselves

(families, genera, species etc.) are called ‘taxa’ (singular: taxon); and the

Specialist dealing with them is a ‘taxonomist’. Most naturalists would not

Wish to claim such status, when their interest lies mainly with well known

groups (plants, mammals, birds, etc.). However, with so large and incompl-

etely studied a group as the beetles, where identifications on sight are

Seldom possible, an elementary knowledge of the taxonomy is an essential

asis for any serious work.

MAKING A COLLECTION

Although many general naturalists will be content to observe living

beetles in the field, those interested in publishing their findings will soon

deem it necessary to preserve some specimens, as an important aid to

identification, and the formation of an extensive reference collection is the

logical next step (indeed a vital one) for anyone wishing to undertake serious

and independent study of any section of our native Coleoptera. Such students

will soon develop equipment and techniques to suit their own requirements

and the following notes are therefore intended merely to provide a starting:

point from which they may then make their own way. Further hints and

directions of a more general kind may be obtained from “The Collection and

Preservation of Insects” by K. R. Norris and M. S. Upton, 1974 (The

Australian Entomological Society, Miscellaneous Publication No. 3).

Field equipment

The requirements for field work with beetles are not great and

equipment need not be expensive but it should be of strong and serviceable

construction. Most of the smaller items that are constantly needed at hand

are best carried in a satchel, slung over the shoulder and strapped or tied

around the waist. The bag should be fitted with compartments of assorted

sizes to allow for ready stowage and retrieval of tubes, boxes, killing bottles

and instruments that are often needed in quick succession, with the minimum

of fuss.

Nets

A lightly built aerial net of the type favoured by butterfly collectors

will have limited use in beetle work but it will certainly be needed for

catching the agile Tiger beetles (Carabidae, Cicindelinae), the larger Jewel

beetles (Buprestidae) and others that take to the wing so readily in hot sunny

conditions. A wide variety of nets is available from suppliers but the kinds

with a folding, spring-steel hoop, a light-weight aluminium handle and 2

white nylon-mesh bag are the most suited to our purpose (beetles are often

difficult to see in the black net bags favoured by lepidopterists). A second, |

short-handled net, triangular in cross-section, will also prove useful for

under-bark collecting from living trees. The loop of such a net should have

one side of taut string or cord so that, when pressed against the tree, it will |

take up the shape of the trunk. |

The sweep net, used for brushing specimens from low herbage, and

the water net may be of similar stout conctruction; both are liable to suffer

a good deal of heavy wear. The hoop should be firm in use but preferably

hinged for folding and the bag should be attached by means of a dozen or so

brass rings (a direct cloth to hoop connection would soon become quite

unserviceable through wear and tear).

MAKING A COLLECTION 27

Specimen tubes

An assortment of stoppered glass specimen tubes will be needed to

transport live beetles, particularly the larger species, and also larvae and

pupae. The 75 mm x 25 mm size is probably the most useful and at least six

should be carried, preferably in a suitable metal box. Plastic tubes of similar

size might appear to be attractive alternatives and they are certainly lighter

and less easily broken but they soon become scratched and semi-opaque and

are attacked by some organic solvents and killing agents. A second box of

Smaller tubes is also useful.

Aspirator

An aspirator or ‘pooter’ is indispensible for collecting small, easily

damaged or active specimens from difficult situations, such as crevices in

bark, amongst gravel or on wet mud, etc. This instrument (Fig. 24) may be

Made at home if a small quantity of glass tubing is available. A 75 mm x

25 mm glass specimen tube will serve well as the collection chamber and, of

Course, may quickly be replaced. In action, the mouthpiece is held between

the teeth and the intake tube lowered over the specimen. A short, sharp

Fig. 24, Two kinds of aspirator (or ‘pooter’) for collecting small specimens. Model A

is easier to construct but B has the advantage of taking replaceable standard

vials. f, flexible rubber or plastic tube; g, gauze cover to prevent egress of

specimens and detritus; i, rigid glass or plastic intake tube; m, rigid mouthpiece.

28 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

intake of breath will result in speedy transfer of the specimen to the collection

chamber without fuss or damage. When sufficient specimens are present, the

tube may be detached and stoppered or the contents emptied directly into

the killing bottle (a wiser alternative when carnivorous species are present):

Killing bottle

Killing bottles may be of various shapes but need not be very large;

my own, which has been in service for thirty years, is a ‘four-ounce’ (about

100 ml), wide-mouth, reagent bottle of a rather old-fashioned and solid (but

eminently suitable) type, closed by a shallow cork bung. The surface of the

bung has been sanded smooth and its rim rounded off to decrease the danger

of accidental removal; its centre is pierced by an 18 mm hole, which i$

closed by a second and much smaller bung (I use a plastic stopper nowadays).

Some collectors fit the inner hole with a short length of wide-bore glass

tubing and stopper, a system that certainly renders escape more difficult. In

use, the bottle is half-filled with crumpled paper tissue, to which has been

added a small wad soaked in the killing agent (usually ethyl acetate). АП but

the largest captures are added through the smaller aperture, thus minimising

loss of toxic vapours during repeated opening.

A couple of glass killing tubes, modelled on the same lines, are desirable

as a reserve, or for segregating captures according to locality, habitat, etc-

when one is on an extended trip.

Probe

A probing tool, such as a stout screw-driver or a blunt chisel, will also

be needed; this can be used in a variety of ways, such as bark-scraping, break-

ing up rotten wood, raking wet gravel, turning dung-pads and so on. Forceps

should also be carried but as they are so readily mislaid in the bush, they

are best tied to the satchel by a generous length of string.

Polythene bags

Polythene bags of various sizes take up little room when empty and

form ideal containers for fungi, twigs, leaf litter and other materials that may

be required for detailed examination later, or for breeding purposes. Also à

square of white plastic will serve as a shaking-sheet for examining earth ОГ

litter siftings in the open.

Sieves

Among more cumbersome items of equipment that will be needed less

frequently we have the sieves, the beating tray and the light-trap. A nesting

pair of sieves of 6 mm and 3 mm gauges, in light-weight aluminium of the

type sold to gem collectors, suits our purpose well.

Beating tray

One type of beating tray is now available on the local market and

others are obtainable overseas. Basically, they take the form of a sheet of

MAKING A COLLECTION 29

tough fabric (scrim or canvas) of about one metre square, supported on а

Collapsable frame and provided with a short, stout handle. Several designs

jd available and details of two are given by M. S. Moulds in the Australian

"tomological Magazine, 1972, 1: 7-10. My own (which I constructed myself)

Opens and folds after the manner of a J apanese fan.

Light sheets/traps і

The light for home use need be по more than a high-powered globe in

: Standard socket, with a long extension lead, and suspended over a white

ee’ part of which should be hung vertically. Since beetles, like most

ects, are more sensitive to the violet end of the spectrum, a globe that

emits strongly in this region is best. A ‘blended’ mercury vapour globe is the

Most convenient choice, for it combines a fairly good spectral range with a

rene Service life and runs directly from the mains. Mercury vapour lamps that

quire a heavy choke in the circuit are much more effective but less

Convenient, Low-wattage, portable fluorescent units with buit-in circuitry,

Suited to running directly from a standard car battery, are now available from

«calers and are ideal for night work in out-of-the-way places. “Black light” or

кеше blue” tubes сап be fitted to these units and they greatly increase the

Re but the insects are difficult to see without a subsidiary lamp, and the

‘Caring of protective goggles or sun-glasses is mandatory, to shield the eyes

tom damaging ultraviolet rays. :

а Traps that include a container beneath the globe are available commer-

y; these are safer when “black light” is to be used, since continuous

Monitoring is not required. However, they catch vast quantities of unwanted

Material that requires lengthy sorting and ultimately goes to waste. Also, the

“sired specimens are more subject to damage and are likely to be soiled with

Noth scales that are difficult to remove.

Field work

Within our region, beetles occur in almost every available habitat from

the Seashore to the top of Mount Kosciusko and even Ше most circumscribed

Urban garden will harbour an interesting though restricted fauna.

Oreoyer, some field work is always possible at any season of the year.

a ble specimens are liable to turn up in the most unexpected circumstances

Gs places and the enthusiastic collector should never be without some small

а Ntainer in his pocket. Naturally, however, the majority of his better

“Ptures will be the results of deliberate and methodical searches.

On the beaches, turning over seaweed and other jetsam above high-

ater mark will generally reveal a few of the rather large and grey-mottled

“Phylinids of the genus Cafius, together with many smaller members of the

Пу, and dead birds and fish will nearly always afford something of interest

Ue Histeridae (genus Saprinus), immigrant Hide beetles (Dermestes spp)

30 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

and, perhaps, the curious little depigmented staphylinid Sartallus signatus |

Shp. Higher up on the loose clean sand, one can expect to see Tiger beetles

(Cicindela ypsilon Dej.) running actively in the sun and making short sharp

flights when close pursued.

The gravel or mud beside small creeks entering the sea should v?

examined for small Ground beetles of the genus Tachys and then splashe

with water to cause others lurking beneath the surface to emerge. Small

beetles (Limnichidae and Byrrhidae) and the curious Heterocerus species are

likely to feature in the catch where the substrate is rich in organic matter

Further inland the same creek should produce a wide range of Carabida®

probably including the handsome green and yellow Chlaenius darlingens

Cast. and the black and yellow Bombardier, Pheropsophus verticalis De):

that fires its hot defensive fluid with an audible “pop”. As one progress

away from the coast and the Dividing Range, into the drier regions, creé

and billabongs become increasingly important foci for many beetles, especia y

in high summer, and should always be well worked. In the waters themselves

there will be a variety of Dytiscidae and other aquatic families awaiting ne

net and all such habitats should be sampled, ranging from still and brackis

to fast-flowing and fresh.

Log rolling is perhaps the most productive means for collecting the

many ground-frequenting Carabidae and Tenebrionidae, especially when the

soil is not too dry. In the coastal and mountain forests Notonomls

(Carabidae) and Cardiothorax (Tenebrionidae) will be prominent gener?

whereas in more open areas these will be replaced by Sarticus and Adelium:

respectively. The rather scarce burrowing carabids of Carenum and relate

genera may turn up occasionally but these are more common in sandy

regions further inland; they need to be searched for in winter and early |

spring, before the heat and drought drive them further underground. ston?

turning is generally unproductive in the lowlands but it can be worthwhil?

in the alpine region, where logs are few and beetles keep close to the surface |

Leaf litter, particularly that from moist fern gullies, can always be

relied upon to produce a catch of smaller Carabidae, Staphylinid®

Pselaphidae, etc., together with the black-and-yellow mottled chafers of th? |

genus Telura (Scarabaeidae, Melolonthinae). Such litter may be sieved ont?

the ground-sheet for local inspection, thrown in handfuls into the near

water, when the beetles will soon struggle to the surface, or brought home

in bags for processing in Tullgren funnels. Material from the garden compo

heap will also prove productive at any season, if treated in similar ways. Mos

is often rather sterile but the denser kind growing in wet situations such ?

near water falls or on logs or tree-trunks in dense forest, is worth investigatio?

Various beetles live or hibernate under the loose bark of livi"

eucalypts and stripping such material over a net or beating tray will обе!

produce a large collection. The smooth-barked gums that regularly exfolia

are most suitable and winter to early spring is the best time of year. Capture

MAKING A COLLECTION >

àre likely to include a host of smaller Carabidae, mostly striped or spotted in

yellow on black (genera Demetrida, Philophloeus, Agonochila, Amblytelus,

NE and in warmer regions, perhaps the brilliant purplish-blue Aenigma iris

Other families almost certain to be well represented are Elateridae

(usually by large numbers of dull-coloured Lacon and a few of the more

d tractive kinds); Cleridae (pretty little Checkered beetles and also the large,

ШІ brown Natalis species); Chrysomelidae (numerous Leaf beetles of Paropsis

and related genera); Coccinellidae (Ladybirds, especially the unspotted

hyzsobius ventralis Er.); Tenebrionidae (including the bright metallic

alcopterus species); Cerambycidae (Longhorn beetles); and Dermestidae

qj #О4етта spp), that feed upon dead insect remains. Some of these

Ubcortical beetles emerge at night and may then be taken with the aid ofa

Spotlight,

d Fallen timber may also prove productive, especially of larvae, the fauna

“Pending upon the state of decay but always including a number of

*nebrionidae. If the bark is still loosely attached and the sapwood moist,

* very flat Cucujidae may be expected together with their extraordinary

mee (Fig. 18) and the Carabidae and Histeridae that prey upon them. If

Ons of the heartwood are permanently wet and punky, the more

Ylindrical beetles of the genus Prostomis (Prostomidae) are likely to be

ah perhaps together with a few of the rare family Rhysodidae. On the

er hand, relatively recently fallen timber if not too dried out, will more

ely yield larvae of the primary borers, of which the Cerambycidae are

se minent. Subsequently, when the wood has been riddled and the rot has

м In, the Tenebrionidae take over, with a wide range of species suited to

„У state of disintegration and every level of moisture content. Such

er is also home for colonies of the semi-social Passalidae, whose adults

larvae occur together, and one may well come across larvae of one of

€ Stag beetles (Lucanidae) in the firmer parts of the same log.

" Fallen eucalypt branches that still have the leaves attached and in

ntact with bare ground afford shelter and food for a number of detritius-

*eding Lagriidae, Tenebrionidae, etc., together with predatory Staphylinidae

10 Carabidae and are always well worth the shifting, provided conditions

te not too dry.

ar Fungi of the toadstool type yield relatively few species but those

$ Owing on dead wood are often more productive. Bracket fungi (Polyporus

PP) on dead or ailing eucalypts should be knocked down and stored in a

Polythene bag until any larvae present have had time to transform. In this

One is almost certain to obtain plenty of attractive little Erotylidae

E Пиз Thallis) and perhaps also some of the larger red-and-black Episcaphulus.

m growing under damp fallen logs are sometimes almost encrusted with

(Evy velvety-red Lemodes (Anthicidae) and the Ladybird-like Stenotarsus

domychidae) occur there more rarely.

32 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

Branches of trees and shrubs, if tapped sharply over the beating t14’

will yield many of the plant-feeding Chrysomelidae and Curculionidae,

especially in the richer coastal forests, but this mode of collecting shoul

preferably be reserved for dull days since many species take to the wing

rapidly in hot sunshine, and are often lost. Further inland, the variety о

shrubby plants declines but young gum foliage, in particular the ‘whipstic

regrowth from stumps left by timber getters, will repay attention. The

various feathery-leaved wattles can also be relied upon to produce a 500

haul. Other plants worth special mention аге the primitive Burrawang

(Macrozamia) of the coastal ranges and the more widely spread Grass-treó

(Xanthorrhoea). The fruiting bodies of either, if retained in plastic bags, V

produce many interesting weevils and the trunks of dead specimens, whe

dismantled round by round, will certainly be found to harbour predaciovs

Carabidae, Staphylinidae and Histeridae that feed upon the numerous y

maggots present.

Low plants, generally, may be worked with the sweep-net and mixed

swamp vegetation can be very productive in this way. Many species that al

not active during daylight may be swept at dusk as they ascend the stems

to commence their evening flight. In spring, when the ground is moist, 800

catches of ground-frequenting beetles and their larvae are to be had 0

pulling up the larger tussock grasses and breaking up their root systems

over a white sheet. Many of the larvae taken will be about to pupate, thus

affording opportunities both to add adult species to the collection and ®

elucidate unrecorded life-histories. In the drier areas, spinifex clumps may be

treated in the same way, after having been cut off just below ground Јене

with a sharp spade. l

Blossom work is perhaps the most appealing method of collecting n

the Australian bush and the sight of a good stand of well honeyed bloom:

sparkling in the hot sun and fairly teeming with its beetle visitors, is eno"

to quicken the pulse of any naturalist, young or old. The coastal standstoW

areas of the Sydney region have long been famous in this way and althou8

now sadly depleted, they are still capable of producing an impressive show:

Spring and early summer are the best seasons here, and the Decemb?"

flowering Angophora cordifolia (“dwarf apple” or “heart-leaf apple”) is the

favoured bush, although some of the Leptospermum species (tea-trees), 4”

particularly L. flavescens are also very good. Most conspicuous among t

visitors are the Jewel beetles (Buprestidae), of which there is an amazin?

variety of species, most of them belonging to the single great genus S tigmodel@

Some of the larger kinds are rather wary and confine their attentions to the

higher sprays where they are difficult to approach; almost all are quick 0

take to the wing when disturbed. A light, long-handled net is therefore the

best means of capture.

Besides the Jewel beetles, numerous chafers throng the bloom and fal

in showers into the net; these are mostly small species of Phyllotocus but

the larger, fast-flying Rose chafers, such as Eupoecila australasiae Don. 4%

хе a a =,

ي‎ eee

—

MAKING A COLLECTION 33

P olystigma punctata Don. are also very conspicuous. Wasp-like Longhorns

Cerambycidae) tax even the trained eye as they move, staccato fashion,

Over the bloom, in company with their more numerous and forbidding

ymenopterous models.

The blossom season becomes progressively later as one ascends the

tablelands and higher slopes. Here Leptospermum and Bursaria provide the

Main attraction and both can be worked profitably well into February or

even early March. Gum blossom is also attractive particularly that of the

Ow, mallee-like Eucalyptus stricta, in the Blue Mountains, and the taller

toad-leaved Peppermint (Е. dives), and Yellow Box (Е. melliodora) on the

tablelands, but much of the latter is normally out of reach. Most wattle

loom comes too early in the season and is generally unproductive but the

8teen wattles (Acacia mearnsii and A. parramattensis), which flower in

Summer, are always worth examination. At times and in places where the

better kinds of bloom are not available, plants of the heath family

Pacridaceae) may often produce a good capture, as may some of the more

Oriferous Daisy-bushes (Olearia), or even the miserable Cauliflower-bush

Cassinia). Single herbaceous flowers, such as Native Yam (Microseris) and

luebells (Wahlenbergia) should also be examined.

Dung and carrion are not utilised by beetles here to the extent that

Опе observes overseas, because of the restricted mammalian fauna that was

available for exploitation in the past. However, cow and horse dung, as well

as that of native marsupials, provided it is not dried out, will produce a

Number of the scarab genus Onthophagus, of which the bronze-black

. australis Boisd. is generally the most common. The large, dull orange-

town and black Ptomaphila lachrymosa Schreib., one of our very few native

llphidae, is plentiful on carcasses, as are the Devil's Coach-horse beetles

Creophilus spp, Staphylinidae) of which there are two closely related

‘Ocal species, The curiously embossed and slow-moving Trox species (Trog-

ldae) occur in numbers under mummified carcasses and dried animal

"mains, together with the smaller Histeridae and Dermestidae. Some

Particularly fine species of Trox occur in the arid regions of the outback,

e Г carcasses dry out quickly and soon become unsuitable for most other

etles. :

Highly specialised habitats such as the nests of birds and mammals

‘nd the sap exudations from trees attacked by cossid moth larvae, which

“Te much favoured as collecting sites by northern hemisphere coleopterists,

‘te less productive here, presumably because most of them dry out too

кысу in our climate to be able to support a continuing fauna. However,

Uch habitats are still worth investigating when the opportunity offers and

ey may result in some unexpected captures (e.g., the discovery of an

entirely new family, Cavognathidae, based upon a species found in magpies’

nests, a few years ago).

The nests of ants and to a lesser extent, those of termites, harbour

many interesting and highly adapted species of beetles, particularly of the

34 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

families Histeridae, Ptinidae and Staphylinidae but the systematic working of

such habitats is a specialised study that calls for much patience and dedication

Of the deliberate trapping methods, light at night is by far the most

productive under our conditions. In the outback in particular, where daytime

collecting can prove very unrewarding at times, a few hours’ work with ?

light and a sheet, under hot, humid conditions, on a moonless night, cà?

often make all the difference between failure and a most successful trip. Even

flightless ground-dwelling species may be attracted to the light and a wide!

search of the surroundings, with the aid of a hand torch, may well reveal 4

number of very desirable burrowing carabids of the Carenum group as they

go about their business on the surface, where none would have been seen I!

daylight hours. The light should be lit about twenty minutes after sunset 1!

order to attract the early-flying, crepuscular species, as well as those that are

active well into the night.

Pitfall traps are perhaps most effective where they can be left in situ

for extended periods and monitored at frequent intervals but they should not

be neglected for long unless provided with some chemical preservative 5%

formalin or better, 5% propylene phenoxetol) to prevent deterioration at

wastage of captures. For short-term use ordinary tin cans are quite suitable

these should be perforated at-the-bottom for drainage purposes and sunk UP

to their rims in the substrate; they may be sited singly in likely-lookiné

depressions or runways, or set in straight rows of three, linked across ел

tops by a lath of timber: The latter will considerably increase the сас

because specimens that would otherwise have passed between the traps W

be deflected into them. Baiting with carrion, fish-offal, dung, etc. will furthe!

increase and diversify the catch, and even setting for just a night or two

should be worthwhile in good localities through which the collector happen

to be passing. However, in the interests of conservation, traps should not b?

left in situ to continue their action indefinitely in areas that are unlikely to

be revisited.

Lastly may be mentioned the household beetles and those of stored

products. These are mostly introduced, cosmopolitan species that wou

scarcely fall within the scope of a work on native insects but as many 0

them are firmly established in cities and their suburbs and are likely to come

to the notice of the general coleopterist, they may be dealt with briefly. The

rather large Mediterranean carabid Laemostenus complanatus Dej. (16 mm^

dull black, elytra with a bluish sheen, is quite frequent in basements a!

cellars of the older city buildings, where it preys upon other household

insects. Before its alien status was recognised, it was redescribed as L. australi

Blbn. The well known Carpet beetles (Dermestidae), whose larvae damag?

woollen goods (and insect collections!), include both the established Europea

Anthrenus verbasci L. and the native Anthrenocerus australis Hope. Thes

are small, rotund beetles, prettily variegated with small coloured scales. They

need to escape from indoors every year to feed and mate on nearby flowet

MAKING A COLLECTION 35

and hence they are often found wandering over window panes in early

Summer. Imported Powder-post beetles (Lyctidae) often emerge from house-

hold timbers and both native and alien Spider beetles (Ptinidae) also occur

Indoors, usually in association with dry packaged foods. The small black

tenebrionid Alphitobius diaperinus Panz. (the Lesser Mealworm) is often very

Plentiful in fowl-houses and is liable to turn up anywhere in fowl manure.

hen there are a number of unimpressive but important species belonging to

Several families that are to be found in granaries or warehouses, where they

attack cereal products and other stores.

Rearing beetles

Unlike butterflies and moths, beetles are not very subject to wear and

tear during their adult lives. Thus the coleopterist is less dependent upon

Tearing as a source of acceptable specimens than is his lepidopterist

Counterpart. There are certainly some local beetles that because of a very

short adult life span are seldom seen, except as larvae, and in such cases

Tearing does become important as a means for augmenting the collection.

evertheless, the main incentives for undertaking this often rather exacting

Work are probably the intrinsic interest and diversity of beetle life histories

and the scope they offer for original observation. Since so many of the local

Species are quite unknown in their early stages, they present a real challenge

to the young enthusiast with the necessary time and patience to rear them

Tough, with the added bonus of a worthwhile addition to scientific

Owledge attendant to every success.

The main key to such success is to reproduce as closely as possible the

Natural conditions under which larvae are found but careful attention to

Ygiene will also be most important. In general it is the primary feeders

at are most readily reared: the leaf-eaters, wood-borers, detritus-feeders

and so one. These seldom need more than confinement with the material upon

Which they feed. Thus, given reasonable control of temperature and humidity,

Many stored-products species will continue to breed for several generations

Ш a single jar of produce, and most leaf-eating beetles are readily reared in

Me-wire cages, provided with a continuous supply of fresh foliage of their

choice, together with a layer of damp earth in which to pupate.

Many of the larvae to be found in rotten wood or bracket fungi will

Complete their development successfully in tins or jars of these materials,

With just sufficient ventilation and watering to avoid the extremes of

Moulding and drying out.

Plastic (polythene) bags, although very useful for field collecting and

Ort-term storage, are readily breached by many boring beetles or larvae and

Should not be used for rearing purposes unless inspected at frequent intervals.

lass jars of the fruit-preserving type, their lids provided with small ventilation

Ports and covered with fine wire gauze, are perhaps the most satisfactory

36 BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA

containers for this kind of work. On a smaller scale, plastic-stoppered

specimen tubes of various sizes, with just one or two pin holes in the lid, will

be found to function very well. Many Dermestidae and Ptinidae are readily _

reared on a substrate of dried insects confined in this way.

Predacious species are often difficult to handle unless the specimens -

are captured when close to being full fed. Problems of disease and of food |

supply are paramount here, and the longer the larvae need to be maintained; _

the lower the chances of success. Water beetles (Dytiscidae, Gyrinidae an

Hydrophilidae) generally cause less difficulty than terrestrial predators and

may often be reared successfully in ordinary aquariums, provided with 4

suitable supply of small living prey and with the facility to leave the wate!

for pupation. Because of their pronounced cannibalistic tendencies, such

larvae should be reared individually in separate containers.

Adult Tiger beetles (Carabidae, Cicindelinae) will mate and lay readily |

in large vivariums provided with a deep layer of damp sand and the resulting

hatchling larvae are comparatively easy to rear. Worker termites serve as 41

ideal food for these and other sedentary carabid larvae, with unspecifiC _

feeding habits. Blocks cast from plaster of Paris, which can be kept

permanently moist, and which can be made to include cells of various size;

form ideal containers for the smaller roving predators. |

Whenever practicable, larval exuviae should be preserved together with |

the bred adult, or with an adequate label indicating the identity of the species -

concerned, for such material will subsequently provide a valuable aid t0

identification in further work. It will also help to avoid mistakes that could |

otherwise arise through rearing from mixed cultures. Any parasite that

emerges should also be preserved, together with the appropriate data, and

later passed over to a specialist in the group concerned.

Preparing the specimens

A. Killing

Ethyl acetate (acetic ether) is by far the best general killing agent fo!

beetles since it leaves the specimens perfectly relaxed for setting, although

prolonged contact with its vapours can be harmful to certain fugitive colours;

particularly the pigment-based reds and greens. This material (which may Dê

purchased at most of the larger chemists’ stores) is a colourless and rather

volatile liquid with a not unpleasant, somewhat fruity odour. It is non-toxic |

to humans (except, perhaps, in massive doses) and though inflammable, its '

flash-point is not dangerously low. Its first action on insects is as ай i

anaesthetic and specimens that are removed from its vapours soon after

knock-down are likely to recover. Thus individuals seen at this stage to bé

badly damaged or otherwise undesirable need not be sacrificed; those that

are required should be returned promptly to the killing bottle and left there

for at least an hour or, preferably, overnight. By the following morning |

d AL "MÀ

L А

C E

AUSTRALIAN (o

Aust, ent, Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

JUNE, 1981

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted |

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealan |

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession?

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded {0

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$9.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$12.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Deborah Kent

Shows the face of the larva, Tapeigaster annulipes Macquart (Dipte™

Heleomyzidae). The genus Tapeigaster is endemic to Australia, where it is wide

distributed through temperate regions. The larvae of Tapeigaster are known 2

live in various kinds of fungi.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

253 Condamine St, Balgowlah,

N.S.W., 2093.

| "1 297) р ÓN

" 4 Ig #

\ ә) 1004

\ J JL. [927

- 170]

ICTORIA

Ñ eo,

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 8, Part 1 June, 1981

THE FOOD PLANTS OF JALMENUS EVAGORAS (DONOVAN)

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By T. J. Hawkeswood

Department of Botany, James Cook University of North Queensland,

Townsville, Queensland, 4811

Abstract

am A new larval food. plant, Acacia ingramii Tindale, is recorded for Jalmenus

eters evagoras (Donovan) from the Armidale district, New South Wales. The literature

‘onl ood plant data for J. evagoras (Donovan) is summarized. The 15 known larval

oh plants, all of which are Acacia species, are listed. Acacia botrycephala (Vent.)

Pe recorded asa larval food plant of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras and Pseudalmenus

(8 ree chloris Waterhouse and Lyell, should now be known as Acacia terminalis

alisb.) Macbride.

М On Christmas Day, 1978, a visit was made to Dangars Falls, about 20

ESE of Armidale, New South Wales (30°41'S, 151°44’E). Here five pupae

m two second instar larvae of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan) were

ollected from a small bush of Acacia ingramii Tindale, a food plant

Previously unrecorded for this butterfly. This species is usually a spreading,

кып shrub growing to 2-5 m in height, but sometimes growing as ап

rect tree to 7.5 m in height. It is related to A. neriifolia A. Cunn. ex

mine but differs in its growth habit and has narrower phyllodes with

ib: bearing short, stiff hairs (Tindale, 1978). A. ingramii is confined to

dis Dangars and Wollomombi Falls areas, and the Gara and Oaky River

istricts of the upper Macleay River catchment in north-eastern New South

hes (Tindale, 1978), while A. neriifolia occurs from south-east Queensland

| ictoria (Tindale, 1978). Harslett (1965) recorded A. neriifolia as a food

7 ant from near Stanthorpe, Queensland, so it is unlikely that she confused

: Nertifolia with A. ingramii.

bel All of the fifteen known food plants of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan)

4 ong to the genus Acacia. Thirteen of these are for J. evagoras evagoras:

cacia binervata DC. (Chisholm, 1925); A. cunninghamii Hook. (Manski,

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

1960); А. dealbata Link (Barnard, 1889; Crosby, 1951); A. decurrens (Wendl)

Willd. (Froggatt, 1892, 1902; Thorn, 1924; Borch, 1928; Harslett, 1965);

A. falcata Willd. (Common and Waterhouse, 1972); A. ingramii (Hawkeswood,

this paper); A. irrorata Sieb. ex. Spreng. (Common and Waterhouse, 1972);

A. mearnsii De Wild (Thorn, 1924; Coleman, 1943); A. melanoxylon R. Br.

(Chisholm, 1925); A. neriifolia A. Cunn. ex Benth. (Harslett, 1965); A. rubida |

A. Cunn. (Common and Waterhouse, 1972); A. spectabilis A. Cunn. (Harslett, |

1965); A. terminalis (Salisb.) Macbride [known prior to Tindale, 1975 %

A. botrycephala (Vent.) Desf.] (Common and Waterhouse, 1972). Two food

plants are recorded for J. evagoras eubulus Miskin: A. penninervis Sieb. |

ex DC. (Waterhouse, 1932); A. harpophylla F. Muell. (Waterhouse, 1932).

The records by Common and Waterhouse (1972) of A. falcata, A.

irrorata, A. rubida and A. terminalis (as A. botrycephala) are presumably

from previously unpublished information. They overlooked Chisholm’s (192

record of A. binervata.

A. terminalis has also been recorded as a food plant for Pseudalmenvs

chlorinda chloris Waterhouse and Lyell by Binns (1976) where it again appeal

as A. botrycephala.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Mr M. S. Moulds for his assistance in the

preparation of this paper. I also wish to thank Mr J. D. O'Dea, Departmen!

of Physiology, University of New England, Armidale, for his comments af?

suggestions.

References

Barnard, Е. G. A., 1889. Notes on the butterfly, Jalmenus evagoras, Don. Victorian Nat.

5: 168.

Binns, D., 1976. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and central New

South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3: 73-74. i

Borch, C. H., 1928. Life histories of some Victorian lycaenids. Victorian Nat. 45:

188-193.

Chisholm, E. C., 1925. The principal fauna of the Comboyne Plateau, 1923-1925. Aust.

Zool. 4: 54-74.

Coleman, E., 1943. Note on butterflies. Victorian Nat. 59: 188. А

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob

ertson, Sydney, 498 pp. 4

Crosby, D. F., 1951. Note on some eastern Victorian butterflies, with а new Victoria”

record. Victorian Nat. 68: 97-101.

Froggatt, W. W., 1892. Notes and exhibits. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2)7: 40-41.

Froggatt, W. W., 1902. Insects of wattle trees. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 13: 701-720.

Harslett, J., 1965. Butterflies from the Stanthorpe district, Queensland, with notes on

their food plants. Od Nat. 17: 106-112.

Manski, M. J., 1960. Food plants of some Queensland Lepidoptera. Od Nat. 16: 68-73:

Thorn, L. B., 1924. Notes on the life-histories of some Victorian lycaenid butterflies

Victorian Nat. 41: 43-50.

Tindale, M. D., 1975. Notes on Australian taxa of Acacia. No. 4. Telopea. 1: 68-83:

Tindale, M. D., 1978. Notes on Australian taxa of Acacia. No. 5. Telopea. 1: 371-386:

Waterhouse, С. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 291 pP

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 ;

TEMPORAL AND SPATIAL VARIATION OF PARASITISM IN DANAUS

PLEXIPPUS (L.) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE: DANAINAE)

By Myron P. Zalucki

School of Australian Environmental Studies, Griffith University, Nathan, Qld 4111*

Abstract

The incidence of parasitism of Danaus plexippus (L.) larvae was studied over a

me year period. The only parasite reared out of instar III and older larvae was the

achinid Sturmia convergens (Wied.). Levels of parasitism ranged from 11% to 100%.

ime of year and the size of the food plant patch strongly influenced levels of

Parasitism, being lowest in winter and in larvae found on isolated plants.

Introduction

The population dynamics of any species of animal is intimately associat-

ed with the density and dispersion of suitable resources. This is especially

the case for the larvae of many Lepidoptera which utilise ephemeral or annual

"00d plants. Interactions between the spatial dispersion of the plants and an

Insect's behaviour and physiological state will determine how many eggs are

aid. Similarly, predators and parasitoids of these eggs and the resulting larvae

Will be influenced by the dispersion of the food plant and of the quarry itself.

In this paper, I attempt to answer two questions: (1) what is the

temporal variation in mortality of Danaus plexippus (L.) larvae due to

Parasitoids; and (2) what are the effects of patch size and dispersion of host

Plants on the levels of parasitism.

The role parasitoids play in the regulation of the levels of butterfly

Populations is not fully understood (Gilbert and Singer, 1975). Considerable

8ographical and temporal variation in levels of parasitism have been recorded

among field populations of larvae (e.g. Richards, 1940; Dempster, 1967, 1971

Or Pieris rapae; Urquhart, 1960 for D. plexippus; Edmunds, 1976 for D.

Chrysippus), The proportion of parasitism does not always correlate with

Population trends (Duffey, 1968) although parasitoids have been viewed as

Important controlling agents in other studies (e.g. Parker and Pinnell, 1972;

Varley er al., 1973). Edmunds (1976) has also suggested that the levels of

‘Oundance of cryptic, palatable larvae are controlled by predators, whereas

Ose of conspicuous aposematic caterpillars such as those of D. plexippus

lave high mortalities due to parasitoids.

Most studies of populations (and of parasitism) have been confined to

Pest/crop systems and a good deal of ‘text-book ecology’ comes from such

Studies. The monarch/milkweed system provides an opportunity to study

Ost-parasite interactions under non pest/crop conditions. Milkweeds as a

"source have a patchy distribution (Zalucki, Chandica and Kitching, in

Preparation). The influence of patch size and dispersion on parasitism is of

Interest. particularly in the light of recent theoretical studies of the effects of

Patchiness on predator-prey and host-parasite interactions (e.g. Hassell and

ay, 1974; May, 1978).

* Present address: Dept. of Entomology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld. 4067

4 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

Methods

Between June 1978 and September 1979 seven collections of D. plexippus larvae

were made from, Asclepias Spp. plants in the Beenleigh and other areas of south-east

Queensland (27°43' S; 153°12'Е). On each occasion 20-30 plants were thoroughly

searched and all larvae removed. These were reared in the laboratory to determine the

type and percentage of parasitism. On three occasions larvae were collected from within

large milkweed patches and from small isolated clumps (two to five plants within a metre

of one another) and single isolated plants. A plant (or clump) was “isolated” if there was

no other plant within 50 m. АП other collections came from plants within patches

Larvae collected were separated into instars and kept together as a group, being placed

into individual perspex tubes upon reaching the fifth instar. The dipterous parasitoids

which emerged were kindly identified by Dr D. Н. Colless, Division of Entomology:

CSIRO, Canberra.

An index of the larval abundance of D. plexippus could not be obtained from the

sample: collected to determine parasitism as variable numbers of plants were searched and

these were located in many different positions. An estimate of larval abundance was

provided by counts of eggs and larvae on a planted-out patch of sixteen plants. Absolute

counts of eggs and larvae were made on this patch (Zalucki, 1980). The monthly egg

counts provide a reasonable index of the abundance of D. plexippus indicating trends in

population changes over a one year period.

Results

Table 1 lists the collection areas, dates and numbers of each instal

collected. All parasitoids reared out of the collected D. plexippus larvae

were Sturmia convergens (Wied.) (Tachinidae). Table 2 summarises the percent

parasitism by instar for all collections. No first or second instar larvae

contained parasites. Larvae that become parasitised during the third instar

TABLE 1

Collection dates, sites, patch types and numbers collected in each instar

: Nos collected in each instar

Date Site Patch type* I Ш IV V

21.vi.78 Beenleigh P 8 3 2 3 6

11.x.78 Logan Village P 29 7 11 5 3

13.xii.78 Beenleigh P 9 3 7 1 7

13.xii.78 Beenleigh S 18 11 9 1 3

20.11.79 Beenleigh Р - - 2 4 5

20.11.79 Beenleigh S - - 3 2 -

15.v.79 Beenleigh P - - 4 7 10

15.v.79 Beenleigh S - - 2 4 4

15.vii.79 Nathan P - - 1 4 5

15.ix.79 Sunnybank P - - 10 6 8

ж Р = large milkweed patch, diameter >20 m.

S = single milkweed plants or small clump >50 m from nearest other milkweed.

TABLE 2

Incidence of parasitism by Sturmia convergens in larvae of different instars*

ims Number Number not Death %

parasitised parasitised (other causes) parasitised

I 0 49 15 0

II 0 24 9 0

Ш 16 28 8 36.4

ІУ 22 12 3 64.7

у 40 7 4 85.1

* Includes both patch and single plant collections.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 5

Will usually pupate normally. The parasitoid larvae will then bore out of the

Pupa, killing it, fall to the ground and themselves pupate. The adult fly

emerges one to two weeks later depending on temperature. Occasionally,

the parasitoid will burrow out of instar V. Usually one parasitoid emerged

Per host though on occasions from two to four larvae emerged from a single

Ost. If a third or older instar died it was dissected and checked for parasitoid

larvae. If one was found, the D. plexippus larvae was scored as parasitised,

Otherwise such larvae were excluded from the calculation of the figures for

Percentage parasitism presented in Tables 2 and 3 and Figure 1. As only

stars Ш, IV and V are parasitised the percent parasitism for each sampling

Occasion is based on these larvae only (Fig. 1, Table 3).

Figure 1 shows the incidence of parasitism over time and patch size.

The curve of the population index does not correspond to the dates of

Collection of parasitoids and offers only an indication of larval population

Changes over a year. Although based on a small number of larvae on each

collection date (Table 3), there is a trend in the incidence of parasitism

Over the year. From low levels at the end of winter, the incidence of

Parasitism increases to a peak around the end of summer (Fig. 1).

Assuming that D. plexippus shows similar patterns of abundance in

Successive years, these levels of «parasitism are closely associated with the

abundance of larvae (Fig. 1). It is, however, unclear whether the decline in

2. plexippus abundance is due to high parasitism by Sturmia convergens, or

П D. plexippus declines for some other reason such as weather and the

abundance of Sturmia declines in consequence.

TABLE 3

Estimated mortality of D. plexippus larvae from Sturmia convergens parasitoids

Month % parasitism by S. convergens Population

(1978) pt st index

June 82 (11)*

July

August

September

October 11 (19) 7

November 32

December 67 (15) 38 (13) 27

January 37

February 64 (11) 20 (5) 71

March 153

April 118

May 100 (21) 50 (10) 39

June 20

July 80 (10) 39

August 28

September 42 (24) 39

* Figures in parenthesis show numbers of III, ТУ & V instar larvae collected which did

not die of other causes, i.e. of 11 larvae collected in June 1978, 82% were parasitised.

+ Egg counts from a cultivated milkweed patch between October 1977 and September

1978. Values refer to total numbers of eggs laid per month.

+ P = large milkweed patch >20 m diameter

++ S = single milkweed plants or small clumps >50 m from nearest other milkweed.

6 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

The effects of patch size and position are also shown in Fig. 1. Larva£

on single or small isolated clumps are significantly less parasitised than

larvae from ‘large’ patches during the same period of time. The percent

parasitism of larvae in patches [77% + 20 (SD), N = 3] and for “single

plants [36% + 15 (SD), N = 3] based on those months when collections were

made in each, were significantly different (t = 2.3247, p < 0.05).

Discussion

Caution must be exercised in the interpretation of figures for percentage

parasitism in field populations when these are estimated by rearing samples

of larvae. This is particularly the case if parasitised larvae and pupae art

preyed upon selectively by small mammals (Campbell and Sloan, 1977).

There is no evidence that mammal or bird predation is a major mortality

factor in D. plexippus. Both larvae and pupae contain cardiac glycosides

(e.g. Dixon et al., 1978) which are vertebrate toxins and, supposedly, confe!

some immunity to such predation. My own studies on mortality in D.

plexippus larvae (Zalucki, 1980) indicate that heavy losses due mainly t0 |

entomophagous invertebrates occur in the egg, first and second instars

Proportionately fewer larvae are lost in instars III, IV and V. Due to sampling

difficulties losses in the pupal stage could not be estimated. Again vertebrate

predation may be discounted. The percentage of parasitism in reared field |

samples will reflect, therefore, actual levels of parasitism in the field.

100

Percentage parasitised

—

1978 1979

Fig. 1. Percentage parasitism of D. plexippus larvae by S. convergens over time. Cros

hatching refers to larvae in large milkweed patches >20 m diameter, horizonté!

hatching to larvae on single plants or small clumps >50 m from nearest othe! |

milkweed. Population index (---) represents egg counts from a cultivated milkweed

patch of 16 plants from October 1977 to September 1978 and indicates population

trends only (refer to Table 3 for actual numbers ot eggs).

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 7

The results for D. plexippus agree with Edmunds’ (1976) hypothesis

(see above). Larvae of D. plexippus are cryptically coloured and patterned

When viewed from a distance on their host plant, but are brightly, aposemat-

ically coloured when viewed close-up. Levels of parasitism in D. plexippus

larvae (instars III, IV, V) are high, as expected (up to 100%), although losses

are also high in the egg and the first and second larval instars due to

invertebrate predators from which cardiac glycosides provide no protection.

Changes in levels of parasitism over time show a seasonal trend which

seems to correspond to changes in larval abundance of D. plexippus. Only

long term observations on larval numbers and levels of parasitism will show

Whether or not the two cycle together and, accordingly, whether parasites

are an important factor in population regulation. Sturmia convergens has

also been recorded as a parasite of the common nymphalid, Precis villida

(Fab.) and two moths, Brithys crini (Fab.) (Noctuidae) and Agrius convolvuli

(L.) (Sphingidae) (Crosskey, 1973). No doubt there are other hosts. The

varying abundance of these alternative hosts will influence the abundance of

S. convergens and hence levels of parasitism in D. plexippus.

The patchy distribution of milkweeds will also influence parasitism.

Milkweeds occur in patches of various sizes and show a clumped dispersion

Pattern (Zalucki, 1980). It is generally accepted that the spatial dispersion of

tesources, their density and other aspects of environmental heterogeneity

Such as background vegetation, associated plants, barriers and size, can have

Significant effects on population colonisation and survival (e.g. Huffaker,

1958; Dethier, 1959; Pimentel ef al., 1963; Dempster, 1969; Root, 1973;

Cromartie, 1975; Ralph, 1977).

Samples from small isolated patches as opposed to large patches show

Up to a two-fold difference in the percent parasitism. Given the wide range

Of patch sizes one might expect a wide variance in levels of parasitism. Only

à much more extensive sampling programme encompassing the full spectrum

Of patch sizes could reveal the statistical relationship between percent

Parasitism and patch size.

In the only other study of parasitism in D. plexippus larvae in Australia

Smithers (1973) recorded Winthemia diversa (Malloch) as the major tachinid

Parasitoid and a few specimens of Sturmia sp. The absence of W. diversa

from my own larval collections suggests that perhaps the range of this

tachinid does not extend into coastal south-east Queensland. It should be

Noted that Smithers’ results are based on work in and around Sydney. On

the other hand the temporal pattern of parasitism levels observed by J. Liddy

in Queensland and reported by Smithers (1973) agree with my own obser-

Vations presented in Fig. 1.

Acknowledgements

The author wishes to thank Rhondda Rowe for assistance with larval collection

and rearing, Dr R. L. Kitching for his advice and supervision and Dr D. Connell for making

facilities available. The author was supported by a C.P.R.A. scholarship.

8 Aust. ent. Мад. 8(1), June, 1981

References

Campbell, R. W. and Sloan, R. J., 1977. Natural regulation of innocuous gypsy moth

populations. Env. Ent. 6: 315-322.

Cromartie, W. J. Jnr, 1975. The effect of stand size and vegetational background on the

colonization of cruciferous plants by herbivorous insects. J. appl. Ecol. 12:

517-533.

Crosskey, R. W., 1973. A conspectus of the Tachinidae (Diptera) of Australia, including

keys to the supraspecific taxa and taxonomic and host catalogues. Bull. Br.

Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) Suppl. 21. |

Dempster, J. P., 1967. The control of Pieris rapae with DDT. (1) The natural mortality

of the young stages of Pieris. J. appl. Ecol. 4: 485-500.

Dempster, J. P., 1969. Some effects of weed control on the numbers of the small cabbage

white (Pieris rapae L.) on Brussels sprouts. J. appl. Ecol. 6: 339-346.

Dempster, J. P., 1971. The population ecology of the cinnabar moth, Tyria jacobaeae L.

(Lepidoptera, Arectiidae). Oecologia 7: 26-67.

Dethier, V. G., 1959. Food plant distribution and density and larval dispersal as factor

affecting insect populations. Can. Ent. 91: 581-596.

Dixon, C.-A., Erickson, J. M., Kellett, Р. N. and Rothschild, M., 1978. Some adaptations

between Danaus plexippus and its food plant, with notes on Danaus chrysippus

and Euploea core (Insecta: Lepidoptera). J. Zool., Lond. 185: 437-467.

Duffey, E., 1968. Ecological studies of the large copper butterfly, Lycaena dispar Haw.

batavus Obth. at Woodwalton Fen National Nature Reserve, Huntingdonshire

J. appl. Ecol. 5: 69-96.

Edmunds, M., 1976. Larval mortality and population regulation in the butterfly Danaus

chrysippus in Ghana. Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 58: 129-145.

Gilbert, L. E. and Singer, M. C., 1975. Butterfly ecology. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 6: 369-

397.

Hasswell, M. P. and May, R. M., 1974. Aggregation in predators and insect parasites and

its effects on stability. J. anim. Ecol. 43: 567-594.

Huffaker, C. B., 1958. Experimental studies on predation: dispersion factors and

predator-prey oscillations. Hilgardia 27: 343-383.

May, R. M., 1978. Host-parasitoid system in patchy environments: a phenomenological

model. J. anim. Ecol. 47: 833-843. 1

Parker, F. D. and Pinnell, R. E., 1972. Further studies of the biological control of Piers

rapae using supplemental host and parasite releases. Env. Ent. 1: 150-157:

Pimentel, D., Nagel, №. P. and Madded, J. L., 1963. Space-time structure of the environ

ment and the survival of parasite-host systems. Amer. Nat. 97: 141-167.

Ralph, C. P., 1977. Effects of host plant density on populations of a specialized, seed”

sucking bug, Oncopeltus fasciatus. Ecology 58: 799-809.

Richards, O. W., 1940. The biology of the small white butterfly (Pieris rapae), with

special reference to the factors controlling its abundance. J. anim. Ecol. 9:

243-288.

Root, К. B., 1973. Organization of a plant-arthropod association in simple and divers?

habitats: the fauna of collards (Brassica oleracea). Ecol. Monogr. 43: 95-124

Smithers, C. N., 1973. A note on natural enemies of Danaus plexippus (L.) (Lepidopter?:

Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 1: 37-40.

Urquhart, F. A., 1960. The monarch butterfly. Univ. Toronto Press.

Varley, С. C., Gradwell, С. К. and Hassell, M. P., 1973. Insect population ecology: а"

analytical approach. Blackwell Sic. Pub., London.

Zalucki, M. P., 1980. Animal movement and its population consequences, with a cas?

study of Danaus plexippus L. Ph.D. Thesis, Griffith University.

Zalucki, M. P., Chandica, A. and Kitching, R. L., 1981. Quantifying the distribution and

abundance of an animal’s resources using aerial photography, Oecologia (in press)

Aust, ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 2

OBSERVATIONS ON THE PREY AND NESTS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN

SPIDER WASPS (HYMENOPTERA, POMPILIDAE)

By Howard E. Evans, Mary Alice Evans, and Allan Hook

Department of Zoology and Entomology, Colorado State

University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523, U.S.A.

Abstract

bicol Prey records are presented for the following species of Pompilidae: Cryptocheilus

" otor (Fabricius), C. distinctus (Smith), Priocnemis erythrothorax (Turner), Agenioideus

a o (Е abricius), Batozonellus tricolor (Smith), Telostegus nigrocinerascens (Turn-

EX: ompilus cinereus (Fabricius), Turneromyia melancholicus (Smith), and Crenostegus

Urrumbidgee Evans. Nests of Cryptocheilus distinctus are described.

Introduction

Р Relatively little has been published regarding the prey and nests of the

- Ompilidae of Australia despite the fact that these are conspicuous elements

m the fauna throughout much of the continent. Evans and Matthews (1973)

scd seven species and pointed out notable differences in behaviour

Thong several genera. Many of the morphological differences are doubtless

Correlated with behaviour patterns, so it is important to describe these when

Possible. For example, the unusual modifications of the head in some genera

are correlated with predation on trap-door spiders (Evans, 1972); the develop-

mont of the rake on the fore tarsi is correlated with nest and soil type; and

€ presence of scales on the body of several genera that specialize on orb

Weavers may well represent an adaptation for escaping from spider’s webs,

*5 pointed out for other insects by Eisner (1964).

Р We describe here the prey and in some cases the nests of nine species of

Ompilidae which we studied during the summer of 1979-80. Six of these

rec not been studied in the field previously. Voucher specimens have been

*posited in the collections of the University of Queensland (wasps) and the

Ueensland Museum (spiders).

Cryptocheilus bicolor (Fabricius)

ү This large and familiar species occurs over the greater part of Australia.

* encountered females with prey on three occasions. On 23 September a

(SD was dragging a large spider backwards through a grassy area about 10 m

Тот the Brisbane River, Queensland, holding the spider by either its chelicerae

?r pedipalps (we could not determine which). From time to time she dropped

* spider on the ground while she explored ahead. She was captured as she

“gan to drag her prey into tall grass. The spider proved to be Heteropoda

Mgulans Koch (Sparassidae). At Amby, Queensland, on 27 November, we saw

3 female bicolor attack a large Lycosa sp. (Lycosidae) in a dry, sandy creek

*d. Our third encounter with the species was near Waroona, in Western

Ustralia, on 11 April. In this instance the wasp was seen behaving in an

“gitated manner in a clump of dense grass and ferns, in pursuit of a large

10 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

spider which fled amongst the vegetation. A few minutes later we parted the

vegetation and discovered that the spider [a female Isopoda leishmani Hogg

(Sparassidae)] had been paralysed. As we tried to take the spider, the wasp

defended it vigorously, buzzing loudly and trying to sting a stick we used as à

probe. For about five minutes she circled the spider aggressively, when we

finally captured her. Evans and Matthews (1973) presented two additional

records of Sparassidae as prey.

Cryptocheilus distinctus (Smith)

We found two females of this species nesting 10 km south of

Coonabarabran, New South Wales, 14-17 January. The first was seen digging

in a sandy track through eucalypt woodland, scraping the soil into a small

pile which was later dispersed (though we did not observe how this was

done). The paralysed spider was hanging in the crotch of a dead bush 1.2 m

away and 30 cm above the ground. The wasp visited the spider about every

five minutes, each time returning to resume her digging. This nest was

excavated the following day and found to contain a paralysed spider bearing

an egg 3 mm long obliquely on the side of its abdomen. The spider was

identified as Eriophora biapicata (Koch) (Araneidae). The burrow was

oblique, 12 cm long, leading to a cell 6.5 cm deep. The burrow had been

tightly packed with sand. The spider was still well paralysed when the burrow

was excavated. The second nest was discovered in a search for nests of

Cerceris (Sphecidae). A plastic cup had been placed over a vertical hole in

compact sand, surrounded by a rim of soil. This hole was 1.5 cm in diameter

and may have been made by a beetle or one of the larger species of Cerceris.

A Cryptocheilus female emerged into this cup and was found to have made 2

nest off the side of this burrow, starting 3 cm deep and descending

obliquely to a depth of 13 cm. The cell contained a paralysed Lycosa laeta

Koch (Lycosidae); the egg was dislodged during digging.

We must express some doubt as to the identification of these wasps-

C. distinctus was described from a male, and pending a revision of the

Australian species of this genus, we cannot be certain that these females аге

properly associated with this species, though it seems likely on the basis of

size and coloration.

Priocnemis erythrothorax (Turner)

This species is characteristic of wet sclerophyll woodland in eastern

Australia. We observed a female dragging a spider across a little-used track on

the slopes of Mt. Nebo, about 20 km west of Brisbane, Queensland. She

grasped the spider by the base of one of the front legs, so that the spider

was held in an oblique position. She was taken as she entered dense vegetation.

The spider was a female of the family Miturgidae, probably a species О

Uliodon. The wasp was compared with the type of erythrothorax in the

British Museum (Natural History) and found to be conspecific.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 11

Agenioideus nigricornis (Fabricius)

. A А female of this widely distributed species was seen carrying prey in an

area of compact sandy clay near Blunder Creek, on the south side of the

City of Brisbane, Queensland, on 1 November. She walked forward holding a

female Steatoda femorale (Thorell) (Theridiidae) in her mandibles. The wasp

dropped her prey amongst some leaf litter and appeared to be exploring

Crevices in the soil when she was captured.

Batozonellus tricolor (Smith)

Observations were made on this species in the same area as the preceding,

9n 6 December. A female was digging in a sandy road through eucalypt

Woodland while her paralysed spider lay exposed on the soil 30 cm away.

Tom time to time she returned to her prey briefly, then resumed her digging;

ach time she appeared to experience difficulty in finding both the prey and

the burrow. Wasp and prey were collected, the prey proving.to be a female

Oecilopachys australasia (Griffin and Pigeon) (Araneidae). Batozonellus

elongs to a complex of genera (including Poecilopompilus and Episyron)

Which appear to be specialists on orb-weaving spiders.

Telostegus nigrocinerascens (Turner)

This species was extremely common along a steep bank in a man-made

*Xcavation into fine-grained sand at the same locality as the preceding two

observations. Nests were often dug into the sides of the vertical bank.

males carried their prey backward, holding one of the spider’s legs, and

Often turned about and flew short distances with their prey. On 4 January a

emale was seen to fly about a meter with her prey and to land on,a branch

al 0.5 m above the ground. She was carrying a female Diaea evanida

Pech (Thomisidae). Other records for members of this genus suggest that

ёу are specialists on spiders of the genus Diaea. {

Pompilus cinereus (Fabricius)

This wasp occurs very widely in the Eastern Hemisphere and in

Australia is encountered wherever there is fine-grained sand not far from

Water. Females characteristically walk forward carrying their prey in their

mandibles. There are many published prey records, and we here add several

More, In Brisbane, at the same locality as the preceding three observations,

RS took females with the following prey: Lycosa palabunda Koch, Lycosa

“eta Koch, and Lycosa sp. (12 November and 4 January). At Yeppoon,

Queensland, on 13 October, we took two females on sandy ridges behind the

Sea beach, one carrying a paralysed Lycosa speciosa Koch, the other Trochosa

expolita Koch. Although all these records are for Lycosidae, there are

Numerous records of this species preying on errant spiders of other families

(Day, 1981).

12 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

Turneromyia melancholicus (Smith)

This wasp was also studied near Blunder Creek, Brisbane. On 8 Dec-

ember, some buzzing was heard in a small pile of sticks at the base of a clay

bank in open eucalypt woodland. A short time later a pompilid appeared ОЛ

top of the sticks and began grooming herself. In a moment she re-entered the

pile of sticks and reappeared dragging a paralysed spider behind her, grasping

it in her mandibles by the chelicerae or pedipalps. Wasp and spider Werê

taken; the latter proved to be a female Olios punctatus Koch (Sparassidae):

Ctenostegus murrumbidgee Evans

Females of this small wasp were seen carrying spiders backward ove!

the soil. The first was at Eungella National Park, about 80 km northwest of

Mackay, Queensland, on 17 October. The spider was identified as Clubion4

sp. A second female was seen digging an oblique burrow in sandy clay 50

beneath a picnic table. Males were common in this area and were seen ®

approach females on several occasions, tending to confirm a sex association

previously based only on museun material. Near Blunder Creek, in Brisbane

a female murrumbidgee was seen carrying a female Chiracanthium sp. She

was taken as she tried to free the paralysed spider from a spider's web 1

which it became entangled. Both of these spiders belong to the family

Clubionidae. This is only the third published prey record for members of

this large genus: C. warragai Evans and C. buromi Evans are both reported t0

prey on Lycosa (Evans and Matthews, 1973; Evans, 1976).

Acknowledgements

For identification of the spider prey, we are greatly indebted to V.

Davies and R. McKay, of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. These studies

were conducted while the senior author held a research fellowship in th?

Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, and a travel grant

from the National Geographic Society, U.S.A. Mary Alice Evans held ?

fellowship from the American Association of University Women. Allan Hook

held a grant for dissertation research from the National Science Foundation:

U.S.A., No. BNS79-12602.

References

Day, M. C., 1981. A revision of Pompilus Fabricius (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae), with

further nomenclatural and biological considerations. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist.

(Ent.) 42: 1-42. |

Eisner, T., 1964. Adhesiveness of spider silk. Science 146: 1058-1061.

Evans, H. E., 1972. The tribe Ctenoceratini in Australia (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae):

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 11: 244-252. .

Evans, H. E., 1976. A revision of spider wasps of the genus Ctenostegus (Hymenopter?

Pompilidae). Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 43, 107 pp.

Evans, H. E. and Matthews, R. W., 1973. Behavioural observations on some Australia?

spider wasps (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. London 125:

45-55.

A A Rr nii inns igne A ا‎

(——————————' 'JJOI— ———HÓÓ

Aust. ent, Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 13

THE FEMALE OF PS/LOPSOCUS PULCHRIPENNIS SMITHERS AND

THORNTON (PSOCOPTERA: PSILOPSOCIDAE)

By С. ЇЧ. Smithers

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney

Introduction

Smithers and Thornton (1973) reviewed the species of Psilopsocus

Enderlein of New Guinea and gave a key to the five known species of the

genus. As male material only of Psilopsocus pulchripennis Smithers and

hornton was available the female could not be described. A female which

Corresponds in general features with the male and which is almost certainly

that of Ps, pulchripennis has now been found amongst material on loan from

the Bernice Р. Bishop Museum, Honolulu. This is described here.

D Psilopsocus pulchripennis Smithers and Thornton

ESCRIPTION OF FEMALE

Coloration (in alcohol). As in male, the pigmented areas are little more

extensive but the pattern the same. ;

Morphology. Length of body: 3.4 mm. Median epicranial suture distinct

but fine. Lengths of flagellar segments: f, : 0.96 mm; f; : 1.00 mm. Pubescence.

of flagellar segments fine. Eyes fairly large but not reaching level of vertex.

celli small. Apex of lacinia divided into the usual small internal cusp and

Toader external cusp, the latter divided into about six sharply pointed teeth,

9f tooth arrangement. Hind femur fairly short. Hind tibia with row of

“tenidiobothria along ventral surface as well as less well developed ctenidia

generally distributed over surface. Fore and middle tibiae similarly bearing

“tenidiobothria but without strongly developed ventral row. Measurements.of

hind leg: Е: 0.72 mm; T: 1.40 mm; t, : 0.49 mm; t; : 0.084 mm; tz: 0.14 mm;

It: 6.0: 1: 1.65; ct: 17, 1, 1. Fore wing length: 5.0 mm; width: 1.6 mm.

€nation and wing form as in male. Epiproct (Fig. 2). Subgenital plate (Fig.

1). Gonapophyses (Fig. 3).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. NEW GUINEA: 1 9, Bulldog Rd., about 14 km south

of Edie Creek, 2405 m, 4.vii.1966 (G. A. Samuelson).

Discussion

__ The female of Psilopsocus pulchripennis will run out in the key pro-

vided by Smithers and Thornton (1973, p. 103). It differs from that of

Р ®. nigricornis Enderlein in wing pattern and form of the gonapophyses. In Ps.

"ericornis the dorsal valve tapers gradually to its recurved point whereas in

8. pulchripennis it narrows abruptly about half way along its length and then

tapers to a fine point as in Ps. marmoratus Smithers and Thornton. It differs

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

Figs 1-3. Psilopsocus pulchripennis SM. and Th. ©: (1) subgenital plate; (2) epiproct;

(3) gonapophyses.

from that species in lacking the small median seta on the posterior lobe of

the subgenital plate and the sclerified bars associated with the entrance 10

the spermatheca are longer.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Dr J. L. Gressitt for the loan of Psocopter4

material, the Australian Research Grants Committee for financial support fot

work on the Psocoptera and Mr M. Robinson for preparing the illustrations

to this note.

Reference

Smithers, C. N. and Thornton, I. W. B., 1973. The Psilopsocidae (Psocoptera) of New

Guinea. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 98(2): 98-103, 13 figs.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 15

AN AID FOR COLLECTING BARK-INHABITING INSECTS

By C. E. Chadwick

1/155 Herring Rd, North Ryde, N.S.W.

Many species of insects, especially Hemiptera and Coleoptera, shelter

Under bark. Eucalypts, with reasonably loose bark and a smooth trunk, e.g.

ucalyptus tereticornis and E. haemastoma, are well patronised and are good

‘pots for winter collecting.

A Frequently pieces of bark are too strongly attached to be lifted by the

Ingers or by a screwdriver, which is sometimes used, and desirable specimens

are able to escape. A simple and effective aid to remove such bark can be

Made from the end of a discarded car spring and a short length of garden hose.

A car spring is made of slightly curved flexible steel and is thinner and

"ounded at each end. A piece about 25 cm long taken from one end forms

е basis of the gadget. Using an oxy-acetylene blow torch metal is cut from

ach side of the selected piece to leave a central section about 1.5 cm wide

"d about 10 cm long to act as a handle (Fig. 1). A piece of garden hose

T appropriate length and diameter may then be forced over the handle.

le measurements given have been found appropriate, but may be varied to

uit the collector's needs.

Fig. 1

ne The thin rounded edge at the end of the spring enables it to be inserted

пе ег bark with ease, while the curved flexible steel and the handle give it

Pama cable leverage. This tool is much more effective than fingers or a

ал CE and its cost is very low. It can be made from discarded materials

o almost any metal workshop or garage could cut the handle to shape

" à small charge. The tool can be used for digging in very limited areas, and

$ originally made by Mr L. I. Cady of Kiama for digging up terrestrial orchids.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

FIRST RECORD OF APATURINA ERMINEA (CRAMER)

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA

By G. A. Wood

P.O. Box 83, Herberton, N. Queensland 4872

Abstract

A single male of Apaturina erminea is recorded from Iron Range, N. Queensland,

this being the first specimen taken in Australia. The subspecific status of the specimen

is uncertain.

Apaturina erminea (Cramer) is a large, fast flying and conspicuous

butterfly with a wide distribution in the Australian region. It occurs in the

Moluccan islands, through New Guinea to the Solomon Islands and D'Abrer?

(1978) recognises nine subspecies.

A single male of this species was taken by me at Iron Range, Cape York

Peninsula, N. Queensland, on 8 July 1980. I disturbed the specimen while it

was resting as I walked up the track of Mt Lamond. It flew for several

seconds then landed on a tree trunk with its head downwards and wings

held above its body. It was in near perfect condition and is now retained Ш

my collection.

The existence of this species at Iron Range has been known for ? |

number of years. It was first brought to my attention in 1974 by Alan Ey who |

observed it in November of that year. In December 1978 I observed males ОЛ |

two occasions flying rapidly along tracks in rain forest.

There appears to be little difference between the single Australian male

and males of the subspecies 4. e. papuana Ribbe from Papua New Guine?

contained in the collection of M. Cermack. Until further material is available |

the subspecific status of the Australian specimen must remain unresolved.

Reference |

D'Abrera, B., 1978. Butterflies of the Australian region. Second edition. Lansdowne

Melbourne. 415 pp.

FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON WILD LIFE DISEASES

AUGUST 23 - 28, 1981; SYDNEY, AUSTRALIA

Major subject areas for papers and .discussion will include: Wildlife

diseases in the Pacific Basin, Parasitology, Microbiology, Epidemiology and |

Toxicology. Sessions will be held in the Conference Centre, Taronga Park Zoo.

It is anticipated that there will be 100 submitted papers and already the offers

of 60 have been received.

Enquiries should be directed to: Congress Secretariat, G.P.O. Box 2609,

Sydney, N.S.W. 2001. Telephone: (02) 241 1478

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 17

BOOK ANNOUNCEMENTS

Proceedings of the 2nd Australasian conference on grassland invertebrate

ecology. Palmerston North, New Zealand, 22-26 May 1978. Sponsers:

D.S.LR. and N.Z. Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. Edited by T.K.

Crosby and R. P. Pottinger. Government Printer, Wellington. 1980. 294

pages. Price: NZ$12.00 plus postage (Australia & S. Pacific $4.00; Asia

& N. America $5.00; Europe, S. America, & Africa $8.00).

: The 75 contributions deal with the role of invertebrates in nutrient cycling and

rey flow, invertebrate population dynamics, invertebrate-plant relationships and

teeding pest-resistant plants, insect damage assessment and survey techniques, dispersal

and establishment of pests, chemical and cultural control of pasture invertebrates,

velopment of pest management systems, biological control of pasture invertebrates,

d systems analysis and simulation modelling.

The contributions underscore the importance of pastoral farming to the Australian

And New Zealand economies. Furthermore, they demonstrate that the study of the

Srassland fauna, both the beneficial and pest species, assumes a much more important

We than in the Northern Hemisphere which does not have the range of indigenous and

Xotic pests established as in Australasia.

Orders to: Scientific Liaison Officer, Entomology Division, DSIR, Private Bag, Auckland,

ew Zealand. Payment should accompany orders.

W. M. Maskell’s Homoptera: species-group names and type-material by L. L.

Deitz and M. F. Tocker. 1980. New Zealand DSIR Information Series

146: 76 pp. Price: NZ$3.00 (plus postage to countries outside N.Z. as

follows: Australia and Pacific, $1.50; N. America and Asia, $2.50;

Europe, S. America, Africa, and Middle East, $3.50).

" Maskell who lived in New Zealand was one of the first researchers to describe

, onomically important Homoptera. Between 1879 and 1898 he described’ over 300

Pecies, mainly Coccoidea (scale insects); several of these are well-known plant pests such

v bluegum scale, citrophilous mealybug, coconut mealy bug, cottony cushion scale, red

EX scale, and woolly whitefly. Because Maskell became recognised as a world authority,

Searchers from countries outside New Zealand sent him specimens for identification and

at Cription. As a result the Maskell Collection, now held by the N.Z. Arthropod Collection

кк Entomology Division, DSIR, Auckland, contains irreplaceable type specimens of 20

Untries (e.g. Australia, U.S.A., China, Japan and South Africa).

Teta; Many species have subsequently been restudied, and some specimens have been

ex ained in other collections. Therefore Dr Deitz and Mrs Tocker decided to document

actly the type material holdings of the Maskell Collection in N.Z., and to document

ea holdings and elucidate the type status of all other Maskell type specimens in other

ections. This bulletin is the result of their painstaking research.

mee The species group names in Psylloidea, Aphidoidea, Aleyrodoidea and Coccoidea

m listed alphabetically by trivial name under the family to which they are at present

"Signed, Each entry includes a citation of the original description, type locality,

Mstitutions holding type material, and one or more references to recent family and

Eneric placement. Lectotype designations are given for 28 entries.

A Orders to: Scientific Liaison Officer, Entomology Division, DSIR, Private Bag,

Uckland, N.Z. Payment should accompany orders.

18 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

BOOK REVIEW

Scientific and common names of insects and allied forms occurring in

Australia. Compiled for the Standing Committee on Agriculture, Ent-

omology Committee by P. B. Carne, L. D. Crawford, M.J. Fletcher, I.D.

Galloway and E. Highley, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Org

anization, Australia. 1980. Available from C.S.I.R.O. Editorial and Pub-

lications Service, 9 Queens's Rd, Melbourne. $4.00 per copy, post paid.

This long awaited list is a most welcome addition to the bookshelf, replacing

earlier editions published as C.S.LR.O. Bulletins between 1955 and 1973. These earlier

issues focussed on insects of economic importance, striking appearance or those that are

very common. This edition gives greater representation to other groups, especially molluscs

and spiders.

It consists of four parts, a comprehensive explanatory Introduction, and IndeX

of Scientific Names, an Index of Common Names and a Systematic List. Previous

editions had only two alphabetical lists; scientific names and common names. This

handbook includes a third most important taxonomic list, placing groups in systematic

sequence from phylum to order; families, genera and species are listed alphabetically

within orders. The taxonomic list can be easily utilized because the order of each species

is given in both scientific and common name lists.

Changes in scientific nomenclature are covered, prior names are entered in the

Scientific list and the user is referred to the species under its current name. Change

common names are similarly treated. Where no common name exists, descriptive phrases

have been employed.

Standardizations have been applied to fusion, hyphenation and separation of words

in common names; these changes being common sense and well overdue. For example:

where common names consist of two parts, one indicating the family or group, the othe!

a modifier they are separated (e.g. christmas beetle); where the common name does not

have taxonomic indicators, they are fused (ladybird, greenfly). Generally, hyphens ate

eliminated. Exotic species introduced for biological control are marked in the Systematic

List.

I can find no errors in the families with which I am familiar— some taxonomists

may disagree with the arrangement of the Systematic List and one could quibble over

many of the common names, but the new format seems eminently sensible.

In summary: an essential reference booklet.

J. M. E. ANDERSON

School of Zoology,

University of New South Wales

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

DANTHANARAYANA, W. .

1980. Parasitism of the light brown apple moth, Epiphyas postvittana (Walker), by its

larval ectoparasite, Goniozus jacintae Farrugia (Hymenoptera: Bethylidae), in

natural populations in Victoria. Aust. J. Zool. 28(5, 6): 685-692, tables 1-3,

text-figs 1-4.

FISHER, Robert H.

1978. Butterflies of South Australia (Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea, Papilionoidea).

Handbooks Committee, South Australian Government, Adelaide. Pp. [i-iii];

1-272, text-figs 1-83, pls 1-16.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981 19

GOODWIN, S.

1980. Native weevil turns against strawberries. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 91(4): 55, illustr.

Coleoptera: Desiantha diversipes

GOODWIN, S. and SCHICHA, E.

1980. Discovery of the predatory mite Phytoseiulus persimilis Athias-Henriot (Acar-

ina: Phytoseiidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 304.

HALLIDAY, R. B.

1979. Esterase variation at three loci in meat ants. Journal of Heredity 70: 57-61.

Hymenoptera: /ridomyrmex purpureus

KITCHING, R. L.

1981. Butterflies and evolution. Aust. nat. Hist. 20(4): 127-130, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Danaus plexippus, Cressida cressida, Jalmenus evagoras, Liphyra

brassolis

KITCHING, R. and TAYLOR, M.

1980. Surface features of larvae of an ant-attended lycaenid. News Bull. ent. Soc.

Qd 7(9): 121-122, 124, text-fig. 1.

Lepidoptera: Jalmenus evagorus evagorus

KOCH, L. E. and MAJER, J. D.

1980. A phenological investigation of various invertebrates in forest and woodland

areas in the south-west of Western Australia. J. R. Soc. West Aust. 63(1):

21-28, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2.

Arachnida: Araneida, Acarina, several species

LANCE, Robert

1980. Breeding lucernes that resist aphids. Rur. Res. CSIRO 106: 22-27, illustr.

McALPINE, David К.

1978. Notes on nomenclature and type-specimens of Australian Pyrgotidae (Diptera,

Schizophora). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2): 27-33, text-figs 1 & 2.

1978. A new species of Cypselosomatidae from Lord Howe Island (Diptera, Micro-

pezoidea). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(4): 61-64, text-fig. 1.

McALPINE, David K. and SCHNEIDER, Margaret A.

1978. A systematic study of Phytalmia (Diptera: Tephritidae) with description of a

new genus. Syst. Ent. 3: 159-175, text-figs 1-27.

MAJER, J. D.

1977. Preliminary survey of the epigaeic invertebrate fauna with particular reference

to ants, in areas of different land use at Dwellingup, Western Australia. Forest

Ecol. Manag. 1: 321-334.

1978. The ecology of ants in relation to bauxite mine rehabilitation. Bull. ecol. Soc.

Aust. 8: 9.

1980. Report on a study of invertebrates in relation to the Kojonup nature reserve

fire management plan. Bull. Dept. Biol., West. Aust. Inst. Tech. 2: 1-22, tables

1-5, text-figs 1-10.

MAJER, J. D. and CHIA, J.

1980. An inventory of information on terrestrial invertebrates occurring in Western

Australia. Bull. Dept. Biol., West. Aust. Inst. Tech. 1: 1-211.

MOORE, K. M.

1980. A new species of Glycaspis Taylor (Homoptera: Psyllidae) from Victoria. J.

Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 287-288, text-figs 1-3.

MORGAN, F. David and BUNGEY, R. S.

1980. Population dynamics of Heteronyx obesus in South Australia (Coleoptera:

Scarabaeidae). Proc. 2nd Australas. Conf. Grassland Invert. Ecol.: 62-66.

PARSONS, P. A.

1980. A widespread Australian endemic Drosophila species in New Zealand. Search

11(7-8) : 249-250.

PEARSON, R. G. and PENRIDGE, L. K.

1980. First records of Prosopistoma sedlaceki in Australia (Ephemeroptera: Prosop-

istomatidac). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 362.

RAS

Lepidoptera: Wanderer butterflies found dead near salt lake.

SINCLAIR, E. R. ‘

1980. Parasites of Cryptophlebia ombrodelta (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)

southeast Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 329-335, table 1, text-figs 13.

SMITH, David R.

1980. Pergidae (Hymenoptera) from New Guinea and Australia in the Bishop Museu.

Pacific Ins. 22(3-4): 329-346, text-figs 1-47.

SMITHERS, C. N.

1978. Migration records in Australia. 2. Hesperiidae and Papilionidae (Lepidoptera):

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 11-14, tables 1-3.

1979. An additional record and key to the Psocoptera (Insecta) of Lord Howe Island.

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2): 21-22.

1979. Three new species and some new records of Psocoptera (Insecta) from Та

mania. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4): 61-68, text-figs 1-12.

1979. Gallard 1932: an overlooked paper on the food of Ithone fusca Newmal

(Neuroptera: Ithonidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4): 74.

1980. A redescription of Ectopsocus richardsi (Pearman) (Psocoptera: Ectopsocida*)

based on Australian material. Gen. appl. Ent. 12: 13-15, text-figs 1-5.

1980. The position of Sigmatoneura Enderlein (Psocoptera: Psocidae). Aust. епі.

Мағ. 6(5): 93.

SMITHERS, С. N. and HOLLOWAY, С. A. ‘

1978. Establishment of Vespula germanica (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) n

New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3): 55-59, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 € 2

THEISCHINGER, Gunther

1973. Eine zweite Art der Gattung Austrocordulia Tillyard (Odonata: Anisoptera):

Ann. Naturhistor. Mus. Wien 77: 387-397, table 1, text-figs 1-6. 1

1975. Two undescribed Acanthaeschna larvae from New South Wales, Australia (Ал

optera: Aechnidae). Odonatologica 4(3): 185-190, text-figs 1-15.

1977. A new species of Eusynthemis Foerster from Australia (Anisoptera: Synthe™ |

istidae). Odonatologica 6(2): 105-110, text-figs 1-13. ў

1977. The male of Antipodophlebia asthenes (Tillyard, 1916) (Anisoptera: Aeshnió

ae). Odonatologica 6(3): 205-209, text-figs 1-5. I

1978. Libellenstudien in Australien. Naturk. Jahrb. Stadt Linz 23: 79-80, figs 15 |

WALTER, Ruth

1981. Butterfly list-Perseverance State Forest 5-4-81. Newsl. Toowoomba Fld Ма |

Club 327: 3.

Lepidoptera: 9 butterfly species listed |

WALTER, Ruth and McCONNELL, Pat |

1980. Other animals—Cecil Plains 3-2-80. Toowoomba Fld. Nat. Club 314: 3. [Repo

of outing to Cecil Plains.]

Lepidoptera: 8 butterfly species listed

Aracnida: Argyrodes antipodianus and Silver-drop spider

WALTERS, P.

1980. Pea aphid—the third lucerne aphid. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 91(3): 18, illustr.

WATERHOUSE, D. F. ;

1980. Pasture pests and biological control in Australia. Proc. 2nd Australas. Conf.

Grassland Invert. Ecol.: 12-16. |

WATSON, J. A. L. and THEISCHINGER, G.

1980. The larva of Antipodophlebia asthenes (Tillyard): a terrestrial dragonfly?

(Anisoptera: Aechnidae). Odonatologica 9(3): 253-258, text-figs 1-14.

WELLS, A. wl

1980. A review of the Australian genera Orphninotrichia Mosely and оа

20 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1), June, 1981

PETERSON, Iris

1979. Wanderer butterflies. Latrobe Valley Nat. 183: 6.

Neboiss (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), with descriptions of new species. Aust

J. Zool. 28(4): 627-645, text-figs 1-45. ,

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

Al Копсө» are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

: еа not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ie to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

ANTED. Will buy beetles and butterflies of Australia. R. H. Moore,

F Totara Park Road, Upper Hutt, New Zealand.

OR SALE. D’Abrera, Bernard D. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 1977.

416 pp. 2nd edition. New. Price: $65.00 M. P. Sitter, N.S.W. Institute

у of Technology, С/- Katherine Vernon, P.O. Box 123, Broadway, N.S.W.

ANTED. Specimens and information of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera) from the

Australian region for the first major revision since 1903. Dr D. J. Brothers,

C/- Division of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City,

A.C.T. 2601 (Ent. Dept., University of Natal, P.O. Box 375, Pietermar-

itzburg, 3200, South Africa, after August 1981).

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272.

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPCRTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species availablé

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and'a wide selection of entomological -books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

к Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double

Paced and in duplicate.

m All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

°nsidered unsuitable.

Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.

50 Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for

Copies, $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

у they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

Ove rates. There are no free reprints.

Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they

Co to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.

Our plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120;

Tonal plates $95 each. Photographs. are best submitted as colour transparencies

En ough paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more

EE: thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such

*cimens are best photographed on a single slide.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

CHADWICK, C. E. An aid for collecting bark-inhabiting insects ..... 15

EVANS, H. E., EVANS, M. A. and HOOK, A. Observations on the

prey and nests of some Australian spider wasps (Hymenoptera,

Pompilidae) ks nyte pen tot E CAE ДОНОИ

HAWKESWOOD, T. J. The food plants of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan)

(Itepidopteraditycaenidac еее

SMITHERS, С. N. The female of Psilopsocus pulchripennis Smithers

and Thornton (Psocoptera: Psilopsocidae)................ 13

WOOD, С. A. First record of Apaturina erminea (Cramer) (Lepidoptera:

Nymphalidae) тотса еее 16

ZALUCKI, М.Р. Temporal and spatial variation of parasitism іп Danaus

plexippus (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Danainae)........ 3

BOOK REVIEWS — Proceedings of the 2nd Australasian conference on

grassland invertebrate ecology — W. M. Maskell’s Homoptera:

species-group names and type-material — Scientific and common

names of insects and allied forms occurring in Australia ....... 17,18

WIBDIPIE BD ISEASESICONEEREN CEN УВУ 16

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds .................

ENTOMOLOGICAMNONICES ИИИ inside back cover

A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS

by Densey Clyne

Now out of print.

Write to D. Clyne, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turramurra, N.S.W. 2074

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.

Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS /;

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia .. “3 {iJ}

Ae WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE—| 4

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

to a wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

day's walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is availableat both the Institute and branch

station. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo, and transport

may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with othe’

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 8, PARTS 2,3

AUGUST, 1981

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealan

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profession

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded (©

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street, -

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$9.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$12.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Deborah Kent

Shows the face of the larva, Tapeigaster annulipes Macquart (Diptef?

Heleomyzidae). The genus Tapeigaster is endemic to Australia, where it is wid% Ў

distributed through temperate regions. The larvae of Tapeigaster are know?

live in various kinds of fungi.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

Australian Entomological а

Magazine С ON

Aust. ent. Mag.

quum

9lume 8, Parts 2,3 August,

PREDATION ON OGYR/S GENOVEVA (LEPIDOPTERA:

LYCAENIDAE) BY MEAT ANTS

By P. R. Samson and C. F. O’Brien

Department of Zoology, Australian National University, Canberra, A.C.T. 2600

and А

217 Raymont Road, Alderley, Qld. 4051

Ory A large larval colony of Ogyris genoveva gela Waterhouse was found near

(t ded in April, 1979, in a nest of the sugar ant Camponotus consobrinus

nest Son) at the base of a eucalypt. Larvae were clustered on the trunk at the

А entrance and others were sheltering beneath a rock at the base of the tree.

of d could not be replaced securely so the colony was covered by pieces

Pur On 4 November, 1979, a large number of meat ants, Iridomyrmex

"Dureus (Fr. Smith), were observed attacking the colony. Many larvae were

being attended by sugar ants at the nest entrance, but some were wounded.

аГуа was seen being carried away by the meat ants.

Nove No meat ants were found at the colony site when it was re-visited on 25

ug mber, but larvae and sugar ants were present. The survival of the colony

a M O. genoveva is protected from predators to some extent by its

lation with Camponotus.

Шр, Predation by meat ants on another species of Ogyris, O. abrota Wesbwood.

Observed by Thorn (1924).

Acknowledgements

m We wish to thank Dr R. W. Taylor, C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology,

Nberra for identifying the ants involved.

Tho Reference i |

™, L. B., 1924. Notes оп the life-histories of some Victorian lycaenid butterflies.

Victorian Nat. 41: 43-50.

22 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 198!

FLY MIMICRY BY A JUMPING SPIDER (SALTICIDAE) |

By N. H. Morrison

14 Tarraleah Cres., Lyons, A.C.T., 2606.

Jumping spiders are fairly conspicuous and easily recognised creatures but relatively

little is known of their biology. In general, the species found in the southern half of Australi?

are drab, however, in the genus Saitis the males are often vividly marked (Main 1976). Р

Recently, a male of this genus was observed and identified as Saitis piscular Keyserling

(M. R. Gray, pers. comm.). The colours were quite breathtaking when viewed throu

a stereomicroscope. The front of the cephalothorax is a rust-brown, the rest of th?

cephalothorax black. The abdominal colouration is green with vivid red markings. Th?

third pair of legs are covered with dense black setae and consequently this pair appe?!

much thicker than the others. The palps are white and stand out against the rust-brown 9

` the face (Clyne 1969). 1

The behaviour of this spider was most unusual. As it moved across the leaves !

raised its third pair of legs and, holding them straight and angled to the rear, it waved them

in a hesitant fashion. The total effect was exactly like the courtship wing-waving indulge

in by the small flies of the Sepsidae, Trypetidae and Dolichopodidae (Oldroyd 1964).

This effect was enhanced by the colouration of the spider and it could easily be mistake?

for such a fly. Only when the third pair of legs were lowered did the characteristic saltici

shape became obvious.

Most, if not all, of the jumping spiders indulge in elaborate courtship ‘dances’. The

movements and postures of the male involve angling or turning the body, various movemen

of the palps and also of the legs. The first pair of legs are generally used and can also |

be used for antagonistic postures (Forster 1977b) and in an activity termed ‘groping’ which

may be a searching for anchor lines (Forster 1977a). Many records exist of these spider |

waving their front legs during courtship (Forster 1977а, Forster and Forster 1973

Bristowe 1958, McKeown 1936) and at least two species use their third pair of legs as part

of their display (Forster and Forster 1973,McKeown 1936). |

It is therefore possible that the observed behaviour was either courtship or aggressio”

but at the time no other spider was seen in the immediate vicinity. The spider was kep!

in captivity for a couple of days and fed with small insects. During this period it was

kept alone and the ‘wing-waving’ was observed on several occasions, once immediate

prior to taking food. Thus it appears that the ‘wing-waving’ is true aggressive mimic

with the spider apparently gaining some hunting advantage in adopting a fly-like appearance;

Conversly, a brightly coloured animal which is the potential prey of a wide range of large

predators has little to lose regardless of its pose and must rely on speed to escape predatio™

Acknowledgements |

I am grateful to Mr M. S. Upton, C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canbert%

A.C.T., for his helpful comments and Mr M. R. Gray; Australian Museum, Sydney, f” |

identifying the specimen. .

References |

Bristowe, W. S., 1958. The world of spiders. Collins, London. 304 рр.

Clyne, D., 1969. A field guide to Australian spiders: their collection and identification |

Nelson, Melbourne. 168 pp. ‘ Е |

Forster, А. К. and Forster, L. M., 1973. New Zealand spiders: an introduction. Collin’ |

Auckland. 245 pp.

Forster, L. M., 1977a. A qualitative analysis of hunting behaviour in jumping spider |

(Araneae: Salticidae). N.Z. J. Zool. 4(1): 51-62. j

Forster, L. M., 1977b. Some factors affecting feeding behaviour in young Trite auricom

spiderlings (Araneae: Salticidae). N.Z. J. Zool. 4(4): 435-443. >

McKeown, К. C., 1963. Australian spiders. 3rd ed. Angus and Robertson, Sydney. 287 pP:

Main, B. Y., 1976. Spiders. Collins, Sydney. 276 pp. К

Oldroyd, H., 1964. The natural history of flies. Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London. 324 PP’

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 23

MUSCA CASSARA PONT (DIPTERA: MUSCIDAE): A FIRST

RECORD FOR THE AUSTRALIAN MAINLAND

By Donald H. Colless ў

Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Canberra, ACT, 2602

In his review of the Australian Muscidae, Pont (1973) decided that the

Species previously known as Musca lucens Villeneuve had irf fact never been

formally described; in his opinion Villeneuve’s description refers to another

Species (Musca conducens Walker). Pont therefore supplied a full description

and the name Musca cassara. He recorded the species from various parts

Of the Oriental Region, the Solomon Islands, and Prince of Wales Island in

Torres Strait; but he found no evidence that it occurs on the Australian

Mainland.

I can now report that М. cassara is quite common in the vicinity of

Cooktown, northern Queensland. During a visit in September-October, 1980,

numerous specimens were taken between Mt. Webb, some 50 km to the

North of the town, and Shipton’s Flat, some 35 km to the south. The

Material has been compared with Pont’s description, and with a paratype

female in. the Australian National Insect Collection. Its identity is not in

doubt.

During his (1973) review, Pont studied almost every specimen of Aust-

Talian Musca held in a major collection. There are, therefore, grounds for

believing that, at some time during (say) the last 20 years, M. cassara arrived

Оп the Australian mainland, probably in the vicinity of Cape York, and is

Currently spreading south. Its abundance seems closely correlated with that of

Cattle and one might fairly suspect that it breeds in dung. There would seem,

therefore, little or no impediment to its reaching (at least) Cairns and the

Atherton Tableland in the near future. ick

In appearance M. cassara is not unlike the bushfly M. vetustissima

Walker, but can be immediately distinguished by: (a) thorax with longitudinal

dark vittae completely fused on each side, yielding two broad, dark, parallel

bars, separated by about their own width and extending over almost the

Whole length of the mesonotum; (b) bend of vein M, rounded, rather than

angulate; (c) dust on thorax and abdomen golden, rather than grey (this very

Conspicuous when specimen viewed from behind). In (a) and (b) there is a

Close resemblance to Morellia hortensia (Wiedemann), which also occurs in

Northern Queensland. However, that species has a generally black, rather than

golden facies; the upper surface of the wing has no setulae on the stem-vein

(cassara has 1-2); and the discal cell has.a large basal area devoid of micro-

trichiae (uniformly microtrichiose in cassara).

I would be glad to receive records and/or specimens that might help

Plot the (expected) spread of М. cassara.

Reference

Pont, A. C., 1973. Studies on Australian Muscidae. IV. A revision of the subfamilies

Muscinae and Stomoxinae. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 21: 129-296.

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 198!

A NEW SPECIES OF D/RLA NAVAS (PSOCOPTERA: CALOPSOCIDAE)

WITH COMMENTS ON THE POSITION OF THE GENUS |

Ву С. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, 6-8 College Street, Sydney, 2000.

Abstract f

A new species, Dirla pulleni,is described from New Guinea and the position °

Dirla in the Calopsocidae confirmed.

Introduction

Ріпа Navas is one of five genera included in the Calopsocidae. Litt

information had been published on it since the somewhat meagre description 0

the single specimen of the type species, D. javana Navas (Navas 1924), unt! |

New (1978b) described two more species. He also provided (New 1977) ? |

redescription of the female of Callistoptera Enderlein (the male is still no!

known) and has described and given a key to the three known species 0

Neurosema McLachlan as well as a key to the genera of Calopsocidae (NeW

1978a) adding the fifth genus, Nemupsocus New (1978b) for a single NeW |

Guinea species. i

Material of a fourth species of Dirla, the second from New Guinea, 5

described here. The position of the family has been discussed (Smithers 1967) |

on the basis of Calopsocus Hagen. |

Dirla pulleni sp. n.

(Figs 1-12)

FEMALE |

Coloration (pinned specimen). Head red with a small yellow patch dorsad

of each antenna base. Epicranium a little darker red than rest of head. Labru™ |

red. Scape and pedicel red; first flagellar segment yellowish except for almost

black tip, setae correspond in colour to segment colour; second, third an

fourth flagellar segments black with very long, dense, black pubescence:

remaining flagellar segments black with black setae but segments shorter ал

setae less dense. Eyes black. Ocelli pale, tubercle red. Maxillary palp reddish

with black distal half of fourth segment. Thorax and legs reddish brown, tips of

tibiae and first tarsal segments black, second segment wholly black. Fore wings

(Fig. 1) with membrane mostly brown, a narrow pale border along hind marg!

from M, to modulus, the pale area a little wider towards nodulus than distally:

very narrow pale area borders divergence of R»,3 from Кд, 5. Veins dark brow!

Hind wing (Fig. 2) paler brown than fore wing. Abdomen very dark brow!:

almost black.

Morphology. Length of body not measured owing to collapsed state of

abdomen. Median epicranial suture distinct. Vertex with a few erect setae.

Postclypeus not very bulbous. Antennae arise from small cup-shaped protube!

ances. Length of flagellar segments: f, : 1.36 mm; f; : 0.92 mm. Setae of middle

region of antenna, i.e. flagellar segments 2, 3 and 4, very long giving a narroW

“bottle brush” appearance to the antenna. Eyes large, just reaching level of

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 25

Figs 1-7, Dirla pulleni sp. n. 9. (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing; (3) lacinia; (4) subgenital

plate; (5) gonapophyses; (6) paraproct; (7) epiproct.

26 .Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981

Figs 8-12. Dirla pulleni sp. п. д. (8) epiproct; (9) paraproct; (10) phallosome, left lateral

view; (11) hypandrium; (12) phallosome, dorsal view.

vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 2.2; PO: 0.9. Ocelli small, tubercle hardly developed:

Outer margin of mandible semicircular. Lacina (Fig. 3). Claws with preapicà.

tooth; pulvillus broad. Legs very hairy. Measurements of hind leg: Е: 1.36 mm

T: 2.32 mm; t,: 0.64 mm; t; : 0.20 mm; rt: 3.2: 1; ct: 19,2. Fore wing length:

6.7 mm; width: 2.1 mm. Fore wings slightly curved longitudinally. Anterio!

margin notched at distal end of pterostigma at which point wing has a transvers?

fold along distal margin of pterostigma into spur vein. Costa broken at base of

pterostigma and at distal fold. Sc absent. Rs recurrent at base. Rs and M fused

for a very short length. Secondary veins restricted to area behind pterostigma:

Margin, veins and wing membrane setose. Hind wing length: 5.1 mm; мій:

1.7 mm. Rs recurrent at base, Rs and M branched, the branches somewhat

sinuous; Rs and M fused for a short length. Epiproct (Fig. 7) short, heavily

sclerotized, with a row of long setae across middle and a setose slightly curve

hind margin. Paraproct (Fig. 6) well sclerotized, broad, with a circular field 0

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 27

large trichobothria with one long adjacent seta and a row of smaller setae; a few

Small setae occur on distal half of paraproct those nearer hind margin longer. On

lts internal face there is a field of small setae arising from large alveoli.

Onapophyses (Fig. 5) well sclerotized; ventral valve divided, strongly spiculate

distal half; dorsal valve very broad with apical, ventral spur, strongly spiculate;

external valve well developed, setose. Ninth tergite well sclerotized. Subgenital

Plate (Fig. 4) well sclerotized, extended posteriorly by a strongly sclerotized,

apically setose, lateral bar on each side between which the plate is membranous;

е bars converged posteriorly.

Marg

übt Coloration (pinned specimen). As female but with first flagellar segment

ack.

Morphology. Length of body not measured owing to collapsed state of

abdomen. Median epicranial suture distinct. Vertex rounded with sparse, erect

setae. Postclypeus hardly bulbous. Antennae without excessive development

ОЁ setae on second to fourth flagellar segments. Eyes large, just reaching above

level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 0.8; PO: 1.3. Ocelli small, tubercle hardly

developed, anterior ocellus much smaller than lateral ocelli. Length of flagellar

Segments: fı: 1.4 mm; fz: 0.096 mm. Lacinia as in female. Measurements of

hind leg: F: 1.32 mm; T: 2.36 mm; tı: 0.64 mm; t: 0.20 mm; гі: 32 : 1;

Ct: 22, 2. Fore wing similar to that of female but smaller. Fore wing length:

3.7 mm; width: 2.0 mm. Hind wing length: 4.2 mm; width: 1.5 mm. Epiproct

Fig. 8). Paraproct (Fig. 9). Hypandrium (Fig. 11). Phallosome (Figs 10, 12).

MATERIAL EXAMINED. NEW GUINEA: 1 $ (holotype), Western Highlands, Jimi

River, 1600 m, 16.vii-21.ix.1961, W. №. Brandt; 2 6 (allotype and paratype),

aimandi, 1200 m, Finisterre Range, Madang Centr. Subdistr., x.1964, R. Pullen.

Olotype 9, allotype d, in Australian National Insect Collection; d paratype in

Ustralian Museum.

Discussion

The description of Dirla javana is fairly brief but D. pulleni clearly differs

from it in being much larger, in having the costal margin of the fore wing more

Strongly curved at the pterostigma, in having the fore wings more elongate

and, in the hind wing, the bifurcation of M much closer to the wing base than

the bifurcation of Rs. Genitalia of D. javana have not been described. In

irla furcata New the fore wing is much broader in relation to its length than

N D, pulleni and the phallosome sclerifications of the former are in the form

Of a series of long, posteriorly narrowed or pointed rods. In D. navasi New,

Own only from the female, the ventral valve of the gonapophyses is much

Narrower apically and the lobes of the subgenital plate rounded, not pointed.

irla agrees with the other genera of the family Calopsocidae in several features.

The wing membrane is setose. 2.—There are secondary veins in. the fore

Wing although in Dirla these are restricted to the area immediately behind the

Pterostigma (i.e. between R, and Rs); they are less extensive than in

чаа

28 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 198! |

Neurosema and Calopsocus but moreso than in Callistoptera and Nemupsocus |

The homologies of the veins in this area of the wing have not been critically |

studied in the Calopsocidae but for the present it is assumed that the veni

behind the pterostigma is К.з and the fork just anterior to the wing apex Bl

R, and Rs; these latter veins are not usually present as separate entities my

the Psocoptera and the current interpretation may need revision. 3.—Dirla has

a preapical tooth on the tarsal claws and a broad pulvillus [as in other Calopsoció |

genera except Callistoptera and Nemupsocus which lack the tooth (New 1977,

1978b)]. 4.—In males the phallic frame is broken or weakened anteriorly, th?

internal and external parameres are strongly upturned posteriorly and there |

are very strong sclerifications associated with the penial bulb. 5.—The ninth |

tergite of the male is very strongly sclerotized and has extensive rugose areas |

and a median comb along the hind margin; this comb is sometimes medially |

absent. 6.—In the female both the ventral and dorsal valves are divided excep! |

for the acuminate ventral valve in Nemupsocus. 7.—The female subgenital plat?

has a membranous posterior lobe which is strengthened along each side by i)

strongly sclerotized, apically setose bar; the lobe is attached by a membranous |

connection to the body of the plate. The lateral strengthening bars are ven.

easily detached during preparation of the specimen; the sclerite attached to tht |

gonapophyses іп the illustration of Callistoptera anna Enderlein in New (197 |

Fig. 7) is almost certainly part of a similar distal lobe of the subgenital plate 4 |

suggested by him (New 1977: 54). |

When discussing Callistoptera New (loc. cit. p. 54) defined a топорепеп |

subfamily to contain it. Ріта does not conform to his definition except if |

having Ra and Rs separate in the fore wing and is, therefore, to be excluded

from it. It is clear on the basis of material now available that Dirla should be |

retained in the Calopsocidae and is best retained in the Calopsocinae.

Acknowledgement

I would like to thank Mr M. S. Upton for making material of Dirl/

available for study.

References

Navas, L., 1924. Mis excursiones en al verano de 1924: Socopteros. Broteria ser. zool

21: 115-150, 14 figs.

New, T. R., 1977. A reappraisal of the genus Callistoptera Enderlein (Psocoptera). Aust:

ent. Mag. 4(3): 52-54, 8 figs. А

New, Т. К., 1978а. The genus Neurosema (Psocoptera, Calopsocidae) from New Guine?

Syst. Ent. 3: 51-57, 19 figs. |

New, T. R., 1978b. Notes on Calopsocidae (Psocoptera). Oriental Insects 12(3): 305-318; |

31 figs. |

Smithers, С. N., 1967. On the relationships of the Calopsocidae (Psocoptera). J. Aust. ent: |

Soc. 6(1): 61-64, 7 figs.

——

Ka SALES ООУ |

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981

REDESCRIPTION OF PARASARCOPHAGA REPOSITA LOPES

(DIPTERA: SARCOPHAGIDAE)

By B. K. Cantrell

Entomology Branch, Department of Primary Industries, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068.

Abstract

x The male of Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes is redescribed and the female and

Immature stages described for the first time.

Introduction

] This species was described by Lopes (1959) from a single male specimen

In the Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra. This specimen

IS now in a very poor condition with only the head, thorax and forelegs

Temaining, and all the major bristles and both wings missing. In addition, a

large part of the specimen is covered with a fine fungal mat. The specimen

bears the data: Sydney, N.S.W. Bred 1902. Feeding in a spiders cocoon.

During 1980, I received adults and immature stages of a sarcophagid

reared from the egg cases of Cyrtophora moluccensis (Doleschall) (Araneidae)

from Queensland and Papua New Guinea. Comparison of the aedeagus and

Claspers with Lopes' illustrations, together with the unusual host association

lowed me to identify them as Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes. Since this

Species is only known from the holotype, the opportunity is taken to describe

the other stages.

The host relationship of this species is most interesting (Lubin, 1974),

as larvae of other Sarcophaginae feed either in decomposing organic matter

9r as internal parasites of insects. So far P. reposita has only been reared

Tom C. moluccensis, and it would be interesting to examine the egg cases

ОҒ other large spiders for parasitism. Two puparia from Papua New Guinea

Were hyperparasitised by a species of Hymenoptera, but unfortunately only

larvae are available and identification is not possible.

Representative specimens are deposited in the Entomology Branch,

Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes

MALE

Head golden pollinose; interfrontal area, antennae and palps dark. A

tow of ten to twelve frontal setae descending to level of middle of second

antennal segment. One pair of reclinate orbital setae. Ocellar setae proclinate,

as strong as upper frontals. Inner vertical setae very large, converging; outer

Verticals absent. Two rows of black setae behind eyes; remainder of hairs

Pale. Parafacials bare except for row of three or four setae near lower anterior

Corner of eye, but in some specimens a weak row of fine setae above these.

ibrissae strong, crossed; a series of fine setae above extending about half

Way up facial ridges. Genal hairs black. Parafrontals and interfrontals finely

haired; vertex 0.17-0.19 of head width.

30 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981

Thorax golden pollinose, with three dark vittae dorsally, median one

extending on to scutellum. Spiracles dark. Three humeral setae standing in a

triangle; three notopleurals; pre-alar seta present; two supra-alars; three

postsutural intra-alars, anterior one small; three pre-, four postsutural dorso-

centrals; three pre-, one postsutural acrostichals; scutellum with three pairs of

marginal bristles, including strong, crossed, upwardly-directed apicals and with

subapicals inserted far apart, distance between their bases greater than that

between a subapical seta and the corresponding basal seta; three sternopleural

setae (2 + 1).

Legs grey. Fore femur with strong dorsal (d), postero-dorsal (pd) and

postero-ventral (pv) setal combs; tibia with two antero-dorsal (ad), one pv

setae, and ad, d, pd (small) and pv (strong) apical setae. Mid femur with two

distal pd setae, two ad setae and av, pv setal combs; tibia with submedian

ventral seta, one strong ad, two pd setae, and ad, d, pd, av and pv apical

setae. Hind femur with ad, av and pv setal combs and one distal pd seta;

tibia with three ad setae and row of smaller setae between, two pd, one av

setae, and ad, а, av and ру apical setae.

Wings. Basicosta pale, tegula dark. Basal node of R4,ç dorsally with

row of short setae extending about half distance to r-m, ventrally with three

or four small setae.

Abdomen chequered with silver pollinosity. T,.. excavate to hind

margin. T,+2, з without discal or marginal setae dorsally; T4, ; with complete

marginal rows of setae. Claspers (Figs 1, 2) strong, aedeagus (Figs 2, 3) with

serrate styli. Fifth sternite (Fig. 4) deeply cleft, with marginal setae.

FEMALE

Differing from male as follows:

Head. Vertex wider, 0.25-0.28 of head width. Two pairs of proclinate

orbital setae and divergent outer vertical setae present, latter about two-thirds

the length of the inner verticals.

Thorax. Apical scutellar setae absent.

Wings. Dorsal setae on R4,5 extending further towards r-m.

Abdomen. Sternites 2-5 with strong marginal bristles. Sternites 6, 7 (Fig.

5) also with marginal bristles, sternite 7 with posterior cleft. Tergite 6+7 entire.

Measurements. Body length dd 8.0-13.0 mm, 99 9.0-12.5 mm (385,

299, Bayamatu village near Mumeng, P.N.G., 13.iii.1979, Y. D. Lubin; 8dd,

799, Brisbane, Q., 17.iv.1980, J. F. Grimshaw; 388, 19, Brisbane, Q., 29.xii.1980,

J. P. Curgenven).

EGG

White, of muscine type (Ferrar, 1979), oval, 1.4 x 0.3 mm.

FIRST INSTAR LARVA ·

Twelve segmented, anterior sense organs on segment 1 of two types,

both two segmented, one with conical second segment, other open distally

."———————

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981

Figs 1.5, Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes. (1-4)d: (1) claspers, posterior view; (2) claspers

and aedeagus, lateral view; (3) tip of aedeagus, ventral view; (4) fifth abdominal

sternite, ventral view. (5)9 sixth and seventh abdominal sternites, ventral view.

All to same scale except Fig. 3.

With a number of sensilla. Segments 2-12 (S2-12 below) with cuticular spine

ands described below, typically with bands near anterior border of segments

and with spines pointing posteriorly. Cephalopharyngeal skeleton (Fig. 6)

With Strongly curved mouth-hooks. Anterior spiracles on S2 only faintly

Visible under the light microscope as simple openings; posterior spiracles

ig. 7) in pit on S12, each two oval slits and an elongate felt chamber visible

i Tough the cuticle.

32 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981

Figs 6-13. Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes, larvae. (6-7) first instar: (6) cephalopharynge?l

skeleton; (7) posterior spiracle. (8-10) second instar: (8) cephalopharynge?

skeleton; (9) anterior spiracle; (10) posterior spiracle. (11-13) third insta” |

(11) cephalopharyngeal skeleton; (12) anterior spiracle; (13) posterior spiracle:

All lateral views except posterior spiracles, these dorsal views. Figs 6, 8, 11 an

9, 10, 12, 13 to same scales as indicated.

Spination. S2: anterior band ca. eight rows ventrally, anterior fou!

slender and lightly sclerotized while posterior spines blunt and heavily

sclerotized (Fig. 14); band tapers to ca. three rows midlaterally, then ?

distinct gap before continuing with ca. three rows mostly blunt, heavily

sclerotized spines dorsally. 53, 4: anterior band ca. six rows short blunt spine:

uniform all round body except for gap in same position as S2. S5: anterio!

band ca. six rows ventrally, but ca. four rows dorsally, with gap as S2

S6: anterior band ca. seven rows of smaller spines ventrally, tapering to c7

four rows below lateral midline, then a gap to a midlateral patch of spine?

ca. three rows wide and ca. ten spines tall; similar gap separates the dors

part of the band of ca. two rows of spines. S7, 8: similar to S6, but midlateral

patch and dorsal part of band progressively reduced. S9: anterior band c4

nine irregular rows of small spines, ventrally only. S10: band further reduced;

ca. six rows ventrally. S11: band reduced to a rudimentary ventral patch 0

very small spines. S12: spines absent, but spiracular pit with fringe of fin? |

hairs.

SECOND INSTAR LARVA |

Twelve segmented, anterior sense organs similar to first instal:

Cephalopharyngeal skeleton (Fig. 8) with narrow, curved mouth-hooks:

windows in both cornua, prominent parastomal bars and ventral pharynge

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 33

tidges. Anterior spiracles (Fig. 9) with a simple fan of eleven or twelve rays;

Posterior spiracles (Fig. 10) sunk in a shallow pit, each with two slits and

an incomplete peritreme. No larvae were available for a description of the

Cuticular spination.

THIRD INSTAR LARVA

Twelve segmented, anterior sense organs similar to first instar.

Cephalopharyngeal skeleton (Fig. 11) with stout, curved mouth-hooks with

4 blunt ventral spine basally, windows in both cornua, prominent parastomal

ars and ventral pharyngeal ridges. Anterior spiracles (Fig. 12) with a simple

fan of twelve rays; posterior spiracles (Fig. 13) in a very shallow pit without

Marginal lobes, each with three slits and an incomplete peritreme. Anal lobes

teduced to small, rounded structures.

Spination. S2: anterior band of small, sharp spines, twelve rows ventrally

lapering to ca. seven rows dorsally. S3, 4: anterior band ca. five irregular

Tows of widely spaced spines. S5: anterior band ca. four irregular rows

Ventrally, but only two or three rows dorsally. S6: anterior band ca. five

‘regular rows ventrally ending well below lateral midline, but with a small

Midlateral patch of spines, absent above. S7, 8: similar to S6, but midlateral

Patch smaller. S9-11: similar to S6, but midlateral patch absent. S12: anterior

and consisting of a few scattered spines ventrally, but also a small patch of

Supra-anal spines.

Measurements. Length 8.5-11.0 mm, width 2.8-4.0 mm. (15 larvae,

Brisbane, Q., 17.iv.1980, J. F. Grimshaw; 6 larvae, Wau, P.N.G., 24.x.1980,

Y. D. Lubin).

PUPARIUM

Reddish brown, barrel-shaped; no puparial respiratory structures visible.

Ival spiracles exposed, surrounded by a groove marking the edge of

EEES) larval spiracular pit (Fig. 17). Larval anus preserved as a distinct

It,

Measurements. Length 7.0-9.8 mm long by 2.8-4.5 mm wide. (20

Puparia, Brisbane, Q., 17.iv.1980, J. Е. Grimshaw; 11 puparia, Wau, P.N.G.,

21-24.x.1980, Y. D. Lubin).

Discussion

The atypical host relationship of P. reposita has already been mentioned

and some features of the larvae discussed below may be an adaptation to the

Unusual larval habitat, which is very dry in contrast to the fluid conditions

*Xperienced by carrion feeders.

Sarcophagid larvae are typically adorned with segmental bands of

Cuticular spines, normally arranged in distinct anterior and posterior bands

Cantrell, in press). These bands are usually better developed in first instar

arvae and presumably help the larva to grip the substrate when moving in

Search of a suitable feeding site. Later instars show a progressive reduction

In spination, probably correlated with their more sedentary habits. In the

`SS

34 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 198!

parasitic larvae of Blaesoxipha Loew, spination of later instars is even furthe!

reduced (Cantrell, 1980), and similar reduction can also be seen in P. reposita,

where posterior spine bands are completely lacking. Also, in contrast to most

sarcophagids which leave the food source and pupariate in the soil, P. reposill

pupariates within the spider egg cases.

The spine band on segment 2 of sarcophagid larvae is usually the best

developed, consisting of numerous fine slender spines (Fig. 15), but in first

instar P. reposita these are modified to a reduced number of heavy, blunt

teeth (Fig. 14), the function of which is unknown. First instar BlaesoxipH

larvae (Fig. 16), also show a reduction in the number of spines, but these ar

still pointed, and probably aid penetration of the host.

14 E 15

Figs 14-16. First instar larva, lateral view, showing spine bands: (14) Parasarcophagé

reposita Lopes; (15) Taylorimyia iota (Johnston and Tiegs); (16) B/aesoX

ipha similis Cantrell.

Most sarcophagid larvae have the posterior spiracles sunk in a deep

caudal pit, and this is thought to be a means of keeping them free of fluid.

Around the rim of the pit are usually six fleshy tubercles. However in Ё.

reposita, particularly the third instar, the posterior spiracular pit is very

shallow with the spiracles clearly visible, and no trace of a pit can be discerned

in the puparium (Fig. 17). This is in contrast to most sarcophagids, where the

spiracular pit-is also visible in the puparium (Fig. 18). A similar reduction of

the spiracular pit is found in Tricharaea brevicornis (Wiedemann) (Ferrar,

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 93

1979) although the marginal tubercles can still be discerned. These are

Completely lacking in P. reposita.

Third instar larvae of P. reposita can also be separated from all other

h own Australian species by the presence of a ventral spine on the mouth-

ОоК$ (Fig. 11).

Acknowledgements

i I thank Mrs J. P. Curgenven, Miss J. F. Grimshaw and Dr Y. D. Lubin

Or providing the specimens used in this study, and Dr D. Н. Colless for the

dan of the holotype of P. reposita.

Е;

l9s 17-18, Puparium, posterior view: (17) Рагаѕагсорһада reposita Lopes; (18) Boett-

cherisca peregrina (Robineau-Desvoidy).

C References А

antrell, В. K., 1980. Larvae of Blaesoxipha Loew (Diptera: Sarcophagi

unidentified tachinid (Diptera) parasitic in Acrididae (Orthoptera) iu Au

с J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19: 217-221. а А

Antrell, В. K., (in press). The immature stages of some Australian Sarcophaginae (Diptera:

Е Sarcophagidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. Е ,

errar, P., 1979. The immature stages of dung-breeding muscoid flies in Australia, with

notes on the species, and keys to larvae and puparia. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl.

L Ser. 73: 1-106.

Opes, H. de Souza, 1959. A revision of Australian Sarcophagidae (Diptera). Studia Ent.

2: 53-67.

Lubin, Y. D., 1974. Adaptive advantages and the evolution of colon

Cyrtophora (Araneae: Araneidae). Zool. J. Linn. Soc. 54: 321

dae) and an

stralia.

y formation in

-339.

Vote added in proof

a Shinonaga and Barrion recently described Pierretia litsingeri sp.n., parasitic in the

КЫ sacs of Argiope catenulata (Doleschall) in the Philippines, but no information is given

m the immature stages. See “А new species of sarcophagid fly parasitic in the egg sac of

* spider Argiope catenulata (Doleschall) in the Philippines". Kontyü 48: 537-9 (1980).

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, |

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ANONYMOUS : (

1977. Excursion report: Queen's Birthday Weekend, 11-13 June, 1977. Maleny. oN

News 97 & 98: 7-8.

Odonata: Episynlestes albicanda

Note:-Q.N.C. News is the newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club.

1977. No title. Wildlife in Australia 14(1): cover illustration with caption.

Lepidoptera: big greasy

1979. Oriental fruit fly—an Australian version. Rural Res. CSIRO 103: 24-26, illustt-

1979. The screw-worm threat. Rural Res. CSIRO 102: 4-8, illustr.

Diptera: Calliphoridae: Chrysomya bezziana

BROWN, G. R. di

1979. The European wasp is a potentially dangerous import. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90

38-39, illustr. Я ;

Hymenoptera: Vespula germanica

BROWN, K. R. so

1980. Comparative wing morphometrics of some calyptrate Diptera. J. Aust. ent.

18(4): 289-303, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-15.

BRUZZESE, Eligio d

1980. The phytophagous insect fauna of Rubus spp. (Rosaceae) in Victoria, a study у

the biological control of blackberry (Rubus fruticosus L. Agg.). J. Aust. ent.

19(1): 14, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1. |

BULL, С. М. and SHARRAD, R.D. ven

1980. Seasonal activity of the reptile tick, Aponomma hydrosauri (Denny) (Acari: IX |

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

idae) in experimental enclosures. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 47-52, text-figs r

BURGMAN, M. A., CROZIER, R. H. and TAYLOR, В. W. E

1980. Comparisons of different methods of. determining affinities for nine ant speci? x

the genus Camponotus. Aust. J. Zool. 28(1): 151-160, tables 1-3, text-figs

BURNS, Gordon and BURNS, Joy |

1980. An unusual year. Victorian Ent. 10(3): 34.

Coleoptera: buprestid species listed.

DOHERTY, R. L., CARLEY, J. G., KAY, B. H., FILIPPICH, Cheryl, MARKS, Elizab?

N. and FRAZIER, Christina L. 1

1979. Isolation of virus strains from mosquitoes collected in Queensland, 1972-19

Aust. J. exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 57(5): 509-520, tables 1-4.

DUGDALE, J. S. . hi

1980. Australian Trichopterygini (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) with descriptions of ei

new taxa. Aust. J. Zool. 28(2): 301-340, text-figs 1-105. |

DUNN, K. L. oft

1980. A new locality for Hypochrysops delicia delos in Victoria (Lepidoptera—Ly™

idae). Victorian Ent. 10(3): 30.

GOODING, Charles George Llewelyn

OBITUARY. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2): 33-34. Victorian Ent. 10(1): 3.

GREENSLADE, Penelope the

1977. Collembala. Jn M. R. Foale (ed.), Innes National Park, a survey conducted by, 4

Nature Conservation Society of South Australia. Pp. 35-40, tables 1-4, text-figs

GREENSLADE, P. J. M. шї

1977. Ants. In М. В. Foale (ed.), Innes National Park, a survey conducted by the Na

Conservation Society of South Australia. Pp. 41-42. › jl

HARDY, R. J., TERAUDS, A., RAPLEY, P. E. L., WILLIAMS, M. A., IRESON, J. E-?

MILLER, L. A. El

1978. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania, 1976/77. Tasm. Dept. Agric. Insect P”)

Survey 10: i-iii, 1-26. |

Aust. ent. Mag, 8(2,3), August, 1981 37

HARDY, pR, J., TERAUDS, A., RAPLEY, P. E. L., WILLIAMS, M. A., IRESON, J. E.,

MILLER, L. A., BRIEZE-STEGEMAN, R. and McQUILLAN, P. B. r

1980. Insect pest occurrences in Tasmania, 1978/79. Tasm. Dept. Agric. Insect

HA Pest Survey 12: i-ii, 1-39.

WKESWOOD, T. J. ; ; l

1977. Those mighty plant defoliators—the Chrysomelidae. Wildlife in Australia 14(1):

HE 11-14, illustr.

MBROW, C. R.

1979. Butterfly migration: ONC News [Newsl. Qd Nat. Club] 112: 5-6.

Lepidoptera: mıgration records for 3 butterfly species given.

1980. Nature note. ONC News [Newsl. Qd Nat. Club] 119: 13. :

Lepidoptera: skipper butterfly, common eggfly, flew indoors possibly attracted

by smell of amonia.

HILL, ne я

980. Таѕтапіап Dipsocoroidea (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2):

Ho 107-127, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-44.

LT, J. A. and GREENSLADE, P. J. M. St. 1

1980. Ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in mounds of Amitermes laurensis (Isoptera:

Ho Termitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 349-361, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-3.

USTON, K. J. И

1980. A revision of the Australian species of Stethorus Weise (Coleoptera: Coccinell-

H idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc..19(2): 81-91, text-figs 1-30.

OUSTON, K. J. and HALES, D. F. | |

1980. Allelic frequencies and inheritance of colour pattern in Coelophora inaequalis

(F.) (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 28(5, 6): 669-677, tables 1-3,

H text-fig. 1.

UGHES, R. p. ;

1980. Rainfall as a cause of mortality in a dung-breeding fly. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4):

Hu 323-327, tables 1-3.

NTING, Mark

1980. Spring collecting near Orbost, East Gippsland. Victorian Ent. 10(2): 21-23.

Lepidoptera: butterflies listed and discussed. ; ]

1980, Mae ue from Croajingalong National Park, East Gippsland. Victorian Ent.

10(3): 29-30. .

Kay, " a eee: butterflies

1980, Toxicity of insecticides to Coccinella repanda Thunberg (Coleoptera: Coccin-

Ka ellidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 233-234, tables 1 & 2.

Y, І. R., NOBLE, В. М. and TWINE, P. Н. ,

1980. The effect of gossypol in artificial diet on the growth and development oi

Heliothis punctigera Wallengren and H. armigera (Hubner) (Lepidoptera:

KELSEY REE} J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 229-232, tables 1 & 2.

1980. New Australian Scenopinidae (Diptera) III. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 7-10,

text-figs 1-18.

KENNEDY, Keith

Kerri: Aristolochias and butterflies. N. Qd Nat. 44 (No. 172): 3-4.

; D. S. and ELSON, M. M. К i

1980. o four pupae of Australian Culicoides Latreille (Diptera: Cerato-

Key Pogonidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 11-18, text-figs 1-24.

‚ K. H. L. and KEVAN, D. K. McE. k

1980. A revision of the Australian Atractomorphini (Orthoptera: Pyrgomorphidae).

LEE 7 Aust. J. Zool. 28(5, 6): 717-773, tables 1-12, text-figs 1-42.

ИКЕ

1980. The tole of invertebrates in nutrient cycling and energy flow in grasslands.

Proc. 2nd Australas. Conf. Grassland Invert. Ecol.: 26-29.

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(2,3), August, 198!

1980. Effects of aphids on seedling growth of lucerne lines in the field. 1. Blue-gre??

aphid (Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji) in field conditions. Aust. J. Exp. A&

Anim. Husb. 20: 72-76, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1. Р

1980. Effect of aphids оп seedling growth of lucerne lines. 2. Spotted alfalfa aphid |

(Therioaphis trifolii f. maculata) (Monell) in field conditions. Aust. J. EXP

Agr. Anim. Husb. 20: 452-456, tables 1-3.

LODGE, G. M. and GREENUP, L. R. "

1980. Seedling survival, yield and seed production of three species of annual medics

exposed to lucerne aphids. Aust. J. Exp. Agr. Anim. Husb. 20: 451-46)

tables 1-3, text-figs 1-2. д

1980. Observations on aphid infestations and damage in some pasture legume speci®

J. Aust. Inst. Agric. Sci. 46(11): 57-60, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

LYMBERY, Alan and BAILEY, Winston

1980. Regurgitation as a possible anti-predator defensive mechanism in the grasshopp%

Goniaea sp. (Acrididae, Orthoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2): 129-130, tables

1&2.

McDONALD, G. \

1980. Population studies of Culex annulirostris Skuse and other mosquitoes (Dipter?

Culicidae) at Mildura in the Murray Valley of southern Australia. J. Aust. епі.

Soc. 19(1): 37-40, 1 table, 1 text-fig.

McEVEY, Shane F. s

1980. Expedition to Mount Adolphus Island, 1979-80. Victorian Ent. 10(3): 32-33: |

Lepidoptera: six species listed

Diptera: Leucophenga spp, Drosophila ananassae, D. concolor |

McKILLIGAN, N.

1980. Mating of the green bladder cicada Cystosoma saundersii. Darling Downs Nal.

2(4): 46.

Hemiptera: Homoptera: Cystosoma saundersi

NAUMANN, I. D. and MASNER, L. |

1980. A revision of the termitophilous Australian genus Leaiopria Dodd (HymenoP"

tera: Proctotrupoidea: Diapriidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2): 143-149, text-figs

1-13.

NEBOISS, A.

1980. First record of the subfamily Hyalopsychinae from Australia (Trichopte!

Polycentropodidae). Arch. Hydrobiol. 90(3): 357-361, text-figs 1-7.

NISHIDA, Gordon M.

1979. Catalogue of entomological types in the Bishop Museum. Blattaria and Mant

odea. Pacific Insects 20(1): 1-4. :

Mantodea: Nesoxypilus antennatus, Phthersigena insularis

LLOYD, D. L., TURNER, J. W. and HILDER, T. B.

NOLAN, Jeff

1980. February meeting. [Report of meeting held Feb. 1980]. Toowoomba Fld nal.

Club. 314: 1.

Aracnida: Atrax infensus, A. formidabilis (most common funnel-webs in

Toowoomba region)

NOUSALA, Anne

1980. Development thresholds in two species of Delias. News. Bull. ent. Soc. 04

7(9): 117.

Lepidoptera: Delias nigrina, D. argenthona argenthona

O'FLYNN, M. A. and MOORHOUSE, D. E. А

1980. Identification of early immature stages of some common Queensland carrio®

flies. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 53-61, text-figs 1-38.

PETERSON, M. and HAWKESWOOD, T. J.

1980. A record of Orthetrum caledonicum feeding on another dragonfly. West. Aust.

Nat. 14(7): 201, text-fig. 1.

Odonata: Orthetrum caledonicum, Diplacodes haematodes j

Aust. ent, Mag. 8(2,3), August, 1981 39

REEVES, D. M.

1977. Excursion report. Easter, 8-11 April, 1977. Bunya Mountains. Q.N.C. News

97 & 98: 4-5.

Lepidoptera: Heteronympha mirifica, H. banksii mariposa

Note: Q.N.C. News is the newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists' Club.

1979. Presidential address for 1977-1978. An island love affair. Qd Nat. 22(5-6):

106-111.

Briefly discussed the flora and fauna of islands in the Capricorn-Bunker groups.

Aracnida: Desismarina, Nephila sp.

Lepidoptera: Zizeeria knysna karsandra, Ocybadistes walkeri, Common Eggfly

RICHARDS, Aola M.

1980. Sexual selection, guarding and sexual conflict in a species of Coccinellidae

(Coleoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 26.

RIDLAND, P. M. and HALLORAN, G. M.

1980. The influence of the lucerne bud mite (Eriophyes medicaginis Keifer) on the

growth of annual and perennial Medicago species. Aust. J. agric. Res. 30(6):

1027-1033, tables 1-4.

RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J. and PORTER, M. В.

1980. Influence of soil moisture on root feeding and growth rate of Sericesthis

nigrolineata larvae (Scarabaeidae: Coleoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 73-77,

tables 1-4.

RIOTTE, J. C. E.

1979. Australian and Papuan tussock moths of the Orgyia complex (Lepidoptera:

Lymantriidae). Pacific Ins. 20(2-3): 293-311, text-figs 1-43.

ROGERS, D. J.

1980. Host plant resistance to Ophiomyia phaseoli (Tryon) (Diptera: Agromyzidae)

in Phaseolus vulgaris. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 245-250, tables 1-4.

ROOM, р. М.

1980. Parasites and predators of Heliothis spp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) in cotton in

the Namoi Valley, New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 223-228, tables

1-3.

SAMSON, Р. R. and BLOOD, P. R. B.

1980. Voracity and searching ability of Chrysopa signata (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae),

Micromus tasmaniae (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae) and Tropiconabis capsiformis

5 (Hemiptera: Nabidae). Aust. J. Zool. 28(4): 575-580, tables 1-3, text-fig. 1.

IBATANI, A. and GRUND, R. B.

1978. A revision of the Theclinesthes onycha complex (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).

SIMs Ty6 to ga (Trans. Lepid. Soc. Jap.) 29(1): 1-34, text-figs 1-158.

‚ Eric

1980. A Templetonia moth. S. Aust. Nat. 54(3): 36-37, 39, 1 fig., illustr. front cover.

8 Lepidoptera: Uresiphita ornithopteralis

PAIN, A. V. and BROWN, A. J..

1980. Aspects of the biology of harvester termites in a grassland environment (Isopt-

era). Proc. 2nd Australas. Conf. Grassland Invert. Ecol.: 141-145, tables 1-5.

SPILLANE, A. E.

1980. Observations on the leaf-curling spider, Phonognatha graeffei. Victorian Nat.

5 97(4): 161-162, text-figs 1-3.

TAHLE, P. P.

1980. The immature stages of the harlequin bug, Dindymus versicolor (Herrich-Scha-

ffer) (Hemiptera: Pyrrhocoridae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 271-276, 1 table,

ST text-figs 1-5.

ARY Petr and CARVER, Mary : q c

1980. Two new species of Aphidius Nees (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonoidea: Aphidii-

Wa dae) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 337-341, text-figs 1-16.

DE, Alan Г

1978. Notes on the habits of the Northern Jezabel butterfly Delias argenthona fraga-

lactea. М.Т. Nat. 1(1): 13-14, illustr.

Aust. ent. Мад. 8(2,3), August, 1981

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES

The Editor wishes to thank the following for refereeing papers submitted

to this journal.

Р. Ackery J. D. Majer

J. A. Armstrong D. K. McAlpine

A. F. Atkins E. N. Marks

S. Barker G. B. Monteith

1. К. Bock В. Р. Мооге

E. В. Britton A. Neboiss

J. C. Cardale E. G. Matthews

P. B. Carne T. R. New

D. H. Colless I. Naumann

I. F. B. Common A. Е. O’Farrell

G. Daniels E. Riek

R. Domrow R. J. Raven

E. D. Edwards G. Sankowsky

J. W. Evans E. Schicha

E. M. Exley M. A. Schneider

T. L. Fenner C. N. Smithers

B. K. Filshie J. J. H. Szent-Ivany

M. J. Fletcher R. W. Taylor

M. R. Gray I. W. B. Thornton

Р. J. М. Greenslade M. S. Upton

G. A. Holloway A. P. Walford-Huggins

R. D. Hughes J. A. L. Watson

K. H. L. Key T. Weir

R. L. Kitching R. T. Williams

. F. Lawrence E. C. Zimmerman

J. C. Le Souëf

EDUCATION IN THE 80'S — WORKSHOP SEMINAR ў

The Entomological Society of New South Wales has organised this

seminar to be held at Macquarie University on Friday October 23rd 198].

Invited and contributed papers presented during the seminar will be published:

Information and Registration forms are available from Dr J. M. E. Anderso”:

School of Zoology, University of N.S.W. P.O. Box 1, Kensington 2033.

~ ^ Worldwide Lepidoptera &

Coleoptera

"Iradewing

82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870

Phone: (070) 54 3643 Write for Catalogue

a‏ س

п 4 ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

Tee are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

eA RUE e sisubecriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

WAN e е itor who reserves the right to alter ог reject notices.

TED. Will buy beetles and butterflies of Australia. R. H. Moore,

FO Totara Park Road, Upper Hutt, New Zealand.

R SALE. D’Abrera, Bernard D. Butterflies of the Australian Region. 1977.

416 pp. 2nd edition. New. Price: $65.00 M. P. Sitter, N.S.W. Institute

WAN of Technology, C/- Katherine Vernon, P.O. Box 123, Broadway, N.S.W.

TED. Specimens and information of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera) from the

Australian region for the first major revision since 1903. Dr D. J. Brothers,

C/- Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Р.О. Box 1700, Canberra City,

A.C.T. 2601 (Ent. Dept., University of Natal, P.O. Box 375, Pietermar-

itzburg, 3200, South Africa, after August 1981).

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY 00.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPCRTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

ogist a most comprehensive

f entomological ‘books.

We offer both the amateur and professional entomol

range of quality equipment and'a wide selection o

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

н Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double

Paced and in duplicate.

T All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

nsidered unsuitable. :

Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.

50 c Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $7 for

enn $10 for 100 copies, $12 for 200 copies and $14 for 300 copies. Authors who

ify they are purchasing reprints at personal expense will be charged two thirds the

ve rates. There are no free reprints. "

T. Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they

Col O appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.

ad Sin plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $120;

апо опа! plates $95 each. Photographs аге best submitted as colour transparencies

expe ugh paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more

Spe nsive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such

Cimens are best photographed on a single slide.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street, .

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

CANTRELL, B. K. Redescription of Parasarcophaga reposita Lopes;

(Diptera: Sarcophagidae) m T C C TE T TT T M 202

COLLESS, Donald Н. Musca cassara Pont (Diptera: Muscidae): a first

record for the Australian mainland .................... 23

MORRISON, N.H. Fly mimicry by a jumping spider (Salticidae) . . . . . 22 |

SAMSON, P. R. and O’BRIEN, C. F. Predation on Ogyris genoveva

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) by meat ants ................ 21

SMITHERS, C. N. A new species of Dirla Navas (Psocoptera: Calo-

psocidae) with comments on the position of the genus ........ 24

BEETLES OF SOUTH-EASTERN AUSTRALIA. Fascicle 3 (pp. 37-52)

Making a collection (pt), Identification, List of families . . .centre liftout

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REFEREES...................- 40

EDUCATION IN THE 80's — Workshop Seminar ............... 40

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................. 36

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ..... S Reps ЫК ТМО inside back covet

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W. of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones К. Т. Carrington 19 22 Маг: 1975 F. Н. Innes

Р. 5. О. МасОопаіа К. & M. Walker -Jones

ДЕБЕИ Hard. 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'S, 140°10'E Karratha, W.A.

Коры N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

z eA un " 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 С.А. Hawkinson

М Jennifer Montgomery $.К. & Р.В. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS

by Densey Clyne

Now out of print.

Author has a limited number of signed copies at $12 (post free)

Write to D. Clyne, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turramurra, N.S.W. 2074

ISSN 0211.1R2821

AUSTRALIAN Ove

[ENTOMOLOGICAL -

Y E 3

Edi

1982 |

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 8, PART 4

NOVEMBER, 1981

(0000000 ee

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$9.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$12.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Deborah Kent

Shows the face of the larva, Tapeigaster annulipes Macquart (Diptera:

Heleomyzidae). The genus Tapeigaster is endemic to Australia, where it is widely

distributed through temperate regions. The larvae of Tapeigaster are known tO

live in various kinds of fungi.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia. `

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

253 Hennessy Road

Hong Kong

(wy

( 2 4 FEB 1982

. NKO, Vi on,

Australian Entomologia

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 8, Part 4 November, 1981

COLONISATION OF ANTS ON THE EXPOSED BANKS

OF THE CANNING DAM RESERVOIR

By S. Woodroff and J. D. Majer

School of Biology, Western Australian Institute of Technology, Bentley, W.A. 6102

Abstract

th The plants, ants and certain epigaeic invertebrates were sampled on the banks of

At least 26 plant and 17 ant species had colonised the reservoir banks within 67

Months of exposure. All but three ants present were also residents of the adjacent forest.

Ost were generalist feeders which nested in soil or subterranean dead wood. The ant

Species present took between about 1.5 and 67 months to colonise the banks. The species

Composition of ants was very similar to those recolonising nearby bauxite mined areas.

Introduction

. The south-west of Western Australia has experienced below average

Tainfall since 1975. As a result, the water in the reservoirs in this area is at an

extremely low level. The exposed ground, which was previously inundated, is

Ш the process of. being colonised by a range of native and exotic plant species,

and various invertebrate taxa are also becoming prominent. These conditions

Provide a natural situation for the study of species capable of colonising

freshly available land. `

The present study records the ants which have colonised recently

exposed ground on the banks of the Canning Dam reservoir, 35 km SE of

Perth and compares the species here with those colonising the nearby mined

areas. Some notes are also given on the abundance of other invertebrates and

Plant species occurring on the reservoir banks.

42 j Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

Another study of invertebrate succession, with particular reference to

ants, is in progress in rehabilitated bauxite mines situated at Del Park and

Jarrahdale, respectively 90 and 45 km SE of Perth (Majer, 1978). Here

attention is being focused on the sequence of ant species which colonise the

mined areas.

Site description and methods

Canning Dam reservoir is situated in the northern Jarrah (Eucalyptus

marginata Donn. ex Sm.) forest. Construction of the reservoir was commenced

in 1933 and it was opened in 1940. The dam wall is 66 metres high and the

sides of the reservoir usually follow the original contours of the valley. All

vegetation was removed prior to flooding of the valley while topsoil and some

subsoil were displaced in certain areas near the dam. In most areas the banks

of the reservoir are covered in clay, silt or the original topsoil. Large granite

outcrops dominate certain areas and many stumps of dead trees are present.

By inspection of the monthly water level records it was possible to

determine the period of continuous exposure of sections of the surrounding

bank. As a result, zones of ground along the banks were identified which had

been exposed for 1.5, 5, 16, 54 and 67 months following depression of

water levels. The respective zones average a linear distance of 87, 69, 55, 29

and 4 metres from the forest margin.

Ten transects, spaced at 10 m intervals, were marked out from the top

of the banks to water level along both the north-west and north-east banks

of the reservoir. The adjacent forest was not sampled since the ant fauna of

this region is reasonably well known (J. D. Majer, unpublished data). Single

pitfall traps were installed in April, 1980, at points representing the five

exposure zones on each of the twenty transects. Traps consisted of Pyrex

test tubes of 18 mm internal diameter and 15 cm depth and contained 10 ml

of 70/30 v/v alcohol/glycerol mix. Greenslade and Greenslade (1971) have

demonstrated that this preservative is non-attractive to ants although some

other invertebrates may be attracted. Following a one-week settling-in period

the traps were uncorked and left open for seven days. In order to provide

further information on ant distribution a thorough search was made for ant

nests along the banks and the time of exposure of land upon which they were

found was recorded. The collections were then taken to the laboratory for

sorting. With the exception of'ants, the invertebrates were scored at the order

or family level. Where ant species could not be assigned specific names they

were coded with Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC) or Western

Australian Institute of Technology Collection (J.D.M.) code numbers. The

taxonomy of many Australian ant genera is not well known. Some of the

species names given in this paper apply only in a very broad sense and identify

what are often species complexes. Therefore, voucher specimens from this

study are retained for subsequent study at the Western Australian Institute

of Technology.

= a a ee

————-—-—-—=—-—-—-+-————-—-—-+—Є——

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981 43

A 10 by 1 metre strip of ground was marked out adjacent to each pitfall

trap and parallel with the water’s edge. The numbers, and species, of plants

and percentage cover in this area were scored. Since the plants were sparsely

distributed a thorough search was made along the banks for additional species

and the exposure times for collection sites were recorded.

Results

The mean numbers of plant individuals per transect and their frequency

at each exposure zone are shown in Table 1. As with the ants, they are listed

In decreasing order of colonising ability. Thirteen species were recorded in

the transects, all of which are native to the area. The more extensive search

Or additional species revealed the following plants; down to 1.5 month zone

YPOchoeris radicata L.; down to 16 month zone Gomopholobium marginatum

R.Br., Dittrichia viscosa (L.) W. Greuter, Viminaria juncea (Schrad. and

endl.) Hoffmanns; down to 54 month zone Bossiaea aquifolium Benth.,

Daviesia sp. indet., Grevillea bipinnatifida R.Br., Cryptandra sp., and down

to 67 month zone Hakea petiolaris Meissn., Hovea trisperma Benth., Lasio-

Petalum floribundum Benth., Synaphea petiolaris R.Br., Mirbelia spinosa

Benth., Scirpus sp. With the exception of H. radicata (a flatweed) and D.

»iscosa (Stinkwort), all are native species.

TABLE 1

Mean number and frequency of plants growing in 20 transects situated on ground exposed

for different periods of time along the bank of the Canning Dam reservoir.

Mean numbers per transect Frequency /20 transects

Species Exposure time (months) Exposure time (months)

67 54 16 a "XY G ug

Grevillea trifida (R. Br.) Meisn. 01 01 01 ОПЕ Soa 1

рулагапіћиѕ viridus L, 0.9 0.3 0.1 6 6 1

Nostemon sp.? 0.1 02 01 0.3 1 1 1 2

Ac media prostrata R. Br. 0.1 0.3 3 1...

Cacia pulchella R.Br, on on OS Ea O

°РЇйозретта angustatum R.Br. 0.1 0.2 0.1 2 3 1

аесКеа camphorosmae Endl. 0.1 0.1 1 1

ucalyptus calophylla Lindl. 3102109315 1 16

akea undulata R.Br. 0.9 0.1 2 1

aviesia cordata Sm. 0.7 2

Aviesia horrida Preiss ex Lehm. 0.5 3

G Yllanthus calycinus Labill. 1.3 2 i

Plant cover ranged from 0% at the 1.5 month exposure zone to between

1-5% at the 67 month zone. Isolated patches of dense E. calophylla covered

Up to 30% of ground in very restricted areas of the 67 and 54 month zones.

Twelve species of ants were collected in the pitfall traps. The mean

Numbers of each species per trap and their frequency out of the twenty

traps at each exposure zone are shown in Table 2. The ants are listed in

decreasing colonisation ability. This was assessed in terms of how far down

the banks they were sampled and also their abundance in traps at each zone.

he asterisks on Table 2 indicate the lowest exposure zone where nests of a

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

particular species were found. Nests of five species were found which меге

not sampled in the pitfall traps. These are also shown in Table 2.

Table 3 shows the mean numbers of the other arthropods collected in

pitfall traps. The values should not be used for comparison between taxa |

since mobility of the animal influences catch as does the fact that it may be |

attracted to the alcohol preservative (Greenslade and Greenslade, 1971). The |

counts are useful for indicating the range of taxa present on the banks and |

also their relative abundance levels in different exposure zones.

TABLE 2

Numbers represent mean number and frequency of ants sampled by pitfall traps situated on ground exposed

for different periods of time along the bank of the Canning Dam reservoir. Asterisks indicate the lowest

level where nests of a particular species were found. Five of the species were not sampled in the pitfall traps.

eher ne کمک و‎ рөт тыг? ر اک‎ il ا یھ‎ rte aN pe rm mh erar rine a ке ү: ды: e aig melee ret ЧГ

Mean numbers per trap Frequency per 20 traps

Species Exposure times (months) Exposure times (months)

YS TT ST N OF TG Sis

—-|o

Rhytidoponera inornata (Crawley) 11 KE! 2

Cardiocondyla nuda (Mayr) 2 2 А

1 .1*

0 3

Camponotus sp. J.D.M. 25 0. Л

ооо | е

Iridomyrmex purpureus (Er. Smith) 4 5

Rhytidoponera violacea (Forel) 3 3

Camponotus sp. J.D.M. 68 1

Iridomyrmex sp. 21 (ANIC) y 4

Brachyponera lutea (Mayr) *

Iridomyrmex sp. J.D.M. 217 Р ж

Camponotus sp. J.D.M. 182 1.0

Melophorus sp. 1 (ANIC) 0.3

Polyrachis sp. J.D.M. 390 0.1

Tapinoma sp. J.D.M. 134 |

Monomorium sp. 2 (ANIC) * |

Camponotus sp. J.D.M. 285 0.1 1 |

юзе

4.1 0

0.2 3

0.1 1

1.0* 0.7 0.4 6

0.3 0

0.1 7

0.4 4

RO‏

دن سر سر یم

Myrmecia sp. J.D.M. 5 *

Iridomyrmex conifer (Forel) *

TABLE 3

Mean number of arthropods (excluding ants) sampled by pitfall traps

situated on ground exposed for different periods of time along the

bank of the Canning Dam reservoir.

Mean numbers per trap

Arthropod group Exposure times (months)

67 54 16 5 1.5

Arachnida — Scorpiones 0.05

Opiliones - 0.05

Araneae 0.75 1.60 0.95 0.80 3.05

Acarina 0.40 1.90 1.60 0.70 0.40

Chilopoda 0.10

Collembola «* x x x x

Insecta — Dermaptera 1.65 0.85 0.30 0.70 0.40

Blattodea 0.05 Р

Orthoptera 10.30 6.15 5.65 4.10 0.50

Coleoptera 6.50 1.50 2.45 1.30 0.60

Diptera 0.55 0.25 0.45 0.65 0.30

Hymenoptera 0.05 0.10 0.05

۰ Larvae 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.25 0.05

* Abundant in traps at all exposure levels.

Discussion

This survey has demonstrated that at least 26 plant and 17 ant species

are capable of colonising the reservoir banks within 67 months of exposure.

Aust. ent: Мад. 8(4), November, 1981 45

These numbers compare with approximate species counts of 150-200 plants

(D. T. Bell, pers. comm.) and 120 ants (Majer, 1980a) in the adjacent forest.

Most of the plants are represented in the adjacent forest, the two weeds

being the exceptions. Viminaria juncea is largely confined to disturbed areas

Within forest such as roadsides; many of the other species are common in the

Post-fire succession of the Jarrah forest (Bell and Koch, 1980). The nectar,

Seeds and herbivores associated with the plants on the upper slopes would

Provide a limited food-base for certain consumers. Another important food

Source is the decaying tree stumps and branches, which were present all over

the banks, and organic detritus which has been washed up on the shore. The

abundance of dead plant matter is reflected by the preponderance of decom-

posers in the pitfall traps (e.g. certain Acarina and Coleoptera, Collembola

and Orthoptera-Gryllidae). Although a number of these taxa may be attracted

to the alcohol preservative (Greenslade and Greenslade, 1971), occurrence in

traps reflected their observed general abundance in the different exposure

Zones, The increase in abundance of these taxa with increasing exposure

time appeared to be associated with the plant material becoming more

amenable to attack by decomposers. y

The restriction of the larger predators, the Scorpiones and Opiliones,

lo the upper zones suggests that food availability is inadequate for these

animals in the more recently exposed areas. Although spiders were present in

the lower zones, they were all minute and hence required smaller amounts

ОЁ food than the larger predators.

The occurrence of ants in pitfall traps does not necessarily indicate

tesidence in that area since many species are capable of foraging considerable

distances. Incidence of nests in a particular zone is therefore a more'reliable

indicator of colonising ability. Nests of six of the species were not located

although their frequency in traps or their known restricted foraging ability

Indicated that most of them had nests on the reservoir banks. The possible

exceptions are Polyrachis sp. J.D.M. 390 and Camponotus sp. J.D.M. 285

Which may have foraged from the adjacent forest.

All but three of the ant species found on the reservoir banks are also

Present in the adjacent forest (J. D. Majer, unpublished data). The exceptions

аге Cardiocondyla nuda, which is a tramp species, Iridomyrmex purpureus

[small purple form (Halliday, 1979)], a native species which in this part of

the Jarrah forest only occurs in quarries and along roadsides, and Polyrachis

Sp. J.D.M. 390 has only previously been collected in the more open wandoo

(Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely) woodlands near Kojonup (J. D. Majer, unpub-

lised data).

All species found on the banks nest in soil or in subterranean dead

Wood. The ants are largely represented by species of Iridomyrmex, Camponotus

and Rhytidoponera, all of which are generalist feeders. The Iridomyrmex and

Camponotus species are all able to utilise live or dead invertebrates and also

Nectar from various sources. Both Rhytidoponera species collect live or dead

46 Aust. ent. Мад. 8(4), November, 198!

invertebrates and also a wide variety of seeds (Majer, 1980b). Melophorus

sp. 1 mainly consumes seed but animal material is also taken (J. D. Majer et al.

unpublished results). This species was only found down to the 54 month

exposure zone, below which few plants were mature enough to produce seed:

Further insight into the colonising ability of these ants may be obtained

by comparing the dam ants with those colonising rehabilitated bauxite mines,

surveyed between 1 and 13 years following revegetation (J. D. Majer et al.

unpublished results). The following ants from the present study were als

found in revegetated mines; Rhytidoponera inornata, R. violacea, C. nudi,

Iridomyrmex conifer, I. purpureus and I. sp. 21 (ANIC) in mines revegetated

two years previously; Brachyponera lutea, Monomorium sp. 2 (ANIC) ап

Melophorus sp. 1 (ANIC) in mines revegetated three years previously. None of

the Camponotus species from the banks were found in the mines. The reason

for this may be the absence of abundant dead timber for nesting in mined

areas. The comparison shows that there is a large similarity between the specie

of ants which colonise these two types of disturbed land. Furthermore {ће

is a reasonable concordance between the time taken by certain ants to colonis?

bauxite mines and the exposed banks of the dam. |

A number of studies on the ecology of southwest Australian ants and

the influence of disturbance on certain species have been completed or are i!

progress. The data from this survey will ultimately be integrated with thes

. studies in order to provide a greater understanding of how environment

factors influence ant communities and individual species.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank the Metropolitan Water Supply, Sewerage and

Drainage Board for permission to carry out this work. Dr J. E. Р. Fox and

Mr N. Lander identified the plants and Mr J. G. Penniket assisted with an!

identification. Drs P. J. M. Greenslade and R. Hnatiuk kindly read and

criticised the original manuscript.

References

Bell, D. T. and Koch, J. M., 1980. Post-fire succession in the northern Jarrah forest of

Western Australia. Aust. J. Ecol. 5: 9-14.

Halliday, R. B., 1979. Esterase variation at three loci in meat ants. The Journal of

Heredity 70: 57-71.

Majer, J. D., 1978. The importance of invertebrates in successful land reclamation wit!

particular reference to bauxite mine rehabilitation. In: Rehabilitation of mint

lands in Western Australia (Ed. by J. E. D. Fox), pp.47-61. Western Australia?

Institute of Technology, Bentley. '

Majer, J. D., 1980a. A preliminary ecological survey of the Wagerup ant fauna. Alco!

envir. Res. Bull. 7; 16 pp. |

Majer, J. D., 1980b. The influence of ants on broadcast and naturally spread seeds 1

rehabilitated bauxite mines. Reclamation Rev. 3: 3-9.

Majer, J. D., Day, J. E., Kabay, E. D. and Perriman, W. S., unpublished results. Recolor |

isation by ants in bauxite minesrehabilitated by a number of different methods:

Aust. ent Mag. 8(4), November, 1981 47

RECORDS OF THE CARRION BEETLE D/AMESUS OSCULANS VIGOR

(SILPHIDAE: COLEOPTERA) FROM NEW SOUTH WALES `

By Geoff Williams

C/- Post Office, Lansdowne, N.S.W. 2435.

Tie silphids are poorly represented in Australia where only Ptomaphila

acrymosa Schreib., P. perlata Kraatz and Diamesus osculans Vigor are present-

ly known.

Though D. osculans is widely distributed from India through to Queens-

land (Britton 1970) no New South Wales records have been published and the

Ripe’ biology has not been described. The species, however, occurs along the

‘S.W. coast where it has been collected as far south as Sydney (see Table 1).

A TABLE 1

cords of Diamesus osculans from New South Wales. All specimens, including those

Чан by the author, іп the Australian Museum.

Werpool, 9.vi.1954, Mrs E. Graham.

Sydney, 1925.

Grose R., 6.11.1971, G. Daniels.

Kempsey, 12-13.1.1956, R. Witchard.

Tuxner Park, Coffs Harbour, 27.11.1965, D. К. McAlpine and К. Lossin. ,

Пика, 19.1.1971, D. К. McAlpine.

puonbrook, near Mullumbimby, 27.ii.1965, D. K. McAlpine. i €

àwson Falls Reserve via Comboyne, 1.1981, С. and T. Williams. At “black” light positioned

i adjoining pasture and subtropical rainforest. тз

ánsdo wne via Taree, 1.1981, С. and T. Williams. In association with carrion in pasture.

Maria River State Forest, approximately 11 km S of Kempsey, iii.1981, С. and T. Williams.

At “black” light in dry sclerophyll forest regrowth.

The D. osculans encountered by me at Lansdowne (Table 1) were taken

ftom calf carrion, in which three adults and two larva were occupying the

Corridor" formed by the adjoining vertebral sections that comprised the

backbone. Two further adults were present directly below the backbone. The

adults and larvae within this “corridor” were particularly agile in moving along

lts length and turning within it though their body width was only slightly

Narrower than the space afforded. They had obviously occupied a particularly

effective protective niche which was not apparently shared with any of the

Other numerous carrion-associated insects also present [Diptera, trogid and

Staphylid beetles, and one additional silphid (Ptomaphila sp.)].

Individuals of D. osculans also emit a distinctive sound when in flight.

Whereas most large Coleoptera make a low pitched drone-like buzzing when

flight D. osculans produces a high pitched sound of short duration more

akin to those sounds produced by some Diptera, Hymenoptera and Orthoptera.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Dr C. N. Smithers of the Australian

Sydney, for his kindness in providing data on D. osculans from material in

the Australian Museum, and to Mr M. S. Moulds for his comments on the draft.

Museum,

Reference

Britton, E. B., 1970. Coleoptera. Chapter 30, in: The insects of Australia. Melbourne

University Press, Carlton, Victoria. 1029 pp.

48 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

THE IMMATURE STAGES OF EUPLEX/A IORRHOA (MEYRICK)

(LEPIDOPTERA: NOCTUIDAE)

By L. Hill

27 Mary St, North Hobart, Tasmania 7000.

Abstract

The immature stages of Euplexia iorrhoa are described and notes given on the

distribution of this species.

Introduction

Euplexia iorrhoa (Meyrick) is known only from Tasmania. Nothing has

been recorded of its biology or immature stages. Artificial rearing of larvae

and consideration of light trapping collections have provided an insight into

the biology and distribution of this species.

Methods

Three light-trapped females were placed in glass oviposition jars with

stretched muslin covers, folded paper towel and a 2% sugar solution. Eggs

were removed to moist filter paper in petri dishes after.surface sterilizing.

Larvae were reared on a modified Shorey’s medium in waxed paper cups and

pupae removed from the cups and placed in folded paper towel in glass

jars with loosely attached lids. Pupae were moistened every few days and

adults of normal appearance and size were obtained.

Photoperiods during rearing (February-July) comprised natural light

plus an irregular amount of artificial light for a few hours on many nights.

Temperatures during egg incubation were 18-21°C and during larval growth

were 16-20°C. Rearing took place in a laboratory near sea level in Hobart

and optional room heating was used to provide temperatures considerably

warmer (10-16°C greater) than at the site of capture of the females, viz.

nearby Mt Wellington, 1000 m. A fourth female was captured after the main

study was completed and larvae reared from it using both media and various

low garden plants as food. This female and its progeny were kept under a

wider temperature range.

The chorion of ethanol preserved eggs was examined in lactophenol

slide preparations of chorion fragments at x400. Measurements of ethanol

preserved eggs were made using a dissecting microscope and scaled eyepiece

and all drawings were prepared using a grid eyepiece.

The terminology of egg structure follows that of Salkeld (1975) but

the term ribs rather than reticulation is used here to indicate solid, well

defined struts lying on the chorion and often surmounting the broad vertical

chorion ridges found in many noctuid eggs.

Material examined:— Eggs from three females and larvae and pupae from

two of these. Females collected at Chalet, Mt Wellington, 1000 m, 1.11.1979,

L. Hill. Numbers 8 and 9 in Tasmanian Agriculture Dept. Entomology

Aust. ent. Мад. 8(4), November, 1981 g

Branch Collection and number 10 in Australian National Insect Collection

(labels include author’s numbers).

Egg ,

Description: Table 1 gives details of size and vertical ridge number. Dome-

shaped; cream when fresh, developing orangish brown equatorial band and

dorsal pole after 2-3 days; alternate vertical ridges extending from outer

margins of tertiary cells to circumference of smooth, flat base but remainder

Not extending so far dorsally; series of horizontal ridges linking vertical

tidges, their junctions with latter alternating along either side of each vertical

ridge; vertical ridges 6-8 um wide; horizontal ridges narrower; both types of

ridge devoid of surmounting longitudinal ribs; aeropyle openings 5 um

diameter, on vertical ridges at junctions with horizontal ridges, extending

full length of vertical ridges; chorion of secondary, tertiary and columnar

cells pitted (in slide preparations) with numerous holes ca 1.0 um diameter;

chorion of ridges and primary cells not pitted; micropylar rosette 80 um

diameter, with ca 15 cells; secondary and tertiary cells below level of primary

cells and dorsal ends of vertical ridges i.e. micropylar rosette appearing

raised.

TABLE 1 Д

Egg size and vertical ridge number of E. ¡orrhoa; samples drawn from three

females, s.d. are means of three subsamples standard deviations

Mean s.d. Range n

Height (mm) 0.53 0.03 0.49-0.57 — 25

Diameter (mm) 0.81 0.02 0.77-0.85 25

Vertical ridges 21.2 0.68 18-23 38

Comments:— The four females laid 142, 152, 145 and 439 eggs and survived

in captivity 11, 19, 5 and 9 days respectively. Eggs from the female surviving

19 days failed to develop. Eggs were oviposited singly and occasionally in

pairs and triplets, cemented by the base in approximately equal numbers to

ON glass, muslin and paper towel surfaces. The incubation period was 5-10

ays.

In slide preparations the columnar cell chorions of Neumichtis sepultrix

(Guenée) and Syntheta nigerrima (Guenée) also appear pitted by numerous

holes ca 1.0 um diameter. Scanning electron microscopy at x400 of the eggs

Of these two species has shown the columnar cell chorion surfaces to have

irregular anastomosing struts forming cavities (Hill, unpub. thesis). The vertical

ridges of these two species are also devoid of surmounting longitudinal ribs.

In contrast, the columnar cell chorions of Rictonis Nye and Praxis Guenée

appear solid or very finely pitted in slide preparations and nearly smooth in

Scanning electron micrographs taken at x1000. The vertical ridges of these

two genera are surmounted by longitudinal ribs 1.5-6.0 шт wide and three to

four times higher than wide.

БО Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

Larva

(Figs 1-5, 8-11)

Description:— Table 2 gives details of head capsule dimensions.

First instar 1.75-3.50 mm (п = 8); green without distinct markings;

setae black, 0.2 mm long, on large brown plates ca 0.06 mm wide; prolegs

short on abdominal segments 3 and 4.

Second instar ca 2.5 mm (n = 1); green with white middorsal and

supraspiracular longitudinal stripes, setae without white circle at bases, head

markings similar to later instars, some larvae with patches of black and

reddish brown pigments; setae not on plates.

Third instar 7-13 mm (n = 3); fourth ca 9 mm (n = 1); fifth 12.5-21.0

mm (n = 5); sixth 19-35 mm (n = 6); markings of third to sixth instars

similar to seventh.

Seventh instar 30-50 mm (n = 8); with pale and dark forms (Figs 8-11),

both countershaded, both greyish pink in ventral half, darker greyish

pink or blackish pink in dorsal half, dark forms possessing patches of

black and reddish brown pigments; conspicuous protruding orange and white

circles 0.75 mm diameter at bases of D2 setae on abdominal segment 8;

conspicuous series of black circles 0.70 mm diameter at bases of abdominal

SD1 setae, merging into black supraspiracular band in dark forms; orange and

white supraspiracular stripe limited to thoracic and anal segments; faint pale

areas extending posterodorsally from SD1 setae; abdominal D1 setae in white

circles 0.28 mm diameter; abdominal D2 setae in orange circles 0.38 mm

diameter; abdominal L1, L2, L3 and MDI setae in white circles 0.20 mm

diameter; L1 and MDI circles without black margins, other circles with black

margins; prolegs equal, crochet formula 30: 31: 32: 33: 38, ranges 28-32:

28-33: 30-35: 31-36: 36-45 (n = 14); cuticle appearing smooth at x80.

Thoracic D1 and D2 setae in white and orange circles 0.35 mm diameter with

black margins; thoracic L1, L2 and L3 setae in white circles without black

margins; prothoracic shield (Fig. 5) similar in colour to general dorsal surface

but with five white patches across anterior margin. Head (Figs 1, 2) medium

brown dorsally, pale along line of V and P setae, light brown laterally with

pale areas posterior to stemmata, pale ventrally and anteriorly, black around

TABLE 2

E. iorrhoa head capsule dimensions; F/Ep = length of frons/ length of epicranial stem

Width (mm) Dyars F/Ep

ини mean and range value ‘mean and range Л

1 0.42 (0.41-0.43) - 1.33 (1.11-1.64) 8

2 0.60 (0.55-0.63) 1.43 1.21 (1.07-1.42) 7

3 0.93 (0.85-1.12) 1.55 1.08 (1.00-1.20) 17

4 1.40 (1.27-1.50) 1.51 0.99 (0.91-1.09) 14

5 1.96 (1.82-2.14) 1.40 0.90 (0.80-1.09) 16

6 . 2.65 (2.52-2.87) 1.35 0.81 (0.72-0.91) 9

7 3.77 (3.50-4.10) 142 0.81 (0.73-0.94) 14

Aust. ent. Мад. 8(4), November, 1981 51

Figs 1-7. E. ¡orrhoa, last instar larva. (1) head capsule; (2) same, right lateral; (3) right

mandible, lateral; (4) spinneret and labial palpi, ventral; (5) prothoracic shield;

(6) cremaster spines, left lateral; (7) pupal appendages.

52 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

bases of setae, stemmata in arc of white pigment broken between stemmata

4 and 5; mandibles (Fig. 3) with medial subapical tooth on ventral ridge:

spinneret subequal in length to palpi (Fig. 4) (slightly longer than palpi in

earlier instars). Spiracles brown with black rims.

Comments:— The seventh instar larvae were large compared with ultimate

instar larvae of 17 other noctuid species reared concurrently. Larval duration.

from hatching to pupa formation, was 53-81 days (mean 67 days) and

comparable with those of several major and minor multivoltine pest Noctuidae

reared concurrently e.g. Persectania ewingii (Westwood) 45-55 days (mean

50 days). Larval durations of the progeny kept at wider temperature ranges

and fed plants in addition to media were within the preceding range-

The prepupal period lasted only a few days.

Pupa

(Figs 6, 7)

Description:— Dark brown, ca 220 mm long, with a row of punctation around

the anterior margins of abdominal segments 5-7 and to a lesser extent on 4.

Comments:— The pupal duration was 51-83 days (mean 63 days) and longer

than those of all the other species reared concurrently (including univoltine

species) except for one montane early winter flying species in or near Euplexia.

Pupal durations of the progeny kept at wider temperature ranges fell within

the range given above.

Discussion

Adults of E. iorrhoa occur between December and March and art

restricted to montane and higher country. Turner (1925, 1938) recorded

E. iorrhoa adults from 420 т and 700 m on Mt Wellington near Hobart, from

over 1000 m near Mt Field and at 1000 m near Cradle Mt. Adults have recently

been collected at 720 m, 870 m and 1000 m on Mt Wellington being more

common at the higher two sites. They have also been collected at 440 m on

Red Knoll at the southern end of Lake Pedder in south-western Tasmania:

The vegetation at these sites includes exposed montane heath, montane

wet sclerophyll forest and subapline woodland. At 870 m on Mt Wellington

adults were especially numerous (mainly males) on 6 December at a mercury

vapour light and represented a peak in adult activity.

The relatively short larval duration (67 days) but long pupal duration

(63 days) found in the artificial rearing probably reflect adaptations to the

short warm season of a high country habitat. A pupa, found in montane wet

sclerophyll forest leaf litter at 400 m on Mt Wellington on January 29:

emerged in nearby sea level Hobart on February 16. The minimum egg 10

adult duration in the laboratory was 3.6 months and the maximum was 5.

months. E. iorrhoa is capable of rapid egg and larval development given warm

conditions but appears unable to greatly foreshorten the pupal duration. Othe!

Tasmanian univoltine Noctuidae reared concurrently with E. iorrhoa, Viz:

Peripyra sanguinipuncta (Guenée) and Rictonis spp. had shorter pup

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

Figs 8-11. E. ¡orrhoa, last instar larva. (8, 9) pale form; (10, 11) dark form.

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

durations (1 month) but long larval durations (3-5 months) in the laboratory.

Several multivoltine pest species had short larval (1-2 months) and pupal

(2-3 weeks) durations in concurrent rearing. These latter species are P. ewingil,

N. sepultrix, S. nigerrima, Diarsia intermixta (Guenée) and Agrotis porphyrt-

collis Guenée.

Acknowledgements

І wish to thank the Tasmanian Agricultural Department Entomology

Branch for providing the rearing medium, Mr Р. McQuillan for general advice.

Mr E. D. Edwards for identifying an adult specimen of £. iorrhoa and Dr J. L.

Madden for access to facilities.

References

Salkeld, E. H., 1975. Biosystematics of the genus Euxoa (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) IV.

Eggs of the subgenus Euxoa. Can. Ent. 107: 1137-1152.

Turner, A. J., 1920. A revision ot the Australian Noctuidae. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust.

44: 120-189.

Turner, A. J., 1925. A revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.

1925: 118-151.

Turner, A. J., 1938. A second revision of the Lepidoptera of Tasmania. Pap. Proc. К.

Soc. Tasm. 1938: 57-115.

ESTABLISHMENT OF THE LESSER WANDERER, DANAUS CHR YS/PPUS

PETILIA (STOLL) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

ON NORFOLK ISLAND

By B. Evans

Box 305, Norfolk Island, New South Wales 2899

On 22nd March, 1980 I noticed a specimen of Danaus chrysippus petilia

(Stoll) (Lesser Wanderer) visiting flowers of gerberas in my garden in New

Cascade Road, Norfolk Island. The identification was subsequently confirmed

by the Australian Museum. Three further specimens were seen later on the

same day.

On 23rd March, mating and egg laying (on Cotton Bush, Gomphocarpus)

were observed. By the end of March four specimens had been collected and

many seen in flight.

The period 22nd to 24th April, 1980 was spent on Philip Island (about

6.5 km south of Norfolk Island). On this occasion adults and larvae were

seen. One adult was observed drinking from salt water.

Danaus chrysippus has not previously been recorded from Norfolk or

Philip Islands but it is now clearly established as a breeding species. As

observations on the butterflies of Norfolk Island have been continuous for

some years there is little doubt that the species has been detected soon after

its arrival and that establishment is very recent.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981 55

PAROPSINE BEETLE LARVAE AS POSSIBLE POLLINATORS

OF ACACIA BAILEYANA IN VICTORIA

By T. R. New

Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Victoria, Australia 3083

Abstract

Larvae of Pyrgoides hamadryas (Stal) occur on flowers of Acacia baileyana around

Melbourne, and it act as sporadic pollinators of this and other host species. Implicat-

ions of this association are briefly discussed.

Larvae of Pyrgoides hamadryas (Stal) are abundant on A. baileyana F. von Mueller

and on other bipinnatè acacias around Melbourne during the flowering season and have

been collected in substantial numbers every year since 1974 on the La Trobe University

campus. The larvae are either pale green or bright yellow (marked with black) depending

on whether they are feeding on foliage or flowers, and the coloration changes to some

extent with a change of diet. This correspondence of colour suggests the probability of

a regular feeding association with flowers. Examination of flowering branches of A.

baileyana in'the field showed that the larvae were both very numerous and very incon-

spicuous on the flowers; their colour almost perfectly matches the younger open flowers

and the larvae are of an overall convex shape and adpress themselves closely to developing.

globular flower heads.

Larvae hatched from eggs laid in the laboratory were provided with either young

foliage or with flowers as a potential food. They developed on either of these foods, and

day-old pupae were somewhat heavier for flower-fed larvae than from those fed on

foliage alone (N=20 of each; flowers 4.151 + 0.569 mg, range 3.135 - 4.960; foliage

3.157 + 0.366 mg, range 2.360 - 3.885). All these pupae gave rise to viable adults.

Acacia pollen was found on 37 of 40 field-collected larvae examined, and ranged

from 2 to >100 grains per insect. Most grains were in intersegmented folds and around

setal bases and may thus have resulted from larval movement rather than direct feeding

activity. Fore and mid-gut content of all these larvae consisted almost entirely of flower

fragments, and uncrushed pollen grains comprised about 30 per cent of the area of rand-

omly selected ‘smears’. The faeces also contained many recognisable and unfragmented

pollen grains. ч

Flowers of А. baileyana are therefore a usual and adequate food for these larvae.

Adult beetles are frequently implicated as pollinators of a wide range of flowering

Plants (Proctor and Yeo 1973), but larvae are generally considered not to be involved in

Pollination. Anthophily in Coleoptera appears to have arisen independently in several

groups (Grinfeld 1975) and, although any ‘advantage’ in pollination by such beetles may

well be negated by their consumption of flowers, it is likely that any such regular associa-

tion between insects and flowers may occasionally result in pollination. -

In general little specific information is available on pollinating agents of acacias.

A. baileyana is known to be self-compatible (Newman 1934), and it is likely that P.

hamadryas, and possibly other paropsine larvae, may play a role in pollination of this and

related Acacia species.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Mr Р. Kelly for his comments on the identity of P. hamadr-

Yas, and to Mrs J. М. Tenberge for her careful technical assistance.

References

Grinfeld, E. K., 1975. Anthophily of beetles (Coleoptera) and criticism of the cantharo-

philous hypothesis. Rev. Ent. URSS 54: 507-514.

Newman, I. V., 1934. Studies in the Australian acacias. IV. The life history of А tia

baileyana F.v.M. Part 2. Gametophytes, fertilisation, seed production and

germination, and general conclusion. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 59: 277-313.

Proctor, М. С. F. and Yeo, P., 1973. The pollination of flowers. Collins, London. 418 pp.

56 Aust. ent. Мад. 8(4), November, 1981

BOOK REVIEWS

Handbook of insect collecting (collection, preparation, preservation and storage) by

Courtenay Smithers. 1981. А.Н. & A. W. Reed, Sydney and Wellington: 120 рр:

Price: $14.95.

In this slim volume the author has drawn on his long experience as a professional

entomologist to provide “ап introductory guide for those who want to make a collection

of insects". He rightly emphasises the fascination and satisfaction to be had from

collecting and studying insects. A simplified account of the structure and development

of insects is followed by more detailed sections on naming and classification (including

a synopsis of insect orders), collecting and transportation, preservation, mounting and

storage, insect rearing and identification (including the use of keys and a key to the

orders).

The range of preservation methods is by no means exhaustive, emphasis has been

given to standard, well tried techniques and materials; no doubt specialists will find that

some of their cherished procedures have been omitted. Remembering my own teenage

collecting difficulties, a list of suppliers of entomological equipment would have been 4

welcome addition for beginners. Unfortunately, carbon tetrachloride, recommended as

a killing agent (р. 43) and for degreasing insects (р. 74) is nowdays known not to be

“relatively harmless to human beings". And the booklet by К. К. Norris listed undef

“Further reading” has passed through two greatly expanded editions (1974 and 1980)

since it was first published in 1966.

The book is attractively produced, clearly written and informative, and should be

of immense interest and stimulus to potential insect collectors and other naturalists-

I. Е. В. COMMON

Butterflies of Australia by І. Е. В. Common and D. Е. Waterhouse. Revised edition. 1981.

Angus and Robertson, Sydney & Melbourne. xiv, 682 pages, 49 pls. Price: $39.95.

Since the first edition of this book appeared in 1972 much has been published

in scientific journals and academic texts concerning Australian butterflies. In Australian

Entomological Magazine alone, over 90 papers covering some 280 pages have appeared

and these add, amongst other things, a large amount of life history data and 13 species

and one subspecies to the Australian fauna. All this information is summarised in

this revised edition. Many previously unpublished facts are also included. For the

amateur and professional this new edition must be considered an essential reference.

The format of the book is a little different from that of the first edition. The

page dimensions are slightly smaller, the text has been entirely reset in a larger type

face and the contents now run to 682 pages instead of 498. Eight new plates have been

added (1 colour and 7 black and white) and some minor corrections and improvements

made to existing colour plates. The additional colour plate and one black and white

plate feature adult butterflies representing species not illustrated in the first edition. The

remaining plates show a number of larvae and pupae not previously included (5 plates)

and Eurema species photographed under ultra violet light (1 plate).

In this second edition meticulous attention has again been paid to nomenclature. À

few names have been changed and some minor corrections made.

I have two criticisms, both concerning the plates. Almost without exception the

blocks of figures have been positioned high on the page leaving a disconcerting gap

between the bottom figures and the caption. Particularly bad are plates 8, 9, 20, 22

and 45. I also feel that the plates should have been placed closer to their relevant

text rather than spaced evenly throughout the book.

Butterfly enthusiasts are indeed fortunate to have this revised edition available.

Those seriously interested in our butterflies cannot afford to be without it even if

already possessing a copy of the original. M. S. MOULDS

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981 57

ALIMENTARY TRANSPORT OF POLLEN IN A PARACOLLETINE

BEE (HYMENOPTERA: COLLETIDAE)

By Terry F. Houston

Western Australian Museum, Francis Street, Perth, W. Aust. 6000

Abstract

_ Females of the bee Leioproctus (Euryglossidia) !cyanescens (Cockerell) lack scopae

a Ingest pollen, carrying it in the crop. Other species of Euryglossidia have scopae on

he hind legs and carry pollen externally (as is usual amongst Paracolletini).

Introduction

One of the chief characteristics used to distinguish subfamilies of the

Colletidae has been the presence or absence of a pollen-holding scopa in

females (in this family, a set of branched setae on the hind tibiae and usually

also on the hind coxae, trochanters and femora). Females of the subfamilies

Colletinae, Diphaglossinae, Stenotritinae and Xeromelissinae have such scopae

Оп which they transport pollen to their nests in a more ог less dry state.

Owever, the Hylaeinae and Euryglossinae lack scopae. Their females ingest

Pollen and transport it, mixed with nectar, in the crop. At the nests, the

males regurgitate the food as a semifluid paste. pi г

This paper makes known the atypical habit of an Australian colletine

бее (in the tribe Paracolletini) whose females have no scopae and transport

Pollen internally like Euryglossinae and Hylaeinae.

Identity, — The species concerned is a member of the subgenus Euryglossidia

Cockerell (in the genus Leioproctus Smith), a group of 21 described species

badly in need of revision. Michener (1965) gives the most recent account of

the group and mentions the degenerate scopa of L. (E.) cyanescens (Cockerell).

My specimens agree with the features of cyanescens noted by Michener and

also with most of the original description given by Cockerell (1929).

However, there are small discrepancies and the name cyanescens is used here

tentatively’ pending revision of the subgenus. All specimens mentioned here

are in the Western Australian Museum.

Observations

Specimens were first collected by the author on September 7th 1979,

30 km north of Bullfinch in south-western Australia; three males and five

females were taken on flowers of Acacia aciphylla and Thryptomene tuber-

Culata. Absence of the usual tibial scopae and pollen loads of females was

Noticed: nowhere on the hind legs or body were there sufficient plumose

Setae to carry adequate pollen loads. Absence of the scopa in some. other

Sroups of bees (e.g. Thyreus, Inguilina and Coelioxys) is associated with

Parasitic habits but, to date, no reports of parasitic habits in the family

Colletidae have been verified. The species was next encountered on October

9th-I4th 1979 at Emu Rock, 53 km east of Hyden, W.A. Females were

58 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(4), November, 1981

abundant at flowers of Muehlenbeckia adpressa and occasional on flowers of

Acacia ligulata. Dozens of females were closely inspected but none had any

obvious pollen load. However, those on Acacia flowers could be clearly seen

obtaining pollen: with jaws held wide apart, they walked through the stamens

and raked the anthers towards the mouth. Several females collected at the

flowers were dissected and proved to have crops distended with pollen.

There can be no doubt that this species gathers pollen and transports it

internally.

At least nine other species of Euryglossidia are represented in the

collection of the Western Australian Museum and females of all of them

have at least sparse tibial scopae composed of plumose setae. The hind сохае,

trochanters and femora, and the metasomal sterna also bear branched setae.

One or more females of each species has conspicuous pollen loads on these

setae. There is marked variation amongst species in the degree of development

of the scopa. As Michener (1965) noted, compared with other Paracolletini,

Euryglossidia typically have a sparse scopa, but one relatively large unident-

ified species in the Western Australian Museum has quite a dense scopa of

highly plumose setae extending over most of the hind legs and metasomal

sterna. Apart from this species and cyanescens, all of the Euryglossidid

specimens for which I have plant data have been collected at flowers of

Hakea and Grevillea. Microscopic examination reveals that the pollen of these

plants is relatively coarse and the sparse scopae of the bees are presumably

adapted to holding the large grains.

Discussion

The evidence presented above indicates that females of L. cyanescens

gather pollen for nest provisioning and are not parasitic as their lack of scopae

might suggest.

It is generally considered that the most primitive bees had scopae and

thus the absence of scopae is a derived condition. If the Hylaeinae and

Euryglossinae represent independent losses of scopae (as I believe is probable)

then L. cyanescens represents the third known change from scopal t0

alimentary transport of pollen.

Alimentary transport of pollen must bring with it certain advantages:

females are saved the effort of manipulating pollen onto the scopa at flowers

and off the scopa in the nests and combining nectar with it to form the

larval provisions. However, it is most unlikely that such a change could

occur without some preliminary changes in the bees’ environment to act as 4

catalyst. As previously noted, many species of Euryglossidia have sparse

scopae seemingly correlated with their preference for Grevillea and Haked

pollen. Thorp (1979) gives evidence of an inverse relationship between scop

density and size of pollen grains carried by other groups of bees. Thus,

Euryglossidia with sparse scopae are probably ill-equipped to carry fine-grained

pollen externally and, should their usual food plants become unavailable;

their survival would depend on utilising coarse-grained pollen from other

Aust. ent. Мав. 8(4), November, 1981 | 59

Plants ог developing a new means of transporting finer-grained pollens.

атара the ancestor of cyanescens was а Grevillea- or Hakea-specialist that

aced this problem and overcame it by the latter means. L. cyanescens has

fen Observed to feed at flowers of three unrelated families (Myrtaceae,

Imosaceae and Polygonaceae) and is thus clearly a polylectic species. Its

abit of ingesting pollen means that grain size is not a limiting factor in its

choice of food plants.

Acknowledgements

W Identifications of food plants were provided by Mr N. S. Lander,

estern Australian Herbarium, Department of Agriculture, Perth.

References

Cockerell, T. D. A., 1929. Bees in the Australian Museum collection. Rec. Aust. Mus.

Mi 17: 199-243.

Ichener, C. D., 1965. A classification of the bees of the Australian and South Pacific

Th tegions. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 130: 1-362. y

orp, К. W., 1979. Structural, behavioural, and physiological adaptations of bees

(Apoidea) for collecting pollen. Ann. Mo. bot. Gdn 66: 788-812.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

BANKS, H. J.

1980. Identification of stored product Cryptolestes spp. (Coleoptera: Cucujidae): a

rapid technique for preparation of suitable mounts. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3):

Ер 217-222, 1 table, text-figs 1-12.

GAR, J. A., BOPPRE, M. and SCHNEIDER, D.

1980. Pyrrolizidine alkaloid storage in African and Australian danaid butterflies.

Er Experientia 35: 1447-1448.

MAN, Ahmed А. М. and HOOPER, G. H. S.

1980. Developmental and reproductive biology of Spodoptera litura (F.) (Lepidoptera:

Ev Noctuidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 363-372, 1 table, text-figs 1-4.

ENHUIS, Neal

1980. Studies in Pacific Bombyliidae (Diptera). V. Notes on the Comptosia group of

the Australian region, with key to genera and descriptions of a new genus and

FA three new species. Pacific Ins. 21(4): 328-334, text-figs 1-7.

RRELL, G. S. and NEW, T. R.

1980. Some aspects of the biology of the eucalypt-mining sawfly Phylacteophaga

froggatti Riek (Hymenoptera: Pergidae). Aust. J. Zool. 28(1): 83-90, tables 1

Fig & 2, text-figs 1-10.

LD, R. P., WEBSTER, W. J. and MORRIS, D. S.

1980. Mass rearing Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) for

release in orchards. J Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 213-215, 1 table, text-fig. 1.

SRIFFITH, I. P., SMITH, A. М. and WILLIAMSON, М. E. P.

1980. Raising potato moth larvae [Phthorimaea operculella (Zeller): Lepidoptera:

Gelechiidae] in isolation. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 348, 1 table.

LACHLAN, Robert

1978. A record of Vagrans egista (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from Torres Strait

islands, northern Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 10.

60 Aust. ent. Мад. 8(4), November, 1981

LANE, О. А.

1979. Life history notes and distribution records for some Queensland butterflies.

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6): 115-117, text-figs 1 & 2.

LISTER, Phillip E.

1978. Butterflies observed and collected near Weranga, south-east Queensland. Aust.

ent, Mag. 4(6): 117-118.

LOUDON, B. J. 1

1977. Chrysanthemum gall midge, Rhopalomyia (Diarthronomyia) chrysanthemi

(Ahlberg) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) established in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag.

4(4): 68.

McFARLAND, Noel

1978. Ogyris (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) captured and eaten by a bird. Aust. ent.

Mag. 4(5): 97.

1979. Annotated list of larval foodplant records for 280 species of Australian moths.

J. Lepid. Soc. 33, Suppl.: i-ii, 1-72.

MILLER, C. G. and EDWARDS, E. D.

1978. A new species of Pseudodipsas С. & К. Felder (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from

northern New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(3): 45-50, text-figs 1-18.

MOORE, B. P.

1978. A new species of the Tasmanian cave carabid genus Idacarabus (Coleoptera):

Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2): 23-25, text-figs 1-5.

MOORE, K. M.

1981. A new species of Glycaspis Taylor (Homoptera: Psyllidae) from South Austral-

ia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 87-88, text-figs 1-3.

MOULDS, M. S.

1980. The identity of the dragonfly Macromia viridescens Tillyard (Odonata: Cord-

uliidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(4): 343-347, text-figs 1-5.

1981. Larval food plants of hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) affecting comm-

ercial crops in Australia. Gen. appl. Ent. 13: 69-80, text-figs 1-13.

NEBOISS, A.

1979. A terrestrial caddis-fly larva from Tasmania (Calocidae: Trichoptera). Aust. ent.

Mag. 5(5): 90-93, text-figs 1-13.

NEW, T. R.

1978. Note on the habitat of the presumed larva of Austroneurorthus (Neuroptera,

Neurorthidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 9.

1978. Notes on the biology of Lemidea subaenea (Coleoptera: Cleridae) on Acacia

in Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2): 21-22.

1981. Redescription of Hemerobius australis Walker (Neuroptera, Hemerobiidae)-

| Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 97-99, text-figs 1-11.

OLIVE, John

1978. Notes on the life history of Jalmenus clementi Druce (Lepidoptera: Lycaenid-

ae). Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6): 115.

1978. New distribution records for Queensland butterflies. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 8.

SANDS, D. P. A.

1980. A new genus, Acrodipsas, for a group of Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) previously

referred to Pseudodipsas C. & R. Felder, with descriptions of two new species

from northern Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18(3): 251-265, text-figs 1-40.

Corrigenda: /. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 79-80. |

SANDS, О.Р. А. and SNOWBALL, G. J.

1980. Comperiella pia (Girault) (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae), a parasitoid of the

circular black scale (Chrysomphalus ficus Ashmead) from Queensland. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 19(1): 41-46, text-figs 1-8.

SCHICHA, E. and ELSHAFIE, M.

1980. Four new species of phytoseiid mites from Australia, and three species from

America redescribed (Acari: Phytoseiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(1): 27-36,

text-figs 1-32.

ENTOMCLOGICAL NOTICES

RU notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

с not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Specimens and information of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera) from the

Australian region for the first major revision since 1903. Dr D. J. Brothers,

Ent. Dep., Univ. of Natal, P.O. Box 375, Pietermaritzburg 3200, S. Africa.

WANTED. One secondhand copy of ‘Benefical Insects’ by Lester A. Swan

(Harper & Row, 1964). Mr D. G. Jones, P.O. Box 104, Spit Junction,

N.S.W. 2088.

PHOTOGRAPHS WANTED of live cicadas or aspects of their life history for

a book I am now preparing. M. S. Moulds, 16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W.

2077. Phone (02) 487 2792.

ANTED. Information on occurrence of milkweeds (food plant of Wanderer

butterfly), in southern and central N.S.W., particularly Blue Mountains

and Southern Highlands areas. David James, c/- Dept. of Agriculature,

P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116. Ph. (02) 630 0879—business hours.

Tradewí ng World wide Lepidoptera &

Coleoptera

82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870 Д

Рһопе: (070) 54 3643 Write for Catalogue

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY >

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double

Spaced and in duplicate.

All papers will be refereed and

Considered unsuitable.

Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.

50 Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $8 for

copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints.

Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they

are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.

Slour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;

additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies

although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more

Pensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such

Pecimens are best photographed on a single slide.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

CONTENTS

EVANS, B. Establishment of the Lesser Wanderer, Danaus chrysippus

petilia (Stoll) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) on Norfolk Island. ... 54

HILL, L. The immature stages of Euplexia iorrhoa (Meyrick) (Lepid-

Optera:tNoctuidac) шт E ae 48

HOUSTON, Terry F. Alimentary transport of pollen in a paracolletine

beel(HymenonpieragGolletidae) ME 57

NEW, T. R. Paropsine beetle larvae as possible pollinators of Acacia

baileyaniasin Victoria ee ene eee DI TRUE ere 55

WILLIAMS, Geoff Records of the carrion beetle Diamesus osculans

Vigor (Silphidae: Coleoptera) from New South Wales........ 4T

WOODROFF, S. and MAJER, J. D. Colonisation of ants on the

exposed banks of the Canning Dam reservoir ............. 41

BOOK REVIEWS — Butterflies of Australia — Handbook of insect

collecting A NN ge Е А ИЕ deser e үз М 56

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................. 59

ENTOM OLOGIGATSN OI GES КККК ЛЕ ЕКЕ een inside back cover

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W. of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975

P. S. D. MacDonald К. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27^59'S, 140°10'Е

Roper River, М.Т. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A.

zu. HE 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976

+S. & Т.А. Stall Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

AUSTRALIAN

ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust. ent. Mag. -

= OS : ч

= x oh,

= 3 fs £

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 8, PART 5

FEBRUARY, 1982

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$9.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$12.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Deborah Kent

Shows the face of the larva, Tapeigaster annulipes Macquart (Diptera:

Heleomyzidae). The genus Tapeigaster is endemic to Australia, where it is widely

distributed through temperate regions. The larvae of Tapeigaster are known to

live in various kinds of fungi.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

379-381 King’s Rd, North Point

Hong Kong

Australian Entomological

Magazine |

Aust. ent. Mag.

Vire

m" oe

Volume 8, Part 5 February, 1982

THE FAUNA OF WATER-FILLED TREE HOLES IN BOX FOREST

IN SOUTH-EAST QUEENSLAND

By R. L. Kitching and C. Callaghan

School of Australian Environmental Studies, Griffith University,

Nathan, Queensland, 4111.

Abstract

Samples of detritus from a series of water-filled tree holes in box forest in south-

ast Queensland have been examined and the species encountered are discussed. Altogether

nine “‘dendrolimnetobiontic” species are recorded: a chironomid, a ceratopogonid, two

Species of culicid, an helodid, three species of mite and a frog. All species spend their

immature life in tree holes and, in addition, adult mites and, on one occasion, frogs were

€ncountered. The trophic relations of the species concerned are discussed and are placed

In context of work done elsewhere.

Introduction

Water-filled tree holes are a common component of moist forest eco-

Systems throughout the world. Everywhere that they have been studied these

habitats have been shown to contain species of insects and other animals

which in most instances occur nowhere else. These organisms have been

nales “dendrolimnetobionts” by some authors (Rohnert, 1950;Kitching,

1).

Water-filled tree holes occur in many Australian ecosystems from

tropical forests to urban gardens but achieve semi-permanent status only in

Moist coastal forests. Although a variety of culicids and ceratopogonids have

been recorded from these water bodies (Dyce and Murray, 1966, 1967;

Hamlyn-Harris, 1933; Kettle and Elson, 1976; Lee and Reye, 1953; Marks,

1947; Reye, 1964) no systematic study of the whole community of macro-

Organisms has been carried out in Australia. Some such studies have been

Made elsewhere in the world and these are reviewed by Thienemann (1934),

Kitching (1971) and Maguire (1971).

This paper presents a preliminary account of the results of such a survey

together with some notes on the physico-chemical nature of the habitat. A

62 Aust, ent. Мад. 8(5), February, 1982

monthly survey designed to shed light on the population dynamics of the

animals concerned is in progress.

Study site and methods

Water-filled tree holes in the buttress roots of brush box (Tristania

conferta R.Br.) and strangler fig (Ficus spp) were selected for study. An area

of relatively undisturbed forest in the Lamington National Park (grid reference

P14 on Northern Sheet; Queensland Department of Forestry, Edition 1,

Lamington, 1: 25,000, 1975) was visited on a number of occasions and small

samples of water and detritus removed from thirteen holes. A number of

other sites were visited less regularly. Each of the thirteen regularly visited

sites is lined with bark and has contained detritus and free-water throughout

the period of observation (July, 1979 to August, 1980).

Water samples were removed using a plastic vial and detritus samples

collected by hand or using a spoon. Samples were, later, washed through 4

series of sieves and the sludge remaining on the finest of these (355 um) was

washed into petri dishes and examined using a binocular microscope.

Insect larvae from the samples were sorted and reared to adulthood so

that accurate identifications could be made. In addition, some observations

on the behaviour of living larvae kept in petri dishes were made in order tO

determine the trophic relationships among members of the community.

In addition to these biological observations, measurements of the

dimensions of the holes and their height from the ground were made as меге

records of the pH, conductivity and oxygen content of the water contained

in them.

Results

The physical and chemical environment

Of the 20 holes sampled, 17 were from box trees and 3 from figs. The

fauna in the samples from the two species of tree did not differ significantly-

The maximum diameters of the holes studied varied from 10-70 cm

with a mean of 31.1 (SE = 3.59) and the minimum diameters had a range

from 8-27 cm, with a mean of 15.3 (SE = 1.56). If we make the simplifying

assumption that the surfaces of the holes were elliptical in shape, this gives U$

a range of surface areas from 78-1429 cm? about a mean of 422 cm? (SE =

99.24). The depths of the holes sampled ranged from 3-50 cm with a mean

value of 16.3 cm (SE = 3.16) and the lips of the holes were from 0-150 cm

above the nearest soil level (mean 34.3, SE = 8.72). `

The chemical measurements were made on water samples from only

nine holes and, therefore, their preliminary nature is stressed; nevertheless,

they do provide an indication of the limnological conditions experienced by

the fauna. The pH recorded spanned a range from 5.1-7.1 with a mean of

5.9 (SE = 0.23); the conductivity, a range of 143-288 us cm" at 25°C with

a mean of 226.5 (SE = 75.5); and, the level of dissolved oxygen, a range of

10-55% saturation about a mean of 30.2 (SE = 5.24).

Aust, ent Mag. 8(5), February, 1982 63

— Ss

Figs 1,2. Water-filled tree holes: (1) photograph of a water-filled tree hole in the root

buttress of a box tree; (2) schematic cross-section through a water-filled tree

hole showing layering of the detritus it contains.

. Both the physical and chemical data point up the considerable variabil-

ity in the nature of the tree hole habitat that has been remarked upon

elsewhere (Kitching, 1969).

Figures 1 and 2 illustrate the tree hole habitat both photographically

and schematically. Virtually all of the energy input to the tree hole system

iS through the entry of plant or animal detritus although strands of a

64 Aust, ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

filamentous algae were noted at one site. Some input of energy in run-off

from the surface of the tree during rain is also likely. The eggs of the animals

living in the holes represent a further, minor, energetic input.

The fauna

In all we found eight species of invertebrates and one vertebrate which

can usefully be termed dendrolimnetobionts. These were two culicine

mosquitoes, a chironomid midge, a ceratopogonid midge, an helodid beetle,

three species of aquatic mite and a leptodactylid frog. Water-filled tree holes

represent the larval medium for all of these nine with adults of the mites

and, occasionally, the frog sharing the habitat. A variety of other insect larvae

were encountered in the litter from damp holes (that is, those with no layer

of free water) but these cannot be ascribed to a specialised aquatic fauna

comparable with those studied elsewhere.

Of the nine species, four have been described previously, one is

undescribed but represented by labelled specimens in a recognised collection,

and four are in process of separate description, one of them representing 4

new genus (see below).

1. Anatopynia pennipes Freeman, 1961 (Diptera: Chironomidae: Tanypodinae)

Both larvae and pupae of this midge occurred in our samples. They were

present in all 13 sites visited regularly with densities which ranged from

9.5 -310 771.

The species was described by Freeman (1961) from three adults

collected by Bancroft at Burpengary, Queensland. The adult midges are highly

distinctive having a broadly-banded wing pattern and “banded and thickly

haired legs" among other characteristics. The larva is red in colour and

characterised (in the tree-hole fauna) by its possession of prothoracic and

terminal pseudopods and paired bunches of setae at its posterior end.

The general facies of the larva correspond closely with that illustrated

by Bryce and Hobart (1972) as typical of the subfamily. Tanypodinae in

general are predatory.in their larval stages and, according to Bryce and Hobart,

prey “оп small invertebrates including other chironomid larvae". We exposed

living larvae of Culicoides angularis, Prionocyphon and mosquitoes (see below

for specific accounts) to living larvae of А. pennipes in petri dishes and

observed them regularly. The chironomids frequently attached themselves by

their anal pseudopods to helodid larvae and attacked the larvae with their

mandibles. Attacks on mosquito larvae were noted, also, but no interaction

except mutual aversion when in physical contact, was observed between

chironomid and ceratopogonid. The relative abundances of the helodids,

mosquitoes and the chironomids observed in our samples strongly suggest

these are the principal predator-prey interactions in the tree-hole system.

The occurrence of a tanypodine chironomid in these sites is somewhat

at odds with records from elsewhere in the world where saprophagous

Aust, ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982 65

Orthocladines, notably species of Metriocnemus, have comprised the chirono-

mid component (Kitching, 1972a; Snow, 1958).

2. Culicoides angularis Lee and Reye,: 1953 (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae:

Culicoidinae)

Again, both larvae and pupae of this species occur in water-filled tree

holes. The species occurred in 12 of the 13 sites examined closely, with

densities from 6.7-251 1".

Lee and Reye (1953) described the species from Mittagong, N.S.W.,

from adults bred from larvae collected in a “rock pool”. They also refer to

Other specimens from Mt. Glorious, Queensland and Cooranbong, N.S.W., all

from water-filled tree holes. The Mt. Glorious locality is referred to again by

Reye (1964) who describes the species there as “rare”. The adult is disting-

Uished by its large size and the pale spot in cell M4 of the wing. The larva

ls figured by Kettle and Elson (1976) and has a characteristic vermiform

shape with distinctive posterior filaments. Kettle and Elson (1976) record

larvae of this species as being predatory and observed them feeding on

free-living nematodes. Observations elsewhere in the world strongly suggest

that they may prey on mosquito and other larvae under natural conditions.

| This species is one of two ceratopogonines described from tree holes

in Australia, the other being C. mackerrasi Lee and Reye; however, it is the

Only one recorded from moist, closed forest, the other having been found

in holes in eucalypts and a species of Acacia (Dyce and Murray, 1966, 1967).

Tree-hole ceratopogonines recorded elsewhere have been species of

Dasyhelea for the most part (Kitching, 1972b; Rohnert, 1950), although

Kremer (1965) records several species of Culicoides from tree holes in the

Old world, principally Africa.

3. Aedes (Finlaya) candidoscutellum Marks, 1947 (Diptera: Culicidae)

This and the following species of mosquito have their larval and pupal

Stadia in water-filled tree holes. Ae. candidoscutellum was described by

Marks (1947) from adults bred from larvae taken in tree holes in Queensland,

New South Wales and New Guinea although the type specimens selected

Were from Binna Burra, Lamington National Park, a few kilometres from our

Study site.

The species occurred in 8 of 28 samples with densities ranging from

2.3-9.2 F!. The larvae are presumed to be grazers and/or suspension feeders,

exploiting the smallest detrital particles and the micro-organisms associated

With them.

4. Aedes (Finlaya) Marks, Species 22 (Diptera: Culicidae)

Dr E. M. Marks identified this material as belonging to an unnamed

Species known to her and designated “Marks: Species 22” in the University

Of Queensland collection housed at the Queensland Institute of Medical

Research, Herston, Brisbane. The species is allied to Aedes quasirubithorax

(Theobald). The frequency of occurrence of this species was much the same

66 Aust, ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

as the preceeding one but with densities ranging from 2.3-56.7 171. This

species too, presumably, is a grazer and suspension feeder as a larva.

5. Prionocyphon sp., ANIC Accession Designation “KIT1” (Coleoptera:

Helodidae)

This species was identified by Dr J. F. Lawrence, CSIRO, as an

undescribed species belonging to the genus Prionocyphon. In appearance it

resembles closely tree-hole beetles of the same genus recorded in Europe

(Benick, 1924; Kitching, 1971) and North America (Snow, 1958; Petersen,

1953). The larvae (and eggs presumably) occur in water-filled tree holes

but the final instar larvae leave their aquatic milieu to pupate elsewhere.

Benick (1924) says (in translation): “When the time for pupation comes the

larvae . . . climb up to the drier part and pupate there. In nature they are

found in the upper part of the hole space”. He was referring to the European

Prionocyphon serricornis but we have observed similar behaviour in the species

we encountered. We found pupae in dry leaf litter associated with the water

filled portions of some holes, and, subsequently, reared out adult beetles.

The larvae are saprophagous, grazing the detrital fragments. This species

occurred in high densities in all sites examined with densities ranging from

50 - 1665 17}.

A separate description of the species is being prepared by Lawrence and

Kitching and will be published in due course.

6. Arrhenurus sp. (Acarina: Arrhenuridae)

A species of free-swimming, red water mite identified as belonging to

the cosmopolitan genus Arrhenurus, by Dr B. M. O’Connor (Cornell

University), occurred in low numbers in a proportion of the tree holes

sampled. This is the first record of the genus in such habitats.

The species occurred id 4 of the 13 holes examined regularly with

densities ranging from 6.1-48 17.

Species of Arrhenurus are predators recorded from other freshwater

habitats preying on small organisms or parasitic upon larger ones (Williams,

1980). The relative size, abundance and free-swimming habit of this species

suggests that early instar insect larvae may be the most likely prey in the tree

holes we studied.

7. Cheiroseius sp. (Acarina: Ascidae)

The rarest of the species of mite encountered in our samples, in fact

found only once, belong to an undescribed species of ascid ascribed by Dr

O'Connor to the genus Cheiroseius. They are crawlers living, presumably,

in the detritus layer where the most likely prey species, again based on

considerations of size and relative abundance are of a third type of mite

belonging to the family Hyadesiidae.

8. Hyadesiid sp. (Acarina: Hyadesiidae)

A species (or possibly two closely related species) belonging to an

undescribed genus of the small family Hyadesiidae, was the commonest sort

Aust, ent. Мад. 8(5), February, 1982 67

Of mite found in our samples (occurring in 7 of 13 sites with densities

ranging from 7-88 17).

These mites occur in the detritus layer of the tree holes and, on the

basis of information on other members of the family elsewhere, are considered

to be saprophages exploiting the small particle component of the resource.

This genus will be described in dur course by O’Connor and Kitching.

9. Lechriotus fletcheri (Boulenger) (Amphibia: Anura: Leptodactylidae)

In our spring samples, which followed a period of heavy rain, large

Numbers of eggs and larvae of this species of frog were present. It may be

Inappropriate to consider this species truly dendrolimnetobiontic as both

Moore (1961) and Watson and Martin (1973) record it from a variety of

ephemeral habitats in rain forests in eastern Australia and New Guinea.

Owever, we include it because, at one time at least, it was the dominant

element of the fauna as indicated by our samples. :

The tadpoles, which were identified by Mr Glen Ingram, Queensland

Museum, are distinguished by having the “anus on the right; terminal

Mouth . . . and the fact that the posterior part of the body forms a right

angle with the tail" (Moore, 1961). They have the bluntly rounded tail of

à bottom feeder and are known to be cannibalistic, feeding on eggs and

Smaller tadpoles. Presumably they also prey on the insect larvae which

Co-occur with them in the water-filled tree holes. On a single occasion we

also found an adult of this species in a tree hole.

No frogs are recorded from temperate tree holes but other species have

been recorded from other plant-held waters (e.g. Picado, 1913; Laessle, 1961).

Discussion

The restricted nature of the tree-hole fauna shown up by our studies

parallels the situation observed elsewhere in the world. This restricted diversity

no doubt reflects the extreme physical and chemical circumstances which

they present to their inhabitants. Not only does water level change in

Tesponse to local factors but oxygen levels, in particular, are particularly low,

Possibly reflecting a high biological oxygen demand generated by the high

level of micro-organismic activity in the decaying detritus. To cope with

low OXygen tension special respiratory adaptations such as the anal gills of

the helodid larvae and the siphons of the culicid larvae are present. The

redness of the chironomid larvae, however, is due more to material sequestered

from prey animals than to respiratory haemaglobin such as is present in some

Non-tanypodine chironomid larvae (Bryce and Hobart, 1972).

Our observations of nine species of animal from water-filled tree holes,

although including several new records, does not, of course, represent the

full range of tree-hole animals in Australia. A wide variety of mosquitoes

has been recorded from water-filled tree holes and these are largely summarised

by Dobrotworsky (1965). Several of these records are of generalist species

In the sense that they also occur in other aquatic habitats. Of those restricted

68 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

to tree holes most are of the subgenus Finlaya of Aedes or of the genus

Tripteroides, one species of which (atripes) is widely distributed in Eastern

Australia. Dr E. N. Marks (pers. comm.) suggests that the genus may favour

very small cavities, below the size of those we examined. Among other

dendrolimnetobionts of particular interest is the record of Watson and русе

(1978) who found nymphs of the megapodagrionid damselfly, PodopteryX

selysi, in tree holes in northern Queensland, paralleling records of Corbet

(1962) and others from tropical south-east Asia.

The trophic relationships that we propose from our studies аге

summarised in Fig. 3 where firm relationships are indicated by solid lines

and putative ones by broken lines. Basically, we recorded four species of

primary saprophage (the helodid, culicids and hyadesiid) and five species

of predator (chironomid, ceratopogonid, arrhenurid, ascid and leptodactylid).

It seems likely that the saprophages partition the basic. detritus resource

probably on the basis of particle size with the culicids and the arrhenurid

dealing with very fine particulate matter and the helodids feeding on more

coarsely divided material. The predators seem, from what little information

we have, to be catholic in their tastes.

The food web which can be imputed from these results is more complex

than that recorded from similar situations elsewhere. Kitching (1971)

recorded no predators from British tree holes and North American studies

such as that of Snow (1958) record a single predator, mosquito larvae of

i)‏ س

Lechriodus

fletcheri

Culicoides Cheiroseius

angularis .Sp.

Hyadesiid Aedes _ Aedes

mite ae Marks sp. 22

LARGE SMALL SUSPENDED

PARTICLE PARTICLE ORGANIC

DETRITUS rm DETRITUS mu |

Fig. 3. Proposed food web for water-filled tree holes in south-east Queensland box

forest based upon results of the present study. Solid lines indicate firm, and

broken lines putative, relationships. In each case the head of the arrow indicates

the consumer species.

FOOD WEB Lamington Plateau Qld.

سس ——————

Anatopynia

pennipes

Prionocyphon

5р.

DETRITUS

& WATER

INPUT

Aust. ent, Mag, 8(5), February, 1982 69

the genus Toxorhynchites. Presumably the differences observed among

these results reflects a response at the community level to the harshness

Of the environment and/or the quantity and quality of energy entering the

system as detritus, acting through the conversion efficiencies of the species

Concerned. Further work is in progress on this aspect of the tree-hole

Community.

А One of the principle complicating features of ће Queensland food-web

15 the array of mites it contains. Mites are an endemic part of the tree-hole

fauna in North America and, indeed, Fashing (1973, 1974) recorded both

anoelid and acarid mites from such sites erecting a new sub-family, the

Naiadacarinae, for his acarids. One other genus of the Hyadesiidae, A /gophagus,

15 recorded from North American tree holes (B. M. O'Connor, pers. comm.).

Mites occurring in scattered habitats such as water-filled tree holes must

adopt parasitic or phoretic habits in order to move, as larvae, between sites.

The host or transporting agents for other mites related to those encountered

In this study, are known to be midges or mosquitoes to: which the mites

attach on emergence of the adult insect. In spite of extensive study, no

Mites have been recorded from European tree holes although sites in the

South of that region await close examination. )

Water-filled tree holes аге just one of a wider class of plant-held waters

Usually referred to as phytotelmata. Other examples of such habitats are

frequent in Australia but their faunas are largely unstudied. Among very

few records is that of Dobrotworsky (1966) of Aedes dobrotworskyi Marks

from water held in the leaf axils of swordgrass, Gahnia spp., and of Erickson

(1968) of “the larvae of various mosquitoes and flies . . . and a very

Occasional tadpole” from Nepenthes pitchers and “slender, transparent larvae"

from Cephalotus pitchers. Phytotelmata in leaf axils and stems of living

Plants and in fallen leaves and husks are common periodically*in areas as

different as rain forests and suburban gardens (especially where bromeliads

аге grown) and are deserving of further study.

Acknowledgements

This work was supported, in part, by a grant from the Australian Research Grants

Committee. Taxonomic aid was provided by Dr E.N. Marks (QIMR), Ms M. Elson (QIMR),

Dr D. Colless (CSIRO), Dr J. Lawrence (CSIRO), Mr G. Ingram (Queensland Museum) and

Dr B.M. O'Connor (Cornell University). The National Parks and Wildlife Service, Brisbane,

issued collecting permits for the work and Mr Bill Whiteman was most helpful in the

field. Dr A. Arthington, D. Campbell and J. Gall reviewed an early version of the manu-

Script. To all of these people and organisations we tender our thanks.

References à

Benick, L., 1924. Zur der Kaferfamilie Helodidae. Mitt. geogr. Ges. Naturh. Mus., Lubeck

29: 46-75. ls

Bruce, D. and Hobart, A., 1972. The biology and identification of the larvae of the

Chironomidae (Diptera). Ent. Gaz. 23: 175-217.

Corbet, P. S., 1962. A Biology of Dragonflies. Witherby, London. 247 pp.

Dobrotworsky, N. V., 1965. The Mosquitoes of Victoria (Diptera, Culicidae). Melbourne

University Press, Melbourne. 237 pp.

70 Aust, ent. Мад. 8(5), February, 1982

Dyce, A. L. and Murray, M. D., 1966. Notes on the pupal behaviour and collection of

larvae and pupae of some Australian Culicoides (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae).

J. ent. Soc. Qd 5: 37-39.

Dyce, A. L. and Murray, M. D., 1967. Autogeny in Culicoides waringi Lee and Reye

and Culicoides mackerrassi Lee and Reye (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from

Australia with notes on breeding places and behaviour. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

6: 119-126.

Erickson, R., 1968. Plants of Prey in Australia. Lamb Publications, Perth.

Fashing, N. J., 1973. Tne post-embryonic stages of a new species of Mauduytia (Acarina:

Anoeridae). J. Kansas ent. Soc. 46: 454-468.

Fashing, N. J., 1974. A new sub-family of Acaridae, The Naiadacarinae, from water-

filled tree-holes (Acarina: Acaridae). Acarologia 16: 166-181.

Freeman, P., 1961. The Chironomidae (Diptera) of Australia. Aust. J. Zool. 9: 611-737.

Hamlyn-Harris, R., 1933. Mosquitoes breeding in tree cavities in Queensland. Bull. ent.

Res. 13: 51-52.

Kettle, D. S. and Elson, M. M., 1976. The immature stages of some Australian Culicoides

Latreille (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 303-332.

Kitching, R. L., 1969. The fauna of tree-holes in relation to environmental factors. D.

Phil. thesis, University of Oxford.

Kitching, R. L., 1971. An ecological study of water-filled tree-holes and their position

in the woodland ecosystem. J. Anim, Ecol. 40: 281-302.

Kitching, R. L., 1972a. Population studies of the immature stages of the tree-hole midge

Metriocnemus martinii Thieneman (Diptera: Chironomidae). J. Anim. Ecol.

41: 53-62.

Kitching, R. L., 1972b. The immature stages of Dasyhelea dufouri Laboulbene in water-

filled tree-holes. J. Ent. (A)47: 109-114.

Kremer, M., 1965. Contribution a l'étude du genre Culicoides Latreille. Encycl. ent.

39: 1-290.

Laessle, A. M., 1961. A micro-limnological study of Jamacian bromeliads. Ecology 2:

499-517.

Lee, D. J. and Reye, E. J., 1953. Australasian Ceratopogonidae (Diptera, Nematocera).

Part VI. Australian species of Culicoides. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 77: 369-394.

Maquire, B., 1971. Phytotelmata: biota and community structure determination in

plant-held waters. Annu. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 2: 439-464.

Marks, E. N., 1947. Studies of Queensland mosquitoes. 2. New species of Aedes

(subgenus Finlaya). Occ. Pap. Dept. Biol., Univ. Queensland 2: 1-10.

Moore, J. A., 1961. The frogs of eastern New South Wales. Bull. Amer. Mus. nat. Hist.

121: 149-386.

Petersen, A., 1953. Larvae of insects. An introduction to Nearctic species. Part II. Coleop-

tera, Diptera, Neuroptera, Siphonaptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera. 2nd edn.,

Columbus, Ohio. 416 pp.

Picado, C., 1913. Les bromeliacees epiphytes considerees comme milieu biologique.

Bull. scient. Fr. Belg. 47: 215-360.

Reye, E. J., 1964. The problems of biting midges (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) in

Queensland. J. ent. Soc. Gd 3: 1-6.

Rohnert, U., 1950. Wasserefullte Baumhohlen und ihre Besiedlung. Ein Bertrag zur

Fauna dendrolimnetica. Arch. Hydrobiol, 44: 472-516.

Snow, W. E., 1958. Stratification of arthropods in a wet stump cavity. Ecology 39: 83-88.

Thienemann, A., 1934. Die Tierwelt der tropischen Pflanzengewasser. Arch. Hydrobiol.

13(suppl.): 1-91.

Watson, G. F. and Martin, A. A., 1973. Life history, larval morphology and relationships

of Australian leptodactylid frogs. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 97: 33-46.

Watson, J. A. L. and Dyce, A. L., 1978. The larval habitat of Podopteryx selysi (Odonata:

Megapodagrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 17: 361-362.

Williams, W. D., 1980. Australian Freshwater Life. Macmillan, Melbourne. 321 pp.

Aust, ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982 71

THE CULTURE OF THE GREY CLUSTER BUG, NYS/US

CLEVELANDENSIS EVANS UNDER LABORATORY CONDITIONS

By Jiraporn Vattanakul* and H. A. Rose

Dept. Plant Pathology & Agricultural Entomology, University of Sydney, N.S.W. 2006

Abstract

Nysius clevelandensis Evans was cultured under laboratory conditions by feeding

nymphs and adults on whole sunflower seeds. The total period from egg to adult was 33

days at 25 + 2°C and each female laid an average of 95 eggs.

Introduction

Nysius clevelandensis Evans is one of three pest species of Nysius

Occurring in Australia, the other two being W. turneri Evans and N. vinitor

Bergroth. N. turneri is restricted to Tasmania while N. vinitor (the Rutherglen

bug) occurs in all states and N. clevelandensis in all states except Tasmania

(Evans, 1936; Woodward, 1964). In general, N. clevelandensis is adapted to

Wet tropical and subtropical conditions, whereas N. vinitor can better

Withstand extremes of temperature and lower humidity (Woodward, 1964).

At present, research in this field has concentrated mainly on N. vinitor (e.g.

Kehat and Wyndham, 1972a, 1972b, 1973). N. clevelandensis, despite its

Wide distribution and its predominance in many areas has received scant

attention. This paper concerns some aspects of the biology of N. clevelandensis

under laboratory conditions.

Materials and methods

Nymphs and adults of N. clevelandensis were collected from fleabane

(Erigeron sp.) at Camden, New South Wales. Studies were undertaken in a

room held at 25 + 2°C with variable lighting and relative humidity.

To determine a satisfactory culturing technique, trials similar to those

Of Attia and Elshafie (1973) for N. vinitor were conducted. Firstly, adults

Were placed on young sunflower plants inside a wire gauze cage 25 x 36 cm.

Compacted cotton wool rolls on sticks were provided as oviposition sites.

Secondly, adults and nymphs were fed on Erigeron sp. immersed in a flask of

water. The flask was enclosed in a cylindrical perspex container 10 x 25 cm.

The Erigeron was changed every second week. Two compacted cotton wool

tolls inserted through holes in the plastic lid served as watering and oviposition

Sites. Thirdly, nymphs and adults were placed in cylindrical perspex containers,

4 x 6 cm, and fed whole and crushed seeds of soybean and sunflower. The

Screw-on lid of each container was fitted with fine stainless steel gauze. Cotton

Wool rolls again served as oviposition and watering sites, water being supplied

every second day.

To study the life history, copulating bugs were transferred to 4 x 6 cm

Containers utilizing the same conditions as described immediately above and

fed whole sunflower seeds. Eggs were collected and the duration of all life

Stages was noted. Records were taken daily.

* Present address: Applied Scientific Research, Corporation of Thailand, Banghen,

Bangkok 9, Thailand.

72 Aust, ent, Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

Results and discussion

Culture methods using sunflower plants or Erigeron were unsatisfactory.

With both methods, mortality of adults was high. Feeding the bugs on soybean

seeds, either whole or crushed, was unsatisfactory because nymphal mortality

was high. Whole seeds of sunflowers which were replaced twice weekly,

however, were found quite satisfactory as mortality of both nymphs and

adults were low. Occasionally, significant mortality was observed in second

instar individuals. These nymphs, much more active than first instar nymphs,

died in droplets of condensed water when excess water was supplied. To avoid

mortality, therefore, the amount of water given was reduced to a minimum.

This method was used in the life history studies and differs from the methods

for М. vinitor used by Attia and Elshafie (1973) and Kehat and Wyndham

(1972a) utilizing crushed sunflower seeds.

The duration of each stage from egg to adult (10 observations of each

stage) is given in Table 1. The total period from egg to adult is 33 days. This

compares with 29 days for N. vinitor at the same temperature (Kehat and

Wyndham, 1972a).

Both males and females are polygamous and the egg laying period

extends from 14-20 days after which the female soon dies. The numbers of

eggs produced ranged from 80-150 with a mean of 95 (24 observations). This

was much lower than N. vinitor which laid 578 eggs at 25°C (Kehat and

Wyndham, 1972a).

TABLE 1. Duration of life stages of Nysius cleve-

landensis under laboratory conditions at 25+2°C.

Mean duration

Developmental stage (days)

Egg 7.0

Larval instay I 6.5

II 4.5

III 4.5

IV 4.5

V 6.0

Preoviposition period 5.5

References

Attia, F. I. and Elshafie, M., 1973. A technique for culturing Rutherglen bug, Nysius

vinitor Bergroth (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 8: 37.

Evans, J. W., 1936. A new species of Nysius (Hem. Lygaeidae) from Tasmania, and note

on the economic importance of the genus. Bull. ent. Res. 27: 673-676.

Kehat, M. and Wyndham, M., 1972a. The influence of temperature on development,

longevity, and fecundity in the Rutherglen bug, Nysius vinitor (Hemiptera:

Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20: 67-78.

Kehat, M. and Wyndham, M., 1972b. The effect of food and water on development,

longevity, and fecundity in the Rutherglen bug, Nysius vinitor (Hemiptera:

Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 20: 119-130.

Kehat, M. and Wyndham, M., 1973. The relation between food, age and flight in the

Rutherglen bug, Nysius vinitor (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 21:

427-434.

Woodward, T. E., 1964. Preliminary note on the distribution of Nysius vinitor Bergroth

and Nysius clevelandensis Evans (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). J. ent. Soc. Qd 3:85.

Aust, ent, Мад. 8(5), February, 1982

INTERACTION OF ANTS, PREDATORS AND THE SCALE INSECT,

PULVINARIELLA MESEMBRYANTHEMI, ON CARPOBROTUS EDULIS,

AN EXOTIC PLANT NATURALIZED IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By Leanne Collins and John K. Scott*

Department of Zoology, University of Western Australia, Nedlands 6009

Abstract

The scale insect Pulvinariella mesembryanthemi is host specific to the succulent

Carpobrotus edulis, is tended by a range of ant species and is eaten by a species of

Coccinellid beetle. The host plant, scale and predators are exotic to Western Australia

but the ants are native. Compared with control samples, more scale insects died when

ants were removed and this appeared to be due to sooty mould infestation. The removal

of predators had little effect on scale survivorship. For all treatments some scale survived

to contribute offspring to the next generation. Independence from ants would allow

this scale to colonize new areas but the formation of large populations of scale probably

depends upon the presence of ants.

Introduction

Scale insects are well known for their ability to inyade new habitats,

particularly agricultural crops, and have been investigated mostly because of

the harm they cause (Elton 1958; Miller and Kosztarab 1979). Scales are

obligatory plant féeders, commonly forming mutualistic associations with

ants (Way 1963) and are often eaten by coccinellid beetles (Hodek 1973).

Obviously the complexity of the relationship between scales, host-plants,

ants and predators will affect the ability of a scale to invade new habitats.

In this paper we describe the interaction between a scale, host plant and a

Predator of the scale that have been introduced to Western Australia and

Native species of ant.

The succulent Carpobrotus edulis (L.) (Aizoaceae) is a native of South

Africa but has been known from Western Australia since 1842 (Blake 1969)

and is now naturalized in many coastal areas. The plant has a prostrate habit

With fleshy leaves on branches which run along the ground. At the Marsupial

Breeding Station, near Jandakot (32°10'S; 115?15'E), C. edulis is infested

with the scale insect, Pulvinariella mesembryanthemi (Vallot) (Homoptera:

Coccidae). The scale is probably host specific to C. edulis and appears to

have migrated with the plant around the world. The scale is eaten by adults

and larvae of Cryptolaemus montrousieri Muls. (Coccinellidae), a species

which was first introduced to Western Australia from eastern Australia in

1902 to control Pseudococcus species (Jenkins 1948). As far as known the

ants found with the scales are native to Western Australia (J. D. Majer, pers.

comm.).

In this paper we examine two aspects of the scales” population biology.

Firstly, are ants necessary for the survival of the scale and secondly, what

effect do the predators have on the population?

*Present address: Ent. Branch, Dept. of Agriculture, Jarrah Rd, S. Perth, W.A. 6151.

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

Species biology

The scale, P. mesembryanthemi, is known from a species of Carpobrotus

from France (Pesson 1941) and more specifically from С. edulis in Argentina

(Quintana 1956) and South Africa (Morrison and Rank 1957, p. 172;

Peringuey 1892). The plant is distributed throughout southern Australia,

southern Europe, California and South Africa (Blake 1969).

At the study site we examined the scales at irregular intervals between

March 1979 and May 1980 and made the following observations. The scale

had three or four generations. The first instar scale moved rapidly over all

plant surfaces and presumably migrated to other plants. This was the only

mobile instar and dispersal by this mechanism has been suggested by Quintana

(1956). The first instar scales were inconspicuous on the plants and there

may be a diapause or inactive stage over winter, as no second instar larvae

were found between April and August. The second instar was immobile and

was found exposed on leaves and also floral bracts when C. edulis was in

flower. The second instar developed either into a male imago or into a

third instar female which will eventually contain eggs. The females were

immobile and progressively formed a white, waxy coat over their eggs.

Upon death, the female body formed an additional part of the protective

coat. The final generation females appeared in late March and in April. The

eggs hatched soon after the death of the female. Males are the only winged

form of this species (Pesson 1941) and the occurrence of males in colonies

of scales varied from none to a high proportion in different locations at the

study site.

The presence of scale insects seemed to affect the growth of the plants.

Of 10 plants with scales, none had new growth in late March whereas 8 out

of 10 plants without scales exhibited new growth (Fisher exact probability

test, p<0.001). There was no obvious scar left on the leaves where the scales

had been feeding.

Two native species of ant tended the scale, Crematogaster sp. J.D.M.

33* and Iridomyrmex sp. J.D.M. 9*. The ants were present throughout both

the day and night, soliciting honeydew by caressing the back of the scale

with their antennae. The two ant species occurred in mutually exclusive areas.

Not all populations of scale were tended by ants. One population which

was not tended during our observations was known to have been tended by

an ant species, Iridomyrmex conifer Forel, two years previously. This

population of ants moved from the study area due to a scarcity of food

(nectar) brought about by three successive years of drought (P. McMillan,

pers. comm.). The scales remaining in this area were not tended by ants

but bees were frequently observed removing honeydew from the scales. In

the absence of ants and bees, the scales were observed to remove honeydew

* Voucher specimens of the ants are housed in Dr J. D. Majer’s collection at the Western

Australian Institute of Technology.

Aust, ent. Mag, 8(5), February, 1982 75

by the active expulsion of droplets. These droplets landed about five

millimetres away from the body of the scales which expelled the droplets.

The coccinellid, C. montrousieri, was the predator of the scale at the

Study site. This predator was always present with the populations of the

Scale although the species is known to eat other Homoptera at the study site.

When the adult predator approaches the scale insect it first solicits the

telease of honeydew in a manner similar to that of the ants that tend this

Species. The predator eats the scale after consuming the honeydew. Any

Temaining part of the dead scale drops off the plant. The larva of the

coccinellid is also predatory and eats its way into the remains of the female

body which contains the eggs and proceeds to eat the eggs from the inside.

Two species of parasite could be distinguished within the scales at the

Study site. These have not been identified although the scale is known to

have a number of parasites in South Africa and Argentina (Peringuey 1892;

Quintana 1956).

Methods

The plants used in the experiments were infested only with female

Scales. We removed ants, predators or both ants and predators from 5 branches

for each experiment and used 5 nearby branches as controls. The branches

in the four treatments did not differ statistically in leaf number and in wet

Weight at the end of the experiment (Table 1). The branches were not

inter-twined with other plant material and were spread along the ground.

TABLE 1

Mean + standard error with range in parenthesis of the number of leaves and the wet weight of

branches (with leaves). Sample size is 5 in each case. Analysis of variance on number of leaves

and wet weight of branches showed no differences.

Fiume TR EUR

Control 46.05.79 (32-62) 116.9+18.0 (62.2-172.6)

Ants excluded 69.6+17.13 (38-124) 203.0+52.04 (66.8-360.7)

Predators excluded 49.2+12.53 (18-94) 170:5+43.21 (70.7-328.5)

Ants and predators 34.6+5.13 (22-53) 103.1+27.56 (60.2-211.0)

excluded

Ants were excluded from branches by placing cloth sheets between

the branch and the ground. The cloth edges and stem of the plant at the

edge of the cloth were covered with grease. The edge of the cloth was

Secured to the ground. All leaves and other material which could form a

bridge for the ants to the experimental area were removed and ants within

the experimental area were removed by hand.

Predators were excluded from the plants by placing netting of 2 mm

Mesh over the plants. The. circumference of the netting was pegged into the

ground and the netting raised, tent-like, above the experimental area. All

Predators were removed by hand from within this area however, ants were

Observed to pass through the mesh 10 tend the scales.

76 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982

The above methods were combined to exclude both ants and predators.

The 5 control branches were left unaltered.

Each branch was examined 6 times over a period of 18 days in April

and during these visits we counted scales and checked that the experimental

exclusions were successful. At the start of the experiment we counted second

instar scales. The branches did not have overlapping generations and the

experiment ceased when first instar larvae emerged from the egg cases. Thus

the final number of scales were those that will contribute young to the next

generation.

Results

There were wide differences in the mortality of scales among the

treatments, with more scales dying when both ants and predators were

removed (Table 2). However the number of scale in the control treatment

also decreased over the time we observed the scales. We suspected that

uncontrolled factors such as parasites could be responsible. To account for

these changes over time we used analysis of covariance to compare the

treatments (Li 1964). Regressions were calculated with the percentage of

the original number of scales surviving as the dependent variable (Y's)

(arcsine transformed, in radians) and time (in days since the start of the

experiment) as the independent variable (X’s). Analysis of covariance was

then used to compare the slopes of the regressions and the adjusted mean

percentage of surviving scale (based on the overall mean sample day). The

TABLE 2

Mean + standard error with range in parenthesis of the original number of scales, the final number

of scales, and the percentage survivorship. Sample size is 5 in each case.

Treatinent C ES ET ee

Control 54.8+5.95 (36-68) 20.2+6.58 (9-46) 37.0+9.78 (22.1-74.2)

Ants excluded 58.2+6.51 (38-69) 7.0+0.84 (5-9) 13.0+2.82 (8.0-23.7)

Predators excluded 55.216.28 (32-70) 21.2+2.76 (15-31 40.716.95 (25.0-59.4).

Ants and predators 104.4+15.5 (54-151) 10.8+2.91 (3-19) 9.8+1.94 (5.5-15.3)

excluded

TABLE 3

Analysis of convariance of the percentage of scales surviving among experimental treatments. The

percentages (arcsine transformed) of the surviving scales (Y) were regressed against time, in days

(X). Y’s are adjusted to X = 9.2 days. Results of analysis of convariance: F = 443.13, p < 0.001

that the overall regression Û = 0.0; Е = 3.22, p < 0.05 that f, = f =...; Е = 13.95, p < 0.001 that

Y; = Y, =... Sample size is 30 for each regression.

A ГЕ ДЕК ШАТ

Control Y = 1.50-0.05X 0.73 <0.001 1.02 85.2

Ants excluded Y = 1.44-0.07X 0.88 <0.001 0.85 75.1

Predators excluded Y = 1.56-0.05X 0.77 «0.001 1.13 90.4

Ants and predators Y = 1.53-0.07X 0.79 <0.001 0.92 80.0

excluded i

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(5), February, 1982 77

Tesults of this analysis are given in Table 3. There were differences among

the slopes of the treatments due to a greater mortality rate for the two

treatments where ants were removed. Similarly the adjusted percentages of

Surviving scales were lower where ants were removed. Obviously the scale

benefited from the presence of the ants but from a comparison of individual

Tegressions there was no difference between the control and the sample where

the predator only was removed. The scales had sooty mould infestations in

treatments where the ants had been removed. The mould appeared to be

growing on honeydew and was probably the cause of the differences in

Mortality rates.

Discussion

Ants have often been observed to remove honeydew from scales thus

Preventing the growth of sooty mould (Way 1963). Our experiment indicates

that the removal of honeydew may be more important for survival than the

actions of predators. However the ability of some scale to survive without

ants would seem to be an important attribute of a species capable of

Colonizing new areas. That the scale can expel honeydew away from their

bodies indicates that tending by ants may not be necessary but this probably

depends on the density of scale. When scales are closely packed an expelled

. drop of honeydew could land on another scale. Further experiments on the

relationship between these scale and ants would need to take density into

account.

C. montrouzieri, is a well known predator of homoptera and has been

used widely as a biological control agent (Barlett 1973; Hodek 1973). Often

this insect needs to be mass-reared for release to ensure a sufficiently large

number to effect control of insects, chiefly mealybugs (Pseudococcus spp.).

In our example this predator may have been too low in numbers to affect

the scale or the scale may not have been the preferred prey. The predator

тау also be more important at another time of the year but more

€xperimentation would be needed to show this.

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank Miss H. M. Brooks, Waite Agricultural Research Institute,

S.A., for identifying the scale, Dr J. D. Majer, Western Australian Institute of Technology,

for identifying the ants, Dr C. S. Li, Department of Industrial Development, N.T., for

identifying the beetle and Dr K. T. Zwicky, Department of Zoology, University of W.A.,

for translations. We are most grateful to L. Sorokin for help collecting data and we thank

- Ayre, R. Black, M. S. Johnson, A. J. Lymbery, J. Prince and J. D. Roberts for

Comments on the manuscript.

References

Bartlett, B. R., 1973. Introduction into California of cold-tolerant biotypes of the

mealybug predator, Cryptolaemus montrouzier and laboratory procedures for

testing natural enemies for cold-hardiness. Environ. Ent. 3: 553-556.

Blake, S. T., 1969. A revision of Carpobrotus and Sarcozona in Australia, genera allied to

Mesembryanthemum (Aizoaceae). Contrib. Qd Herb. 7.

78 Aust, ent, Мад. 8(5), February, 1982

Elton, C. S., 1958. The ecology of invasions by animals and plants. Methuen, London.

181 pp.

Hodek, I., 1973. Biology of Coccinellidae. Junk, The Hague. 260 pp.

Jenkins, C. F. H., 1948. Biological control in Western Australia. J. R. Soc. West. Aust.

33: 1-17.

Li, J. C. R., 1964. Statistical inference I. Edwards Brothers, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

658 pp.

Miller, D. R. and Kosztarab, M., 1979. Recent advances in the study of scale insect.

Ann. Rev. Ent. 24: 1-27.

Morrison, Н. and Rank, A. V., 1957. A selected bibliography of the Coccidea. U.S. Dept.

Agric. Misc. Publ. 734.

Peringuey, L., 1892. Note on a supposed new Icerya. S. Afric. Phil, Soc. Trans. 8: 50-51.

Pesson, P., 1941. Description du male de Pulvinaria mesembryanthemi Vallot et obser-

vations biologiques sur cette expece (Hemipt. Coccidae). Annis. Soc. ent. Fr.

60: 71-77.

Quintana, F. J., 1956. Pulvinaria mesembryanthemi (Vallot) (Homoptera Stern.) Neura

cochinilla para la fauna Argentina y sus zooparasitos. Universidad Nacional de

la Plata. Facultad de Agronomia Revista. 32: 75-110.

Way, М. J., 1963. Mutualism between ants and honeydew producing Homoptera. Ann.

Rev. Ent. 8: 307-344.

BOOK REVIEW

Guide to the aquatic insects of New Zealand by Michael J. Winterbourn and Katharine

L. D. Gregson. 1981. Bull. ent. Soc. N.Z. 5. 80 pages, 222 text-figs (100 of whole

animals). Price NZ$9.00 (overseas orders add $1.00 for surface postage); educat-

ional institutions ordering 5 or more copies, $7.00. each.

The principal content of this handbook is illustrated keys to the fauna of aquatic

and water-associated insects found in New Zealand. It covers the stages usually found

by collectors in or on water bodies, i.e. the immature stages, plus (for Coleoptera and

Hemiptera) the adults. Where possible insects have been identified to genera and species,

but sometimes identification has been possible only to the family level. Annotated

notes on distribution, habitat, and taxonomic problems are incorporated in the keys:

A list of 152 references is given to the main taxonomic and biological literature. There

are brief notes on the collection, preservation and curation of specimens, and a glossary

and a complete index. The illustrations are of a high standard and form an important

role in complimenting the text.

There is no doubt that this handbook will appeal to a wide readership: specialists

in all parts of the world will find the keys, taxonomic notes, and references to all the

aquatic insects of New Zealand in one publication of great use, while others such 25

naturalists and biology students will find that they can identify (often to species level)

the specimens they collect or wish to study. It is an essential text that every New

Zealand amateur and professional entomologist cannot afford to be without and one

that Australian persons interested in aquatic insects should also seriously consider

purchasing.

Orders for this bulletin should be sent to either: Mrs B. M. May, Distributions

Secretary, Entomological Society of N.Z., 6 Ocean View Rd, Huia, New Zealand (make

remittances payable to “Entomological Society of N.Z."), OR: Dr J. A. Robb, Secretary/

Treasurer, N.Z. Limnological Society, c/- Christchurch Drainage Board, P.O. Box 13006,

Christchurch, New Zealand (make remittances payable to “N.Z. Limnological Society”).

M. S. MOULDS

Aust, ent. Mag, 8(5), February, 1982 79

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

CAMPBELL, N. A. and DEARN, J. M. з

1980. Altitudinal variation in, and morphological divergence between, three related

species of grasshopper, Praxibulus sp., Kosciuscola cognatus and K. usitatus

(Orthoptera: Acrididae). Aust. J. Zool. 28(1): 103-118, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-7.

GOODING, C. G. L.

OBITUARY. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2): 33-34.

GOODWIN, S.

1979. Changes in numbers in the parsitoid complex associated with the diamond-back

moth, Plutella xylostella (L.) (Lepidoptera), in Victoria. Aust. J. Zool. 27(6):

981-989, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

GRIFFIN, G. F.

1979. Dragonfly (Odonata) records from centra

77.

GULLAN, P. J.

1979. The wax-exuding,

Coccoidea): a light microscopy an

ent. Mag. 6(1): 3-9, text-figs 1-8.

HAGEN, Chris E. {

1980. Recent records of Acrodipsas illidgei (Waterhouse and Lyell) (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae) from the Brisbane area, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 7(3): 39.

HAINES, L. Courtney ў

1980. А note on butterfly captures at Bayview, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag.

6(6): 103.

HALL, M. C. е

1981. Notes on the life history of Cethosia penthesilea paksha Fruhstorfer (Lepid-

optera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(6): 89-90, text-figs 1 & 2.

1 Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(4): 75-

cuticular pores of Apiomorpha Rubsaamen (Homoptera,

d scanning electron microscopy study. Aust.

HALL, T. J.

1980. Attack on the legume Stylosanthes scabra (Vog.) by Platyomopsis pedicornis

(F.) (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(4): 277-279, text-figs

1&2.

HANCOCK, D. L. Р t.

1979. The systematic position of Papilio anactus Macleay (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 6(3): 49-53, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

ium felixi (Joicey and Noakes) (Lepidoptera:

1980. Systematic notes on Graph :

Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(1): 11-12, text-figs 1-3. і

1980. The status of the genera Atrophaneura Reakirt and Pachliopta Reakirt (Lepid-

optera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 7(2): 27-32, text-figs 1-13.

HARDY, R. J. л

1981. Some aspects of the biology and behaviour of Adoryphorus couloni (Burm-

eister) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae): Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20(1): 67-

74, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-6.

HARDY, R. J., TERAUDS, A., RAPLEY, P. E. L., WILLIAMS, M. A., IRESON, J. E.,

MILLER, L. A., BRIEZE-STEGEMAN, R. and McQUILLAN, P. B. Г

1981. Insect pest occurrences іп Tasmania, 1979/80. Tasm. Dept. Agric. Insect Pest

Survey 13: i-ii, 1-35.

HILLER, Anthony and d'APICE, J. W. C. T ‘ 1

1979. First record of the butterfly Pithecops dionisius dionisius (Boisduval) (Lepid-

optera: Lycaenidae) from the Australian mainland. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(1): 10-12,

text-figs 1 & 2.

JACKSON, Victor H. : :

1978. A new southern record for Tisiphone helena (Olliff) (Lepidoptera: Nymphal-

idae). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(1): 14.

80 Aust, ent. Мад. 8(5), February, 1982

KAY, B. H., CARLEY, J. С. and FILIPPICH, Cheryl

1977. The multiplication of Queensland and New Guinea arboviruses in Aedes

funereus (Theobald) (Diptera: Culicidae). J. med. Ent. 13(4-5): 451-452, table 1.

KITCHING, R. L. and TAYLOR, M. F. J.

1981. The culturing of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan) and its attendant ant,

Iridomyrmex anceps (Roger). Aust, ent. Mag. 7(5): 71-75, text-figs 1 & 2.

STEWART, William Elliott

1980. The Australian genus Diphlebia Selys (Odonata: Amphipterygidae). I. Taxo-

nomic revision of the adults, Aust, J. Zool., Suppl. Ser, 75: 1-57, tables 1-12,

text-figs 1-174.

1980. The Australian genus Diphlebia Selys (Odonata: Amphipterygidae). II. Taxo-

nomy of the larvae. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 75: 59-72, tables 1-4, text-figs

1-16.

VALENTINE, Peter S.

1979. Notes on the biology and distribution of some north Queensland lycaenid

butterflies. Aust. ent, Mag. 6(3): 55-56.

VESTJENS, W. J. M.

1979, Notes on the leaf beetle Haltica ignea Blackburn (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae:

Halticinae) at Lake Cowae, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 5(6): 113-114.

WALLACE, B. J.

1980. Cantharophily and the pollination of Peristeranthus hillii. Orchadian 6(9):

214-215.

Coleoptera: Agonischius qustralis, Metriorrhynchus sp.

WARD, P. S.

1980. A systematic revision of the Rhytidoponera impressa group (Hymenoptera:

Formicidae) in Australia and New Guinea. Aust. J. Zool. 28(3): 475-498,

table 1, text-figs 1-35.

WARDHAUGH, K. G.

1980. Photoperiod as a factor in the development of overwintering nymphs of the

Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera (Walker) (Orthoptera: Acrid-

idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc, 18(4): 387-390, tables 1-3.

WILLIAMS, D. J., RADUNZ, L. A. J. and BROOKES, H. M.

1981. The rice mealybug Brevennia rehi (Lindinger) now recorded from Australia

and Papua New Guinea (Hemiptera: Coccoidea: Pseudococcidae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 20(1): 46.

WILLIAMS, G. A.

1979. Scarabaeidae (Coleoptera) from the Harrington district of coastal northern

New South Wales, with special reference to a littoral rainforest habitat. Aust.

ent. Mag. 5(6): 103-108.

WILLIAMS, G. A. and WILLIAMS, T.

1979. A note on aspects of the flight behaviour of Antitrogus nox Britton (Coleopt-

era: Melolonthinae). Aust, ent. Mag. 5(6): 108.

WITANACHCH I, Jayanthi P.

1980. Evidence for pre-emergence mating among mature progeny of Ips grandicollis

(Eichhoff). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 19(2): 93-100, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3.

WOODWARD, T. E.

1980. The occurrence in Australia of Lamproceps Reuter (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae:

Rhyparochrominae) with the description of a new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

19(2): 101-105, text-figs 1-6.

WRIGHT, A. E.

1981. Ord River arboviruses—mosquito captures during 1976/77. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

20(1): 47-57, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-7.

YEN, A. L.

1978. Anomalopsylla Tuthill (Hemiptera: Psylloidea) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag.

4(6): 116.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

EXCHANGE. Would like to trade U.S. moths and butterflies for represent-

ative species from Australia, any area. Dr John Hallahan, 1481 Briar

Lane, Media, Pa. 19063, U.S.A.

SELL. Comprehensive offering of world Coleoptera and Lepidoptera; top

quality specimens, unmounted with data. Write for price list. W. Bryce

Richfield, 170 Magnolia — No. 202, Goleta, Ca. 93117, U.S.A.

WANTED. Information on occurrence of milkweeds (food plant of Wanderer

butterfly), in southern and central N.S.W., particularly Blue Mountains

and Southern Highlands areas. David James, c/- Dept. of Agriculature,

P.M.B. 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116. Ph. (02) 630 0879 —business hours.

WANTED. Books on Australian insects, especially beetles. Also Certonid and

Buprestid specimens. Can trade insects from Africa and S. America.

G. Lachaume, 61 Rue de Neuilly, Fontenay sous bois, 94120, France.

WANTED. A copy of A cluster of Bees by T. Rayment. Dr T. Houston, c/-

W.A. Museum, Francis Street, Perth, W.A. 6000.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St; Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double

Spaced and in duplicate.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

considered unsuitable.

Papers longer than six printed journal pages will normally not be accepted.

Reprints: Authors may purchase reprints at the following rates per page: $9 for

50 copies, $11 for 100 copies and $14 for 200 copies. There are no free reprints. Papers

exceeding three printed pages in length will only be accepted if a minimum of 50 reprints

are purchased.

Illustrations: Black and white photographs must be submitted at the size they

are to appear in the journal. Line drawings should be about twice their required size.

Colour plates are offered to authors at the following subsidized prices: first plate $160;

additional plates $95 each. Photographs are best submitted as colour transparencies

although paintings are also suitable. Plates using two or more photographs are more

expensive; thus where a number of set specimens are to be illustrated on a plate such

specimens are best photographed on a single slide.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

COLLINS, Leanne and SCOTT, John K. Interaction of ants, predators

and the scale insect, Pulvinariella mesembryanthemi, on Carpo-

brotus edulis, an exotic plant naturalized in Western Australia ... 73

KITCHING, R. L. and CALLAGHAN, C. The fauna of water-filled

tree holes in box forest in south-eastern Queensland.......... 61

VATTANAKUL, Jiraporn and ROSE, H. A. The culture of the grey

cluster bug, Nysius clevelandensis Evans under laboratory con-

ditions? E ей TUE E gee ҮСҮ... 71

BOOK REVIEW — Guide to the aquatic insects of New Zealand ..... 78

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M.S.Moulds...............-. 79

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ................... inside back cover

BOOKS & EQUIPMENT

EQUIPMENT AND BOOK CATALOGUES

ARE AVAILABLE FREE ON REQUEST

MAIL ORDERS ARE A SPECIALTY

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

BRANCH: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER |

$10.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

Labels must be ordered in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 labels.

Delivery 4-6 weeks. Payment with order please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

Coleoptera

82 Balaclava Rd, Cairns, N.Qld, 4870

Phone: (070) 54 3643

Tr a а е wing w Worldwide Lepidoptera &

Write for Catalogue

A GUIDE TO AUSTRALIAN SPIDERS

by Densey Clyne ;

Now out of print.

| Author has a limited number of signed copies at $12 (post free)

Write to D. Clyne, 14 Taylors Road, Dural, N.S.W. 2158

ISSN 0311-1881

AUSTRALIAN

'ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust. ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 8, PART 6

MARCH, 1982

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$9.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£5.50) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$12.00 (US$14.00 or Stg.£6.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Deborah Kent

Shows the face of the larva, Tapeigaster annulipes Macquart (Diptera:

Heleomyzidae). The genus Tapeigaster is endemic to Australia, where it is widely

distributed through temperate regions. The larvae of Tapeigaster are known to

live in various kinds of fungi.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

Graphic Printing & Design Co., Ltd.

379-381 King’s Rd, North Point

Hong Kong

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 8, Part 6

A NOTE ON BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA) OBSERVED AT LIGHTS

By Geoff Williams

C/- Post Office, Lansdowne, N.S.W. 2435

In North America buprestids of the genus Melanophila Eschscholtz are

commonly encountered at forest fires (Evans 1966) and in Australia the “fire

beetle”, Merimna atrata Hope, frequently occurs at both lights and fires

(Poulton 1916). In Australia, however, buprestids are generally considered

to be blossom and foliage frequenters.

During nights in the late spring and early summer of 1980 represent-

atives of four buprestid genera were taken at a range of artificially emitted

light sources on our property at Lansdowne. On each occassion the light

was located in a cleared space adjoining a wet forest complex.

On 27 November five specimens of Pseudoanilara cupripes (Macl.),

one specimen of Torresita cuprifera Kirby and two specimens of Melobasis

?purpurescens F. were taken at a high intensity mercury vapour light. On

8 December a fasciated Melobasis sp. came to a “black” light and previously

on 2 December a Chrysobothris sp. was captured at a low intensity caravan

courtesy light during light rain. Thus five species were encountered from a

wide range of light intensities.

Species of two further genera, Anilara Thoms. and Alcinous Deyr.,

commonly observed during the day in the area where these lights were set

were not observed at light.

It is possible that the attraction stimulus in each instance was heat

convection rather than light emission as Evans (1966) has demonstrated that

Melanophila acuminata De Geer will exploit subtle differences in temperature

under experimental conditions. Response times to light emission, however,

are much less (Evans 1966). I am unaware of any previous records, excepting

Merimna, of Australian buprestids being attracted to lights.

References

Evans, W. G., 1966. Reception of infrared radiation from forest fires by Melanophila

acuminata De Geer (Buprestidae, Coleoptera). Ecology, 47: 1061-1065.

Poulton, E. B., 1916. The habits of the Australian buprestid “fire beetle”, Merimna atrata

Lap. et Gory. Proc. ent. Soc. Lond. 1915(1): iii-iv.

82 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

A RECORD OF ONTHOPHAGUS PARVUS BLANCHARD

(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE) FROM THE EUROPEAN RABBIT

By P. G. Allsopp

Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Queensland, 4350.

Abstract

The prehensile dung beetle Onthophagus parvus Blanchard is recorded from the

European rabbit in southern Queensland. This is the first record of a non-macropod host.

Two groups of Australian dung beetles of the genus Onthophagus Latreille have

developed mechanisms which allow the beetle to cling to the fur of mammals. In the

glabratus species-group this is achieved by modification of the tarsal claws, a prolongation

of the edge of the last tarsal segment between the bases of the claws, and an absence ora

great reduction of the pulvillus (Matthews 1972). There are five prehensile species in the

glabratus group and, apart from a record of beetles clinging to the fur of goats, all

reliable records of hosts are macropods (Matthews 1972).

O. parvus Blanchard (one of the glabratus group) occurs from the interior of New

South Wales across the northern part of the continent as far as Port Hedland, Western

Australia, in areas of about 400-1300 mm of annual rainfall. Matthews (1972) records it

from the fur of the agile wallaby [Macropus agilis (Gould)] , northern nail-tail wallaby

[Onychogalea unguifera (Gould)] and spectacled hare-wallaby (Lagorchestes conspicill-

atus Gould).

On the night of 9th December 1980 six specimens of Onthophagus were found

clinging to the fur on the ventral posterior of an adult female European rabbit, Orycto-

lagus cuniculus (L.), captured near Condamine, Queensland (150 07 E,26 58 S). Only

one specimen was captured and proved to be O. parvus. This was the second time such

beetles had been sighted on rabbits during the previous two years (M. McManus, pers.

comm.).

This appears to be the first record of a prehensile Onthophagus from rabbits. No

scarabaeids were recorded from rabbits by either Mykytowycz (1957), Shepherd and

Edmonds (1973, 1976) or Williams (1972).

Acknowledgement

I am indebted to Mick McManus, Chief Rabbit Control Officer, Roma, for bringing

the specimen to my attention.

References

Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia I. Tribe

Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 9: 1-330. А

Mykytowycz, К., 1957. Ectoparasites of the wild rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in

Australia. C.S.[. R.O. Wildl. Res. 2: 63-65.

Shepherd, R. C. H. and Edmonds, J. W., 1973. Observations of ectoparasites of the wild

rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in the Werribee district of Victoria. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 12: 195-200. $

Shepherd, R. C. H. and Edmonds, J. W., 1976. Ectoparasite stragglers (Siphonaptera and

Acarina) of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.), in Victoria. Aust. ent.

Mag. 3: 63-66.

Williams, R. T., 1972. The distribution and abundance of the ectoparasites of the wild

rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in New South Wales, Australia. Parasitology

64: 321-330.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 83

FURTHER STUDIES ON THE SYSTEMATICS OF AUSTRALIAN

DIPLURINAE (ARANEAE: MYGALOMORPHAE, DIPLURIDAE):

THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF PROSHERMACHA SIMON

AND CHENISTONIA TEPPERI HOGG

By Barbara York Main

Zoology Department, University of Western Australia, Nedlands, W.A. 6009.

Abstract

Proshermacha Simon, formerly placed in the Ctenizidae is transferred to the

Diplurinae (Dipluridae). The two species P. tigrina Simon and P. subarmata Simon are

regarded as conspecific. Proshermacha is synonymised with Chenistonia Hogg. P. tigrina

and subarmata are tentatively synonymised with Chenistonia tepperi Hogg. The systematic

confusion of the Chenistonia tepperi “superspecies” in south-west Western Australia is

discussed.

Introduction

A study of the systematics and biology of Australian mygalomorphs

was begun by the author in 1952. As this work developed, the biological

prominence of the Diplurinae compared to other groups of mygalomorphs,

in several geographic regions of the continent became apparent. However, at

the same time the taxonomy of the group proved exceptionally difficult and

attributing names to biologically distinct populations was frequently imposs-

ible. This was due to two reasons. Firstly some of the early descriptions of

species were inadequate, some genera and species were unnamed, certain types

were lost or temporarily “missing” and access to types which could be

located was difficult. At that time loans were not permitted from several

major institutions both in Australia and overseas, where many Australian

types were deposited. Perforce, visits to the relevant institutions had to be

made in order to examine such types. Secondly, the Diplurinae in Australia

are complex due to along evolution in isolation which has resulted in numerous

convergences. Many species, and even genera, although distinguishable on

biological criteria, exhibit confusing morphological parallels, especially of

female specimens. Thus my study of systematics of the Diplurinae has been

long and tedious and many of the taxonomic problems are only now beginning

to be solved.

My taxonomic study of the Mygalomorphae was initially planned as a

monograph and much information has been accumulated and manuscript

descriptions of many species set aside until such time as generic revisions

would appear to be reasonably complete. However a monographic presentation

is impractical and some results have already appeared in smaller papers. This

paper is the sixth in a series dealing solely with systematics of the Diplurinae.

Earlier publications in which I described or reviewed genera or species of

Diplurinae are: Main (1954, 1969, 1972, 1975, 1977 and in press, a) and

Main and Mascord (1969).

The purpose of this paper is to discuss the taxonomic status of

Proshermacha Simon and the Chenistonia tepperi superspecies.

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

The following abbreviations of depositories are used: BMNH, British

Museum of Natural History; ZMB, Zoologisches Museum Berlin; ZMH, Zool-

ogisches Museum Hamburg.

Status of Proshermacha

Simon (1908) erected the genus Proshermacha to contain two species,

tigrina and subarmata, from southwest Western Australia. The description of

P. tigrina is more complete and precedes that of subarmata. Although he did

not designate tigrina as the type of the genus, Simon clearly regarded it as the

type species in that he described subarmata only in respect of how it differed

from tigrina. Rainbow (1912) incorrectly designated subarmata as the type

species with which designation Petrunkevitch (1928) and Bonnet (1958)

concurred. In accordance with Article 69 (a) (iii) and (vi) of the International

Code of Zoological Nomenclature, Rainbow's designation, although arguably

incorrect must be accepted.

Simon placed the genus in the group (or tribe) Nemesieae in the

Ctenizidae, mainly on the basis of the bipectinate superior tarsal claws but

also because he regarded the bristles on the chelicerae as a rastellum.

Examination of one of the syntypes of P. tigrina and three syntypes of

subarmata has revealed that the specimens although having bipectinate superior

claws, do not possess a rastellum. Carapace, abdomen, spinnerets, sternum,

labium and maxillae of one syntype (from Harvey) are illustrated (Figs 1-3).

Carapace lengths of syntypes are as follows: P. tigrina, 3.25 mm; Р.

subarmata, Harvey, 3.6 mm, Wooroloo, both specimens 3.0 mm. Cheliceral

teeth: P. tigrina, 7 promarginal and a few basal; P. subarmata, Harvey, 7

promarginal and 13 (and 12) basal right and (left) respectively.

The bipectinate superior tarsal claws and the relatively long posterior

lateral spinnerets, with tapering terminal segment, indicate that the specimens

are not ctenizids but diplurines. In addition, the following combination of

features suggests that the species belong in Chenistonia Hogg: a straight or

slightly recurved fovea; pronounced eye tubercle; teeth on only inner margin

of cheliceral furrow plus a basal group of granule like teeth; marginal sternal

sigilla; mottled pattern on dorsum of abdomen; scopula on at least anterior

tarsi and metatarsi; a pair of proximal ventral spines on palp tarsus. All are

juvenile specimens and thus specific identity is difficult. Nevertheless they

appear to be conspecific and from the characters noted, combined with the

localities from which the specimens were collected it is deduced that they

probably belong to the species currently identified as Chenistonia tepperi

Hogg. Although Hogg had five syntypes from four localities, only two

(“cotypes”) from Ardrossan (in the British Museum of Natural History) can

be traced. Thus Ardrossan, which happens also to be the first listed locality,

is designated as the type locality.

Genus Chenistonia Hogg

Chenistonia Hogg, 1901. Type species by original designation: Chenistonia maculata

Hogg 1901.

Proshermacha Simon, 1908. Type species by subsequent designation (Rainbow 1912):

Proshermacha subarmata Simon 1908. New Synonymy.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 85

Clif 1/

ay Do

in C

Figs 1-3. Syntype (Harvey) of Proshermacha subarmata Simon: (1) carapace and abdo-

men, dorsal view, (2) spinnerets, ventral view, (3) sternum, labium, maxillae

and chelicerae. (Note extrusion of spinnerets exposing membranous areas in

dorsal view).

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

Chenistonia tepperi Hogg

Chenistonia tepperi Hogg, 1902, p. 137. Five female syntypes from Ardrossan, Kangaroo

Island, Burnside and Blakiston, South Australia. Two female ‘ *cotypes" from

Ardrossan (BMNH, examined), other syntypes lost.

? Proshermacha subarmata Simon, 1908, p. 364. Three syntypes, all juveniles, 1 from

Harvey, Western Australia (ZMH, examined), 2 from Woorooloo, Western Australia

(ZMB, examined). New Synonymy.

2 Proshermacha tigrina Simon 1908, р. 363. Female syntype from Serpentine, Western

Australia (probably originally in ZMH, lost). Juvenile syntype from Jarrahdale,

Western Australia (ZMB, examined). New Synonymy.

Identity of the Chenistonia tepperi superspecies

Chenistonia tepperi as at present delimited is distributed in southern

Australia from the west coast to Adelaide (Main 1972, 1976 and in press, b)

and includes several offshore islands e.g. Rottnest and Kangaroo Islands. In

the western part of its range it comprises at least two behavioural forms which

may represent distinct species (unpublished field data, documentation in

preparation as part of the revision of the genus Chenistonia). It is not

possible from the juvenile specimens of Proshermacha to state which behav-

ioural form of Chenistonia they represent. The common and widespread form

(designated race “A”) builds a deep, sinuous burrow and appears to be

continuous across the range of the “superspecies” and is at present regarded

as Chenistonia tepperi. The other form (designated race “В”), which can be

differentiated in life on colour (it is black instead of fuscous), builds a

shallow burrow, frequently under logs. Male characters of both forms are

similar. This complex of “races” comprising the “superspecies”, i.e. a South

Australian form which is more or less continuous with race “А” of the two

Western Australian races (which are sympatric in the northern jarrah forest)

cannot at present be resolved. Further field observations are required, and

correlations made, of data so acquired, with subtle morphological distinctions.

However, in the meantime there is a great deal of pressure for identifications

of this species complex from practically-orientated bodies, such as forestry

and mining concerns and biologists conducting fauna surveys in relation to

rehabilitation of landscapes and establishment and management of parks.

Consequently, an immediate appraisal of the taxonomy of this group, although

inconclusive, is required.

A nomenclatural problem associated with synonymising Proshermacha

with the Chenistonia tepperi “superspecies” arises from the uncertainty of

the status of the various populations of this “superspecies”, e.g.: (a) There is

one South Australian species (Chenistonia tepperi Hogg) and (b) There are

two Western Australian biological populations (race “А” and race “В”) of

which one or both may be conspecific with Chenistonia tepperi (at present

they are both identified as part of the Chenistonia tepperi ““superspecies”).

The alternative nomenclatural solutions are dependent on the status of

these populations which is still uncertain, e.g., there are three possibilities:

(i) Both the Western Australian populations, race “A” and race “B”, are

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 87

conspecific with Chenistonia tepperi Hogg. (ii) Only one of the Western

Australian populations, race “A”, is conspecific with С. tepperi and the other

one, гасе “B”, is a distinct species. Thus two species in W.A.: one continuous

across the southern part of Western Australia and South Australia (= Chenist-

Onia tepperi) and one (= unnamed species) restricted to the northern jarrah

forest of southwest Western Australia. (iii) Neither Western Australian

Population is conspecific with С. tepperi. Thus three species: one restricted

to South Australia (= С. tepperi) and two in Western Australia [race “А” =

Chenistonia intricata (Rainbow and Pulleine) which until now 1 have re-

garded as a synonym of C. tepperi (unpublished) and race “В”, an unnamed

species].

From field observations and my collections the second “solution” is

favoured as there does appear to be a continuous population of one of the

biological “forms”, i.e. race “A” (documentation in preparation). If the third

“solution” is correct several names are available. If also my present opinion

that the three following species are conspecific remains unaltered and is correct,

then each name is available in the following order of precedence:

Aname maculata Rainbow and Pulleine 1918, p. 151

Aname intricata Rainbow and Pulleine 1918, p. 157

Chenistonia auropilosa Rainbow and Pulleine 1918, p. 160

Taking the first available name, this would raise problems of priority

and homonymy since the type species of Chenistonia is C. maculata Hogg

from Macedon, Victoria (Hogg 1901). Therefore the next available name is

intricata.

Returning to Proshermacha the significant point is that whatever the

specific status of the two Proshermacha species the genus Proshermacha

becomes a synonym of Chenistonia. ЇЁ С. tepperi stands for both the Western

Australian populations [solution (i) above] then there is no problem of

nomenclature and the species names tigrina and subarmata become synonyms

of С. tepperi. However if there are two Western Australian species [solution

(ii) above] it would not be possible to know with certainty with which species

P. subarmata is conspecific (i.e. C. tepperi or the “unnamed”) because of the

juvenile state of the Proshermacha specimens but conspecificity with tepperi

is most probable. Finally, if solution (iii) above regarding the status of the

Chenistonia species is correct then the name subarmata has priority over the

three names discussed above, i.e. A. maculata, A. intricata and C. auropilosa.

However there would still remain the problem whether P. subarmata is

conspecific with race “A” (= С. intricata) or race “В” (unnamed Chenistonia

ѕр.).

Consequently, it becomes impossible to attribute with certainty the spec-

ific name subarmata to a population. Furthermore, the names Proshermacha

tigrina and subarmata have not been cited, except in catalogues, since

erection of the genus in 1908. While recognising Proshermacha as a synonym

of Chenistonia the most practical approach is to disregard the specific names

88 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

subarmata and tigrina, although strictly speaking they cannot be considered as

nomina oblita under the present terms of the International Code of Zoolog-

ical Nomenclature.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank the following who either loaned types or made types

available in their respective institutions: W. Crome, Zoologisches Museum,

Berlin (ZMB); Gisela Rack, Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg (ZMH); G. O.

Evans, formerly of the British Museum (Natural History); the late A. Musgrave,

and M. R. Gray, Australian Museum, Sydney. A research grant from the

University of Western Australia in 1954 facilitated a visit to the Australian

Museum in order to examine types. An Alice Hamilton Fellowship (Federation

of University Women) was awarded to me in 1958 in order to visit overseas

museums to examine types. The Zoology Department of the University of

Western Australia provided laboratory facilities.

References

Bonnet, P., 1958. Bibliographia Araneorum 2(4): 3027-4230. Toulouse.

Hogg, Н. R., 1901. On Australian and New Zealand spiders of the suborder Mygalomor-

phae. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1901 (2): 218-279.

Hogg, H. R., 1902. On some additions to the Australian spiders of the suborder Mygalo-

morphae. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1902(2): 121-142.

Main, B. Y., 1954. Spiders and Opiliones. Part 6 of The Archipelago of the Recherche.

Aust. Geog. Soc. Rep. 1: 37-53.

Main, B. Y., 1969. A blind mygalomorph spider from Nullarbor Plain cave. J. R. Soc.

West. Aust. 52(1): 9-11.

Main, B. Y., 1972. The mygalomorph spider genus Stanwellia Rainbow and Pulleine

(Dipluridae) and its relationship to Aname Koch and certain other diplurine

genera. J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 55(2): 100-114.

Main, B. Y., 1975. The citrine spider: a new genus of trapdoor spider (Mygalomorphae:

Dipluridae). West. Aust. Nat. 13(4): 73-78.

Main, B. Y., 1976. Spiders. Collins, Sydney. 296 pp.

Main, B. Y., 1977. Spiders. In: The natural history of the Wongan Hills. ed. K. F.

Kenneally, Western Australian Naturalists’ Club, Perth.

Main, B. Y., (in press, a). Notes on the revised taxonomic position of the Black

Wishbone spider Dekana diversicolor Hogg (Mygalomorphae: Dipluridae). J. К.

Soc. West. Aust.

Main, В. Y., (in press, b). Adaptive responses to arid habitats by mygalomorph spiders.

Aust. J. Ecol.

Main, B. Y. and Mascord, R. M., 1969. A new genus of diplurid spider from New South

Wales (Araneae: Mygalomorphae). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 6: 24-30.

Petrunkevitch, A., 1928. Systema Araneorum. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci. 29: 1-270.

Rainbow, W. J., 1912. A census of Australian Araneidae and index to families, sub-

families and genera. Rec. Aust. Mus. 9(2): 107-319.

Rainbow, W. J. and Pulleine, R. H., 1918. Australian trapdoor spiders. Rec. Aust. Mus.

12(7): 81-169.

Simon, E., 1908. Araneae. Part 1. In: Die Fauna sud-west Australiens. 1(12): 359-446.

(Jena).

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 89

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE CARABIDAE (COLEOPTERA)

RECORDED FROM CAVES IN NEW GUINEA

By R. M. Emberson and B. P. Moore

Lincoln College, Canterbury, New Zealand

C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T., Australia

Abstract

Twelve genera and eighteen species of Carabidae are listed from caves in the islands

of New Guinea. All three major levels of adaptation to cavernicolous life are represented

and the Agonini form the dominant element in the subterranean fauna.

Introduction

The extensive cave systems of New Guinea are now receiving increased

attention from speleologists and several expeditions have been mounted in

recent years, with the object of investigating the fauna. Notable among these

are the British Speleological Expedition to Papua New Guinea, 1975 (Chapman

1976) and the Australasian Atea Expedition, 1978 (Smith 1980), in which

one of us (RME) took part. Both of these major expeditions produced exten-

sive collections of cave animals. The augmented level of exploration seems

likely to be maintained for some years at least and it therefore appears

desirable to draw together all available records in chosen groups, thereby

providing basic lists to which the results of future expeditions may readily be

attached.

Such is the aim of the present paper, which covers the family Carabidae,

a dominant group in cave beetle faunas generally and evidently so in New

Guinea. All published records known to the authors are included, together

with hitherto unpublished results from the British expeditions of 1975

(BSE75) and 1978 (BSE78) (specimens determined by BPM), the Australasian

expedition of 1978 (ATEA78) (specimens determined by RME), and data

from material from earlier limited excursions, that have come to their notice.

For the purposes of the list, the New Guinea region is taken to include the

whole of the main island of New Guinea, plus the dependencies of Papua New

Guinea.

List of species

Subfamily PAUSSINAE

Tribe Ozaenini

Pseudozaena (Trichozaena) cavicola Moore. NEW IRELAND: Kabase Cave

(P. Beron, BSE75) (Moore 1978).

Subfamily SCARITINAE

Tribe Clivinini

Clivina sp. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Yikebo (ATEA78).

Subfamily PTEROSTICHINAE

Tribe Agonini

Altagonum cracens Darlington. NEW GUINEA: Great Cave (Bem Tem),

Telefomin (T. Hayllar) (Darlington 1971).

90 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

Altagonum misim Darlington. NEW GUINEA: Great Cave (Bem Tem), Tele-

fomin (B. Craig and T. Hayllar) (Darlington 1971);Bem Tem, Telefomin

(P. Beron and P. Chapman, BSE75); Hulup Tem, Telefomin (P. Beron,

BSE75); Bolam Tigiin, Telefomin (P. Beron, BSE75); Nong River Cave,

W. Sepic Province (P. Chapman, BSE75); Ogon II Cave, near Gogome,

Chimbu Province (P. Beron, BSE75); Mebikombogo Cave, near Gurema,

Chimbu Province (Р. Beron BSE75). PAPUA: Па Kananda, Nali

Gorge (ATEA78); lawarere Caves, near Port Moresby (R. A. Carver and

T. L. Fenner); Bilel Tem, Hindenberg Wall (R. Plumley, BSE78); Um

Tem, Bikatokbip (R. Plumley, BSE78).

Altagonum sphodrum Darlington. PAPUA: Yarom Deng Tem, Finim Tel

(Р. Beron, BSE75); Ok Kumun Tem, Finim Tel (Р. Beron, BSE75);

Finim Tem, Main Cave, Finim Tel (P. Beron, BSE75); Agim Tem, Finim

Tel (BSE75); Atea Kananda, Duna Sands and Ooze Cruise (ATEA78).

Altagonum sp. n. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Pikers Sump (ATEA78).

Colpodes sinuicauda Darlington. NEW GUINEA: caves near Telefomin (В.

Craig) (Darlington 1971).

Montagonum sp. near pandum Darlington. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Duna

Sands (ATEA78).

Gastragonum caecum Moore. NEW GUINEA: Selminum Tem (P. Chapman,

BSE75) (Moore 1978).

Nebriagonum foedum Darlington. WEST IRIAN: Maimbobo Cave, North

Duman, Porol Range (F. Parker) (Darlington 1971).

Notagonum altum Darlington. PAPUA: Hyom Tem, near “Girtoil” (P. Chap-

man, BSE75).

Notagonum dentellum Darlington. PAPUA: Па Kananda, Nali Gorge (ATEA78).

Notagonum margaritum Darlington. NEW GUINEA: Ороп II Cave, near

Gogome, Chimbu Province (P. Beron, BSE75); Bem Tem, Telefomin

(P. Beron and P. Chapman, BSE75).

Notagonum sp. near margaritum Darlington. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Duna

Sands (ATEA78).

Potamagonum diaphanum Darlington. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Duna Sands

(ATEA78).

Speagonum mirabile Moore. NEW GUINEA: Okemimal Tem and Selminum

Tem, near Tifalmin (Р. Beron and Р. Chapman, BSE75) (Moore 1978).

Genus nov. sp. 1. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Binatang Passage (ATEA78).

Genus nov. sp. 2. PAPUA: Atea Kananda, Binatang Passage (ATEA78).

Discussion

Although the above list is evidently no more than an interim summary

of the known carabid fauna, the data available are already sufficient for some

generalisations to be made. In particular, the dominance of the tribe Agonini*

is very obvious. This is atypical for cave faunas in general but is entirely to be

expected in New Guinea, where the tribe is exceptionally well represented

and is dominant in mesophile habitats (Darlington 1971).

* 7 Platynini = Anchomenini: the correct name has yet to be settled

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 91

Information concerning the habits and biology of the various species

recorded here is scant but from the wide range of morphological adaptation

displayed, it seems clear that all three currently recognised levels of cavern-

icolous status, namely troglobite, troglophile and trogloxene, are represented.

However, it is not always possible to specify with confidence the status of

any given -species.

From its extremely attenuate form, vestigial eyes, flightlessness and

occurrence deep within the Selminum Tem system, Speagonum mirabile is

evidently a troglobite and it displays the highest level of adaptation yet

discovered in the region. As far as can be judged from the inadequate material

currently available, Genus nov. sp. 1 and sp. 2 also appear to be well adapted

troglobites. Gastragonum caecum and Altagonum sp. n. are evidently troglob-

itic representatives of largely surface dwelling genera.

Pseudozaena cavicola, which was found in large numbers on bat guano,

is presumably a predator of other, guano-feeding, arthropods; it is fully winged

and closely related to a Malaysian species that is known to fly to light. Thus

it is probably a troglophile. Nebriagonum foedum, discovered on fruit-bat

droppings, belongs to an entirely flightless genus of montane mesophiles but

may also be a troglophile. Montagonum sp. near pandum is essentially similar.

The remaining species of the list are all fully winged and show little or

no obvious adaptation to life in caves; most have already been taken in

surface habitats. However, from the numerous records from caves, Altagonum

misim seems clearly more than a casual visitor to the habitat and may be

classed as a troglophile. Its more localised congener, A. sphodrum shows a

tendency in some populations (notably those in the Atea Kananda) to attenu-

ation in body form and reduction in eye size and also seems to qualify for

troglophile status. The large and worldwide genus Clivina is dominant in the

fossorial faunas of wet places, such as lake and creek margins, and the single

record from a cave may well be an incidental occurrence. For the other listed

species, the data do not distinguish between regular and casual occurrences.

Acknowledgements

Tne authors thank Drs P. Beron (Natural History Museum, Sofia, Bulgaria) and

P. Chapman (Culford School, Suffolk, U.K.) for access to the carabids from the two

British expeditions, and Dr A. F. Newton (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard

University, U.S.A.) for the loan of type material.

References

Chapman, P. 1976. Speleobiology. In The British New Guinea Speleological Expedition

(Brook, O., Ed.). Trans. Brit. Cave Res. Assocn 3: 192-203.

Darlington, P. J., 1971. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part IV. General considerat-

ions; analysis and history of fauna; taxonomic supplement. Bull. Mus. comp.

Zool. 142: 129-337.

Moore, B. P., 1978. A remarkable new genus and three new species of cavernicolous

Carabidae (Coleoptera) (Zoological results of the British Speleological Exped-

ition to Papua-New Guinea 1975, 2). Int. Jnl Speleol. 9: 257-363.

Smith, С. B., 1980. Biospeleology. п Caves and Karst of the Muller Range (James, J. M.

and Dyson, J. H., Eds), pp. 121-129. Speleological Research Council, Sydney.

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

OGYRIS GENOVEVA GELA WATERHOUSE (LEPIDOPTERA:

LYCAENIDAE) FEEDING AT SAPFLOW, AND THE FIRST

RECORD OF THIS SUBSPECIES FROM VICTORIA

By Peter S. Valentine

Geography Dept., James Cook University, Townsville, Qld 4811

Common and Waterhouse (1981: 53) record two Australian butterfly

species attracted to feeding lures, Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (F.) and

Vanessa itea (F.), while Brunet (1977) also observed Heteronympha merope

merope (F.) feeding on tree sap. Monteith and Kerr (1977) report the

attraction of Lexias aeropa (L.) to rotting banana skins and comment that

Apaturina erminea (Cramer) is attracted to over-ripe bananas. More recently

Hawkeswood (1980) has reported Geitoneura klugii (Guér.-Mén.) feeding on

sap. I have observed both Melanitis leda bankia (F.) and Mycalesis

terminus terminus (F.) feeding on rotting mangoes in the Townsville area.

Of particular interest, however, is a record of Ogyris genoveva gela

Waterhouse being attracted to sapflow. On 5 January 1980, near Willis, neat

the Victorian/New South Wales border along the Snowy River, a number of

specimens were found feeding at sapflows on two adjacent trees. Both sexes

were present, congregating at a few places up the trunk and along branches of

the two trees. Each place was also visited by numerous large Diptera and

some ants, all apparently attracted by the same exudate. The trees were apple

box, Eucalyptus bridgesiana, a fairly common species in eastern Victoria and

New South Wales. Despite a careful search no other trees in the vicinity were

found to attract the butterflies during the three days observations were made.

Some of the sapflow locations on the trees were not obvious but could be

identified by a small cluster of Diptera and the inevitable return of an Ogyris

within a short time. The feeding butterflies were quite persistent, usually

retuming to the feeding place within a few minutes after disturbance.

The presence of Ogyris genoveva gela in Victoria is also of interest aS

this subspecies is otherwise restricted to New South Wales and the ACT.

Although no larvae or pupae were found a female was observed ovipositing

on some of the very numerous clumps of mistletoe which festoon a high

proportion of the eucalypts in this area. Similar habitat extends well into

Victoria.

Acknowledgement

Advice on the preparation of this paper from M.S. Mouldsis gratefully acknowledged:

References

Brunet, B. L., 1977. Observations of the tailed emperor Polyura pyrrhus sempronius

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in South Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3): 47-48.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1981. Butterflies of Australia. Revised edition.

Angus and Robertson, Sydney.

Hawkeswood, T. J., 1980. Notes on some butterflies from Glenbrook, New South Wales:

Aust. ent. Mag. 7(3): 37-38. р

Monteith, G. B. and Kerr, J. Е. R., 1977. First record of the nymphalid butterfly Lexias

aeropa (L.) from Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 107-111.

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 93

A NOTE ON THE STATUS OF ORNITHOPTERA MERIDIONALIS

TARUNGGARENSIS (JOICEY AND TALBOT)

(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE)

By D. L. Hancock

National Museum, P.O. Box 240, Bulawayo, Zimbabwe

Abstract

The taxon tarunggarensis, currently placed as a subspecies of Ornithoptera

meridionalis (Rothschild), is transferred to O. paradisea Staudinger, as O. p. tarunggarensis

(Joicey and Talbot) comb. nov. A population of true O, meridionalis occurs nearby.

Introduction

In January-February, 1921, C., F., and J. Pratt collected four female

Troides (Ornithoptera) specimens near the Wanggar River in Irian Jaya.

Three of the females were taken at Nomnangihé, 40 km south of Wanggar,

the other 25 km from the coast. Joicey and Talbot (1927) described two of

these females, one from each locality, as Troides meridionalis tarunggarensis

(Fig. 1). The other two specimens have been referred to paradisea arfakensis

Joicey and Noakes (Haugum and Low, 1979).

The anomaly of these two closely allied species occurring together, in

view of their allopatric occurrence elsewhere, has remained largely unnoticed,

let alone questioned, since their original discovery. Haugum and Low

(1979) gave a detailed discussion of the known specimens from this

area, including a male from the foothills of the Weyland Mountains, yet

maintained them as two specifically distinct populations. D'Abrera (1975)

also maintained tarunggarensis as a subspecies of meridionalis.

Discussion

In assessing this anomalous population several points need to be

considered:—

l.—Females of both alleged species (meridionalis and paradisea) occur

together at Nomnangihé, altitude 650 m (2000’).

2.—A female of alleged meridionalis was taken nearer the coast, at an

altitude of 200 т (600).

3.—A male, referrable to paradisea but morphologically distinct, was taken in

the foothills of the Weyland Mountains, altitude 100-200 m (Haugum and

Low, 1979).

4.—A further male (Fig. 2), identical to that above, has been taken near the

coast (Wanggar R., west of Nabire), at an altitude of about 100 m (Straatman,

pers. comm.).

The above records show that both paradisea and alleged meridionalis

occur together at both low and high altitudes within the Wanggar-Weyland

Mountains area. and while both males and females of paradisea occur, only

females of meridionalis have been reliably reported.

94 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

A comparison between descriptions and illustrations of tarunggarensiS

and the Wanggar paradisea females (D’Abrera, 1975; Haugum and Low, 1979)

indicates that the only difference of any significance is the degree of

projection of the hind wing tornal angle, being rounded in tarunggarensis

(and other meridionalis) and distinctly pointed in paradisea.

Haugum and Low (1979) use this as a specific character to separate

the otherwise virtually indistinguishable females of these two species.

However, this is an unreliable character, at least in some populations. Of two

female paradisea borchi Haugum and Low in the collection of the National

Museum, Bulawayo, one has a distinctly pointed hind wing tornus, the other

has a rounded tornus (Fig. 3), similar to that of meridionalis. Both specimens

were collected at Ravik, in the West Sepik district; both have yellow-streaked

femora and lack pale markings in the hind wing cell. A pointed or rounded

tornal angle is also evident in other birdwing populations, e.g. priamus

admiralitatis Rothschild (Haugum and Low, 1979: fig. 131) and this

character therefore cannot be used to differentiate between species.

Figs 1-3. Ornithoptera paradisea: (1) O. p. tarunggarensis, female; (2) O. p. tarunggal”

ensis, male; (3) O. p. borchi, female.

Other characters, such as pattern details, presence of white basal

dusting on the fore wing and abdominal colour, are also variable, examples

of paradisea females from other Irian Jaya populations sometimes approach-

ing the meridionalis phenotype.

Populations of true meridionalis have recently been discovered in the

Kamrau Bay and-Lake Jamur areas of Irian Jaya, approximately 200 km

west of the Weylands Mts (Pasternak, 1981; Kobayashi, 1981). Females from

Kamrau Bay are very similar to typical meridionalis and “typical” tarunggar-

ensis, However, tarunggarensis (and paradisea) females differ from those of

meridionalis from both populations in having a grey dusting over much of the

fore wing discal pale areas, contrasting with the purer white discal areas of

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 > 95

meridionalis. The hind wing submarginal pale area is also less sharply separated

from the marginal black band in tarunggarensis and paradisea than in merid-

ionalis. The only other character appears to be a structural one. In both

meridionalis populations (and most paradisea populations) the hind wing has

vein 3 closer to vein 2 than to vein 4; in tarunggarensis and paradisea arfakensis

Vein 3 is closer to vein 4 than to vein 2.

The two tarunggarensis type specimens can thus be associated with

the two female and two male paradisea from this area, the males differing

from other subspecies in having a greatly expanded fore wing green area.

The distinctness of the males supports the continued recognition of this

population as a subspecies, here referred to O. paradisea tarunggarensis

(Joicey and Talbot), comb. nov.

It thus appears that paradisea and meridionalis are allopatric, although

they may occur in close geographical proximity. Only paradisea occurs in

and to the north of the Weyland Mts; meridionalis occurs further to the west.

The nearest other paradisea population, O. p. flavescens Rothschild, occurs

at Etna Bay, south-west of the Weyland Mts, and thus occurs closest to the

Western meridionalis population. A further paradisea population occurs to

the east, south of the Snow Mts (Haugum and Low, 1979). О. p. flavescens

has females with yellow streaked femora and no pale markings in the hind

Wing cell, as in eastern paradisea populations and p. chrysanthemum Kobayaski

and Koiwaya (1979) from Manokwari; both p. arfakensis and p. tarunggarensis

females have black femora and the hind wing pale area extending»well into

the cell, as in meridionalis.

It is interesting to note that both populations of meridionalis occur in

areas of primary rainforest on detritus sediments in the southern Depression

zone. Intervening areas have been subjected to more recent inundations,

which would account for the absence of meridionalis from these areas. The

Various paradisea populations occur to the north of this zone, with geological

factors appearing less restrictive.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr R. Straatman for supplying details and photographs of the

male paradisea from the Wanggar River, and for helpful discussions thereon. Miss C.

Harris kindly prepared the figures.

References

D'Abrera, B., 1975. Birdwing butterflies of the world. Lansdowne, Melbourne.

Haugum, J. and Low, A. M., 1979. А monograph of the birdwing butterflies. Vol. 1,

parts 2 & 3. Scandinavian Science Press, Klampenborg.

Joicey, J. J. and Talbot, G., 1927. New forms of Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Encycl. ent.

Ser. B, Section 3, Lepidoptera 2(1): 1-14.

Kobayashi, H., 1981. Ornithoptera (Schoenbergia) meridionalis Rothschild 1897. Trans.

Himeji nat. Hist. Assoc. 1981: 15-20.

Kobayashi, H. and Koiwaya, S., 1979. A new subspecies of Ornithoptera paradisea

(Lepidoptera: Papilionidae) from West Irian. Trans. Himeji nat. Hist. Assoc.

Special Issue, 1979: 5-12.

Pasternak, J., 1981. On the rediscovery of Ornithoptera meridionalis tarunggarensis

Joicey and Talbot on a new locality in Kamrau Bay, south-west Irian Jaya,

Indonesia. Trans. Himeji nat. Hist. Assoc. 1981: 2-14.

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

A TRANSIENT NON-BREEDING POPULATION OF DANAUS

PLEXIPPUS (L.) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

NEAR PICTON, NEW SOUTH WALES

By David G. James

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, PMB 10, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116

Abstract

Data on a non-breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.) at a site near Picton,

New South Wales, were obtained during April and May 1981. The colony was charact-

erized by substantial immigration and emigration and is considered to have been formed

by migrating individuals en route to overwintering sites in the Sydney basin.

Introduction

The Monarch or Wanderer butterfly Danaus plexippus (L.) overwinters

in the Sydney area in either a breeding or non-breeding condition (Smithers

1977; James 1981). Non-breeding populations form clusters at specific sites

which are used annually (Smithers 1965; James 1979). Butterflies remain at

these sites for two to three months before becoming reproductively active

and dispersing. Migration precedes cluster formation, although the distances

travelled are probably small in comparison to the extensive migrations of the

same species in North America (Urquhart 1960, 1976; James, in press). A

characteristic of the autumn migration of D. plexippus in North America 15

the occurrence of large transient roosting colonies en route to the overwinter’

ing areas (Urquhart 1960). Transient non-breeding populations have also

been recorded during winter in California (Tuskes and Brower 1978).

This paper presents information obtained on a transient non-breeding

popolation of D. plexippus that occurred in 1981 near Picton, New South

ales.

Methods

The study site located 5 km west of Picton is occupied annually bY

non-breeding populations of D. plexippus. The butterflies congregate at the

southern end of a north-south oriented valley at an altitude of about 250 m-

Protection from southerly and westerly winds is given by the valley sides at

the southern end which rise to 330 m. A group of small trees and bushes arè

used by the butterflies for roosting and consist mainly of Melaleuca styphel-

ioides S.m. (Myrtaceae), prickly leaved tea tree, and Lantana camara (L.

(Verbenaceae), lantana. Larger trees (Eucalyptus spp.) in the area 4%

occasionally used. The area is about 30 m long and 10 m wide.

Early morning visits between the hours of 6 and 9 a.m. E.S.T. were

made to the site at fortnightly intervals from 29th March to 14th June, 1981-

A sample of butterflies was taken at each visit by dislodging inactive clustering

individuals into a net. Individuals were marked using the alar tag method 0

Urquhart (1960) and released back into the population. Tags were numbered

consecutively and showed a telephone number for contact. The condition

of butterflies was arbitrarily assessed as poor, good or excellent using the

i Aust, ent, Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 97

degree of wing scale loss and fading as criteria (James 1981). Females were

gently squeezed posterio-dorsally to determine their mating status by the

presence or absence of spermatophores in the bursa copulatrix. А small

number of females were dissected to provide evidence of the non-reproductive

condition of the population. Estimates of the population were made by

counting individuals in the clusters while they were inactive. The small area

of the site and the discrete clustering behaviour of the butterflies allowed

a probable high degree of accuracy in these estimates. Data on sex ratios,

cluster positioning, feeding behaviour and temperatures were also obtained.

Results

A non-breeding population of D. plexippus occupied the site during a

four week period from 12th April to 10th May. It was not present on 29th

March or 31st May. An estimated 400-700 individuals made up the population

On each of three visits.

The condition of butterflies remained good to excellent throughout

the period (Table 1). On 12th April many individuals had wing undersides

which were faded, contrasting to the mint condition of the upper surfaces.

Similar fading has been seen in individuals exposed to rain (James, unpublished

TABLE 1: Data on a non-breeding population of D. plexippus near Picton in 1981.

i) Number Number Number Sex ratio (%) Condition (25) Estimated

ate 3 recaptured ^

in sample tagged (with 95) 9 poor good excellent population

29 March - 0 = = = = = = 0

12 April 161 155 - 944 5.6 2.5 87.6 99 600-700

26 April 128 119 2 (1.3) 875 12.5 0.8 61.7 37.5 400-500

10 May 241 227 10 (3.6) 82.6 17.4 1.2 85.1 13.7 500-600

31 May - 0 0 - = = = = 0

14 June - 0 0 - - - - - 0

MA EY TA NY Y o MONIO 2 2001 5:5 A

data). Heavy rain occurred in New South Wales during the first week of April.

| Only 10% of butterflies were in an excellent condition although if “rain

fading” was ignored this rose to nearly 60%. The proportion of rain faded

| individuals fell to 12% on 26th April when butterflies in an excellent

ı Condition made up 37.5% of captured butterflies. 5% of “excellent” butterflies

. had wings that were still limp and characteristic of individuals in the first few

| days after eclosion. On 10th May 85% of butterflies were in a good condition

ped 13.7% in an excellent condition. Less than 1% were rain faded on this

ate.

The sex ratio of the population was considerably imbalanced in favour

of males (Table 1). On 12th April females made up only 5.6% of the population

| but this increased to 17.4% by 10th May. Nine females examined on 12th

April were unmated but only eight of 16 females captured on 26th April

were virgin. Similarly 22 of 42 females taken on 10th May had been mated.

Seven females, taken during the clustering period and dissected, showed

Varying degrees of reproductive inactivity. Four had no ovarian development

while three contained immature oocytes in stages of resorption.

с a ba a ee

98 Aust. ent. Маў. 8(6), March, 1982

A total of 501 butterflies were tagged and 12 (2.4%) were recaptured

at the site (Table 1). Two individuals tagged on 12th April were found dead

on 20th April and 2nd May, 15 and 10 km north of the site, respectively.

155 butterflies were tagged on 12th April. Two (1.3%) were recaptured at

the site on 26th April and three (1.9%) on 10th May. Seven (5.9%) of 119

butterflies tagged on 26th April were recaptured on 10th May. No recaptures

were made of 241 individuals tagged on 10th May.

Clustering behaviour of the population varied in an apparent response

to temperature and wind strength. On 12th April the temperature at the

time of visit was 12°C and the butterflies were clustered in eight major groups

on the southern, western and eastern edges of the site. On 10th May four

dense cluster groups occurred in a single area at the eastern edge sheltered

visit was 5°C. Substantial feeding activity was shown by the population on

each visit. Fiowers of L. camara which occurred in profusion at the site

provided the main nectar source. Profuse fat body and body weights of up to

700 mg were found in dissected females. These weights were 100-200 mg

greater than average values for reproductively active D. plexippus and

50-100 mg greater than normal weights of females in overwintering clusters

(James, unpublished data).

н Discussion

The population of reproductively inactive D. plexippus that occurred

near Picton in 1981 was characterized by its dynamic nature and short

period of site occupation. The small number of individuals recaptured at the

site, together with the recovery of two away from it, suggests a high rate of

immigration and emigration during the period of occupation. The discrete

nature of the site, together with a relatively small and confined population of

D. plexippus allowed comprehensive sampling and accurate visual assessments

of population size. Any major change in population numbers such as that

which would have occurred if immigration was not balanced by emigration.

would have been detected. A similar tagging programme, conducted on 4

static but much less easily sampled winter breeding population of D. plexippus

yielded a recapture rate of 30% (James 1981). Tagging studies performed on

clustering populations at other sites in the Sydney are have produced

recapture rates of 20-50% (James, unpublished data). A number of other

observations provide further evidence of dynamism in the Picton population-

The rapid decline of easily identifiable rain faded individuals which initially

accounted for half of the population suggests their emigration from the site-

The increase in numbers of butterflies in an excellent condition on the

second sampling date, including a number still linip from recent eclosion,

indicates substantial immigration. In 1979 and 1980 smaller populations 0

50-300 butterflies remained for three to four months and about 20% of

individuals tagged were recaptured at the site. The 1981 population remained

at the site for only four to six weeks and showed a degree of dilution and

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982 99

gain not seen in the previous years. Studies at other sites in the Sydney area

during 1978-81 have generally shown occupation by non-breeding populations

of D. plexippus to last for two to three months (James 1979, and in press).

It is clear that the colony of D. plexippus near Picton in 1981 differed

from normal reproductively inactive overwintering populations in the Sydney

area. It was a transient rather than a static population and could be compared

to the temporary roosting colonies of migrating populations in North America

(Urquhart 1960). Individuals in the colony were probably migrants en route

to overwintering sites further north in the Sydney area. Further indications

that the colony consisted of migrants were provided by the dominance of

males and the substantial feeding activity of the population. Clustering

populations of D. plexippus in the Sydney area usually consist of equal

numbers of males and females except during the periods of formation and

dispersal, when males predominate (James 1979, and unpublished data).

Although feeding activity is an essential component of behaviour in clustering

populations it does not usually occur at the level seen at Picton in 1981

(James 1979, and unpublished data). Migrating D. plexippus in North America

are characterized by high body weight and substantial feeding activity

(Urquhart 1960; Brown and Chippendale 1974; Tuskes and Brower 1978).

The origin of butterflies that form clusters in the Sydney area is unclear,

although it is likely that many migrate from southern and western tableland

areas and follow northerly and easterly flight directions (James in press, and

unpublished data). Consequently, transient colonies of D. plexippus are likely

to occur in highland areas to the south and west of Sydney prior to reaching

the lower altitude coastal basin. All large, stable non-breeding populations

of D. plexippus in the Sydney area occur at altitudes of less than 150 m

(James, unpublished data).

References

Brown, J. J. and Chippendale, G. M., 1974. Migration of the monarch butterfly, Danaus

plexippus: energy sources. J. insect Physiol. 20: 1117-1130.

James, D. G., 1979. Observations on two overwintering clusters of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in the Sydney area during 1978. Aust. ent. Mag.

5: 81-85.

James, D. G., 1981. Studies on a winter breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Spencer, New South Wales. Gen. appl. Ent.

13: 47-53.

Smithers, С. N., 1965. A note on overwintering in Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus) (Lepid-

optera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. Aust. Zool. 13: 135-136.

Smithers, С. N., 1972. Observations on a breeding population of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) at Camden, New South Wales. Aust. Zool. 17:

142-148.

Smithers, C.N., 1977. Seasonal distribution and breeding status of Danaus plexippus (L.)

(Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 16: 175-184.

Tuskes, Р. М. and Brower, 1: P., 1978. Overwintering ecology of the monarch butterfly,

Danaus plexippus L., in California. Ecol. Ent. 3: 141-153.

Urquhart, F. A:, 1960. The monarch butterfly. University of Toronto Press.

Urquhart, F. A., 1976. Found at last: the monarch’s winter home. Natn. geogr. Mag.

150: 160-173.

100 Aust, ent. Mag. 8(6), March, 1982

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

COUCHMAN, L. E. and COUCHMAN, R.

1978. The butterflies of Tasmania. Jn: Tasmanian Year Book No. 11, 1977. Pp.66-96,

2 tables, 3 maps, 6 pls (1 col.).

CROSBY, D. F.

1979 Progress of the “Entrics” project. Victorian Ent, 9(6): 65-68, 2 maps.

Lepidoptera: Oreixenica lathoniella herceus distribution

HAWKESWOOD, T. J.

1980. Notes on some butterflies from Glenbrook, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag.

7(3): 37-38.

1980. An adult food plant of Ethon breve (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). West. Aust.

Nat. 14(7): 198.

1980. A spider feeding on a jewel beetle. West. Aust. Nat, 14(8): 236.

1980. Jewel beetles as pollinators of Melaleuca pauperiflora F. Muell. between Eucla

(W.A.) and Koonalda (S.A.). West. Aust. Nat. 14(8): 238-239.

1980. Jewels among the beetles. Wildlife Aust. 17(1): 9-10.

1981. Insect pollination of Angophora woodsiana Е.М. Bail. (Myrtaceae) at Burbank,

south-east Queensland. Victorian Nat. 98(3): 120-129.

1981. The food plants of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 8(1): 1-2.

1981. Observations on two sympatric species of Buprestidae (Coleoptera) from sand

dunes on the north coast of New South Wales. Victorian Nat. 98(4): 146-151.

1981. Observations on some jewel beetles (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from the Arm-

idale district, north eastern New South Wales. Victorian Nat. 98(4): 152-155.

1981. A list and further notes on the butterflies from Glenbrook, New South Wales.

Victorian Nat. 98(5): 210-213.

PARSONS, P. A. and BOCK, I. R. E

1979. Australian endemic Drosophila УП. Lord Howe Island, with description of 4

new species of the coracina group. Aust. J. Zool. 27(6): 973-980, table 1,

text-figs 1-3.

PETERSON, M. and HAWKESWOOD, T. J.

1980. Notes on the biology and distribution of two species of Diadoxus (Coleoptera:

Buprestidae) in Western Australia. West. Aust. Nat. 14(8): 228-233.

REECE, Paul G.

1981. Emergence of a monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus). S. Aust. Nat. 55(4): 62.

REILLY, T. L. C. and GODYN, D. L.

1979. Lucerne—does aphid spraying pay? Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 90(3): 36-38.

RENTZ, D. С. Е.

1979. Comments on the classification of the orthopteran family Tettigoniidae, with

a key to subfamilies and description of two new subfamilies. Aust. J. Zool.

27(6): 991-1013, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-42.

SUNDHOLM, Allen

1978. Extension of the known range of the Australian fritillary Argynnis hyperbius

inconstans Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 5(2): 34.

TAYLOR, J. C.

1980. Seasonal data on flying and airborne invertebrates collected by suction traP

near Jandakot, Western Australia. Bull. Dept. Biol, West. Aust. Inst. Tech.

3: 1-12, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

THEISCHINGER, G. and WATSON, J. A. L.

1979. Odonata from Carnarvon Gorge, Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 6(2): 25-28,

table 1.

THORNTON, I. W. B., WONG, S. К. and SMITHERS, C. N.

1977. The Philotarsidae (Psocoptera) of New Zealand and islands of the New Zealand

plateau. Pacif. Insects 17(2-3): 197-228, text-figs 1-91.

Psocoptera: some Australian records given in distribution listings